ML20065P518
| ML20065P518 | |
| Person / Time | |
|---|---|
| Site: | Beaver Valley |
| Issue date: | 09/15/1982 |
| From: | Lacey W DUQUESNE LIGHT CO. |
| To: | |
| Shared Package | |
| ML20065P512 | List: |
| References | |
| PROC-820915-01, NUDOCS 8210260129 | |
| Download: ML20065P518 (834) | |
Text
BEAVER VALLEY POWER STATION EMERCENCT PREP /.RIDMESJ PI.AN (Ope r* t in s %nu ' t Ch ee r 575 Distribution List UNCONTROLLES COPIES
,s 71ce President of Nuclear Division
/ '?
(N- '
/ Vice President of Nuclear Construction Vice President of E & C Vice President of General Services General Superintendent, Power Stations Department Manager of Nuclear operations Manaler of Nuclear Safety and Licensing Manager of Nelear Sopport Services Manager of kcLear Engineering Technical Assistant to V. P. of Nuclear Division Duquesne Light Company. Quality Assurance Manager Manager of Environmental Aff airs Manager of Public INformation Department Muclear Station Superintendent. Unit 1 Nuclear Station Superintendent. SAPS Superintendent. Technical Services Superintendent. Licensing & Compliance Superintendent. Analytical Services Radiological Operations Coordinator Director. Environment & Rad. Safety Programa Director. Operatione QC Coordinator. Offsite Review Committee Director. Administration Services Director. Personnel Management Emergency Planning Supervisor Director of Security Pire & Safety Engineer j
'~~'
I Superintendent of Nuclear Construction
( ) BVPS Cnit 2 Start-Up Coordinator v
caC Members per ORC list. (excluding any above positions)
Chief Engineer; 37PS Supervisor Nuclear Operations; BVPS Maintenance Supervisor; BVPS Supervisor. I & C; SVPS Supervisor. Testing & Plant Performances SVPS Station Engineering Supervisor; BVPS Reactor Control Chemist;BVPS Technical Advisor Engineer; 8VPS Procedure Coordinator; SVPS RacCon Foreman; SVPS Director. Gen. Engineer Director. Nuclear Engineering Director. Electrical Engineerint Security Aasistants Environmental Coordinator hadiological Protections Program Coordinator Radiological Programs Cuordinator Senior Health Physics specialist Nuclear Training Supervisor: 3VPS (5 copies)
Public Information Departsent (5 copies)
SVPS Project Manager. E & C Department vuclear Engtaeer. E 6 C Department techanical Engineer. E & C Departient Elect rical Engineer. E 6 C Department Const. Supt. of Sepport Se rvices. (S & Wi Unit 2 3chneider safety Engineer iUnit 1)
VRC - Ossite *nspector 5VPS leneral Offsite File slo scares) distorical File L15rarv 8210260129 821008 PDR ADOCK 05000334 F PDR
~
g^ts Dr,@m m
'e1 9
1 INTENTIONALLY BLANK l 1
)
l l
l l
l l
l l
l l
1 1
l l
l l
DUQUESNE LIGHT COMPANT Seaver Valley Power Station
] BEAVER VALLEY POWER STATION DfERCENCY PREPAREDNESS PLAN v) (Operations Mandai Chapter 57 - Implementtog Procedures)
Distribution List CONTROLLED COPIES Technical $4pport Center. 8vPS (No. 1) - 0.P.E. (D. R. Tinko)
Racipient - TSC Coordinator SVPS Control Room (No. 2) = 0.P.E. (D. R. Tinko)
Recipient - Shif t Supervisor BVPS Control Room (No. 3) = 0.P.E. (D. R. Tinko)
Racipient - Shif t Supervisor Alternate Energency Operations Facility (No. 4) - 0.P.E. (D. R. Tinks)
Recipient - 0.P.E. (location South Heights T & D Bldg.)
NRC Region I (No. 5)
Recipient - NRC Director; King of Prussia. PA NRC (No. 6)
Leipient - NRC Director. Bethesda. MD OSC Meeting Room (No. 7) - 0.P.E. (D. R. Tinko)
Recipient - CSC Chairmen Interia Energency Operatione Facility (No. 8) = 0.7.E. (D. R. Timko)
Racipient - 0.P.R. (location: Admin. Bldg.)
Emergency / Recovery Managers Office (No. 9)
Manager Nuclear Operatione (No.10)
NOTE:
All controlled copies are to be distributed and received via the use of the General Office Records Transmittal for Controlled Copies Fros (See Annes I for form). The person delivertag the copy will sign the " Person Transmitting Records" Line, the person receiving the copy will sign the " Recipient" line and the office personnel receiving auf filing the form in the Central Of fice File vill sign the botton line.
If the controlled copy and transeittal form cannot be hano carried to the recipient, the signed transmittal form aust be antled back to the BVPS Station file by sending it to:
BVPS Unit 1 P. O. 301 4 Shippingport. PA 15077 c/o Office Manager / Central Office File Sectionalized listing:
Operating Procedure Entineer (D. R. Tinko. Recipient)
Emergency Cabinet No. 1 (SS Office) - ECC (Section EPP/IP - 2 series - 4 copies)
Emergency Cabinet No. 2 (Monitoring Kits #16 2) - Fire Brigade Room (Section IPF/IP - 2 series and IP-6.1 - 4 copies each)
Emergency Caoinet No. 2 (lister Monitoring Kit) - Pire Brigade Room (Section EFP/IP - 2.4 and 2.7 - 2 copies each)
Emergency Cabinet No. 3 (Monitoring Kit #3) - Controlled Area Mallway (Section EPP/IP - 2 series and IP - 6.1 4 copies each)
Energency Cabinet %. 4 (Monitoring Kits #4 6 5) - Alternate EOF (South Heights T & D Bldg.). (Section EPP/IP - 2 series and 6.1 - 4 copies each)
Emergen:7 Cabinet No. 4 (Desk) - Alternate ECF (South Meights T a D S143.)
(Section EPP/IP - 2 series - a copies)
Emergencf tadiologicaL Mont tortsg '.'an
\ (Section EPf/IP - 2 series - 4 copies and IPF/IP 6.. - 4 copies)
J
py AFN o em e:t* ._
O INTEhTIONALLY BLANK O
m 9
O
B.V.P.S. - E.P.P.
f REVIEW AND REVISION OF THE DfERGENCY PREPAREDNESS PLAN E.P.P. Approval CHAPTER 57 EMERGENCY IMPLE".ENTING PROCEDURES VOILE II OSC Rev. Review Accreval Effective No. Pares Issued Date ! Sicnature i Date i Da:e Issue 6[2 0 a v0 lS $ .f0
~
Issue EPP/I-l - Attachment 3, 6 TAB 1; Rev. /IP-1.1 - All Pages;
.1 /IP-1.2 - Page 6; gj/
/IP,-1.4 - Attachments 1 & 2;
/IP-1.5 - Attachment 1; j l
/IP-1.5.1 - All Pages; p/ y gf [g
% . /IP-2.1 - All Pages; ,
7 I /IP-2.2 - All Pages; 2 /IP-2.3 - All Pages; !
/IP-2.6 - Pages to TA3S I 2 & 10;
/IP-3.1 - Pages 11 & 12;
/IP-3.3 - All Pages;
/IP-3.4 - All Pages;
/IP-5.4 - All Pages; .
/IP-6.2 - All Pages;
/IP-7.2 - All Pages;
/IP-9.1 - All Pages.
Issue EPP/IP-2.6 - Attachment o/
/2!38 30 6 2 & 3 of TAB 7; q r- Jg Rev.
2 EPP/IP-3.1.1, EPP/IP-7.1, All Pages; All Pages.
//9[d f- / .. ,b* ,; 29
- c 5 ALL jf 3/2/81 2 [/9 [ 81 2
,7 3
vl 75 asue il/.
(V 6 nLL 10/28/81 e
/
gt,:) j 12/1/81 R gv.
h%
'A f D mm w O
i i
INTEh*IIONALLY BLANK 1
l 1
)
"*-w , , , _ , e O
B.V.P.S. - E.P.P.
REVIEW AND P2 VISION OF THE E'4ERGENCl* PREPAREDNESS PLAN E.P.P. Anoroval ,
Chapter 57 E EROENCY It'JLEMENTING PROCEDURES VOLL72 II OSC Rev. Review No. Pares Issued Accreval Effective Date Siena:ure Date Date Issut EPP/IP 1.'l - Attachment 2 2/10/82 6 /IP-1.2 - Attachment 5 Rav 5 /IP-1.2.1 - All Pages
/IP-1.3 - All Pages r 2,
j g ,y
/IP-2.1 - Attachment 1&6 /
/IP-2.2 - Attach =ent 2 I# '
/IP-2.6 - Pages 1 thru 7, 72- -
g r / ,',-
Tabs 2,6,7,11
/IP-3.3 - All Pages
/IP-3.4 - All Page's
/IP-3.1.1 - All Pages
/IP-5.4 - All Pages
- [ ALL 8/23/82 j/ /3 g Eev ( -
U
c>3^-q_b
g
D O_M M O
INTENTIONALLY 31.R E G
-6 me--
i r
e l
t
DUQUESNE LIGiT COMPANY Beaver Valley Power Station 9/15/82 Manual Transmittal Please make the following changes'to:
Manual: Ooerating - Chapter: E.P.P Issue: 7 Revision: 0
Title:
Emergency Preoaredness Plan (Volume II)
Filing Instructions Filino Instructions Remove Insert Remove Insert Section Page Section Page Section Page Section Page all all all all RETAIN INSERT TABS l if any) TABS ( if any)
A
{
, i I i t
l l
l O
iii l
c_r ta
'A @
0 0 m u:;-t O
INTENTIONALLY SLANK O
- =mwem. ..
O
CUQUSSES M BEAVcR VALLEY POV!ER STATION EMERGENCY FREFARECNESS PLAN EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE
/m LISTING INSTRUCTIONS EPP/I 1. Recognition and Classification of Emergency Conditions
- 2. Unusual Event
- 3. Alert
- 4. Site Area Emergency
- 5. General Emergency IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES EPP/IP l series--Activation 1.1 Notification 1.2 Communications and Dissemination of Information Dissemination of Emergency Data Between Emerg. Response Centers
[h
'i 1.2.l l.2.2 Emergency Paging Devices / Beepers l.3 Turnover Status Checklist - ED/ERM 1.4 TSC Organization and Operation 1.4.1 Operation of Technical Support Center Equipment l.5 Emergency Support Center (OSC/ ROC / ENC) Organization and Operation 1.6 EOF Organization and Operation EPP/IP 2 series--Assessment 2.1 E=ergency Radiological Monitoring 2.2 Onsite Monitoring for Airborne Release 2.3 Of fsite Monitoring for Airborne Release 2.4 Offsite Monitoring for Liquid Release 2.5 Emergency Environmental Monitoring n
l
( Issue 7 Rev. 0
( LW,.
2 4FT DO m LW O:
INTENTIONALLY BLANK 5
1 O
hWL 7T 4P D r*W M 2.6 Ibse Projection TAB 1 Meteorological Monitoring System TAB 2 X U/Q Tables Method TAB 3 X/Q Overlay Method TAB 4 X/Q Alternate Mathnds TAB 5 Supplementary Meteorological Parameters TAB 6 Ibse Projections by Hand Calculation Based on FSAR Accident Analaysis TAB 7 Dose Projections by Hand Calculation Based on Monitor Reading r TAB 8 Dose Projections by Hand Calculation Based on bbnitor (g] Known Isotopic Release Rate TAB 9 Dose Projection by Hand Calculation Based on Known Release ;
\
'\
TAB 10 Ibse Projection Based on Field Measurement $
\i i
! TAB 11 Dose Assessment Based on Environmental i Measurements and Sanples 2.6.1 Ibse Projection-Short Form 2.6.2 Dose Projection Using Radose Code 1
! 2.7 Liquid Release Estimate D
G .
Issue 7 Rev. O
PWs,.
'A o e m@u:t*
O INTENTIONALLY BLANK O
i
~ - - - - ~ ~ - _ .
1 1
l l
I
- O l
SYML l'a D *'_m r5 lD.
[ h EPP/IP 3 series--Onsite Protective Actions 3.1 Evacuation 3.l.1 Unit 1 Construction Group Evacuation 3.1.2 Unit 2 Construction Group Evacuation 3.1.3 DLC Personnel outisde Unit 1 Protected Area Evacuation / Accountability.
- 3. 2 Personnel Accountability
- 3. 3 Emergency Contamination Control 3.4 Emergency Respiratory Protection 3.5 Traffic and Access Control EPP/IP 4 series--Offsite Protective Actions 4.1 Recommendation of Offsite Protective Actions EPP/IP 5 series--Aid to Personnel 5.1 Search and Rescue 5.2 Handling of Contaminated / Irradiated Personnel Injuries 5.3 Emergency Radiation Exposure Criteria and Control
,-_ 5.4 Emergency Personnel Monitoring EPP/IP 6 series--Re-entry / Recovery 6.1 Re-entry to Affected Areas--Criteria and Guidelines
- 6. 2 Termination of the Emergency and Recovery EPP/IP 7 series--Maintaining Emergency Preparedness 7.1 Emergency Equipment Checklist and Maintenance Procedure 7.2 Administration of Emergency Preparedness Plan Drills and Exercises 7.3 Monthly Quarterly, Annual Communications / Verification Checks 7.4 Inadvertent Siren Activation f
EPP/IP 8 series--Fire Fighting 8.1 Fires in Controlled Areas EPP/IP 9 series--Corporate Response 9.1 Emergency Public Information Plan--BVPS 9.2 DLC E & C Response Plan l /~'s (V i Issue 7 Rev. 0
(
>WL T
/lb 00m uti -
l l
1 O.
9 9
4 O
bW. A I4 D r'r5
==ne l':;t:t EPP/IP Annexes f's (s ) Annex A - Emergency Response Plan, Water Reactors Division Westinghouse Electric Corporation
, Annex B - Crucible INC Nuclear Emergency Plan I Annex C - Radiation Emergency Plan for the Mackintosh-Hemphill Midland Plant Annex D - Radioactive Contamination Control for Injury Cases-Aliquippa Hospital Annex E - Procedure for Transferring Radiation Casualties to the Department of Radiation Health-Presbyterian Hospital Annex F - Re served Annex G - Derivation of EPP/IP Numerical Values Annex H - Emergency Response Center Directory Annex X - Records Transmittal for Controlled Copies of EPP (s_/
"N Issue 7 Rev. O
'A f oom e
. O INTENTIONALLY BLANK O'
O
- mmee - m am_ ,
O
hUQUS$USl EPP/I-l BEAVER VALLEY POWER STATION Page 1 of 6 EMERGENCY FREFARECNESS PLAN Ei.1ERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE fN Instruction RECOGNITION AND CLASSIFICATION OF EMERGDICIES A. OBJECTIVE This instruction describes the immediate actions to be taken to recognize and classify an emergency condition. The data sheets attached to this instruction identify the four mergency classifications, the initiating event (s) and emergency action levels for each classification and where applicable, the specific instru-ments and indications used to detect and classify the event.
'Ihe Emergency Director (Shift Supervisor, until properly relieved by a designated alternate) has the responsibility and authority for implementation of the actions prescribed in this instruction.
B. PREREQUISITES / INITIAL CONDITIONS An off-nor:in1 ment, corresponding to one of the initiating events described herein, has occurred.
O V
C. PRECAUTIONS
- 1. Continued surveillance and assessment of plant conditions are necessary to ensure that the mergency classification is appropriately revised as condi-tions change, or as nore definitive information is obtained.
- 2. Emergency Action IcVels (EALs) are specified in the Tabs to this procedure, in the BVPS EPP, in Table 4.1 of the EPP, and in Attachment 1 to this EPP/
Instruction. Table 4.1 and Attachment 1 are su maries, ard should be used as a guide, and not as, final cirteria. Changes are made to this EPP/
Instruction as often as is necessary, while the BVPS EPP is required to be revised only annually. For this reason, THE EALs SPECIFIED IN THE TABS 'IO THIS PPOCEDURE HAVE PRECEDDICE OVER OTHER EALs should a conflict between EALs be roted, i
lO Issue 7 Fev. O
dD. EPP/I-l T@
a Page 2 of 6 DJ'm 13;Ii
- 3. 'Ihis EPP/ Instruction and the EPP do not address every Licensee Event Resport (LER) re p rting requirements. Thus, although the EPP may rot be required to be activated, notification of the USNRC may still be required within one hour after discovery of the event. Pefer to step 5 of this instruction.
D. GUIDAICE AND CRITERIA
- 1. Definitions 1.1 Emergency Action Levels - Numerical or qualitative values for the operational or radiological parameters, sich when exceeded, require assessment and verification of the condition and may require the implementation of the B3 aver Valley Power Station Emergency Preparedness Plan.
1.2 Emergercy Condition - An occurrence, or combination of occurrences, which falls into one of the following classifications:
- a. Unusual Event - Off-normal events 4ich do not, by themselves, constitute significant events, but some of which could indicate a potential degradation in the level of safety of the plant.
- b. Alert -- Events which indicate an actual degradation in the level of safety of the plant,
- c. Site Area Emeraency - Events which involve actual or likely major failures of plant functions needed for the protection of the public.
- d. General Emergency - Events which involve actual or inminent substantial core degradation or nelting with ptential for loss of containment integrity. (Ioss of two of three fission product bar-riers with potential for umunent loss of the third.)'
- 2. Pecognition 2.1 Attached to this instruction are data sheets to be used in classifying emergency conditions. Each data sheet identifies the initiating event (ie: PCS Presure Hi/Iow), and the respective energency action levels (EALs) for each craergency classification, as applicable. Identified with each EAL is a representative listing of the various instrunents and other indications which may be synytoms of an emergent:y, or which could be used to access and classify the condition.
NOTE
'Ihe process variables referred to in this instruction and on the data l sheets are typically nonitored by nore than one instrument channel. The redundant channels should be checked for consistency while verifying and assessing the emergency condition.
1 Issue 7 Rev. O l l
N.C. EPP/I-l A Page 3 of 6 D o m@LW.,, .
~) 2.2 'Ihe energency action levels, may not signify the need for 2nmediate (U notification of offsite authorities, activation of the TSC, or implemen-tation of protective measures, but rather, signify the need for implemen-tation of dose assessment reasures onsite and/or offsite and assessment of plant status, as applicable. In many cases, the proper classification will be inmxliately apparent from in-plant instrurentation. In other cases, more extensive assessnent is necessary to determine the applicable cmergency classification.
2.3 Table 1 (Attachnent 1) denonstrates how an initiating condition leads directly to the appropriate emergency classificaiton, based on the mag-nitude of the event. Table 1 also illustrates that a particular initia-ting event and related EALs need not apply to all atergency classi-fications. The plant operating staff should consider the effect of the corrbinations of initiating events that individually constitute lower classificaiton emergency conditions, but may exceed the criteria for a higher classification emergemy condition dien they concur concurrently or in sequence.
n
(] 2.4 Table 2 (Attachment 2) lists the accidents / events identified in the EVPS FSAR Accident Analysis Chapter. For each of these accidents, the emer-gency classification corresponding to the postulated accident outcome is identified. Plant operating personnel should use this table as a guide only, as it is unlikely that the actual accident conditions will be the same as those analyzed and that higher or lower emergency classificaitons may be warranted.
- 3. Classification 3.1 The BVPS Emergency Director shall declare the appropriate emergency con-dition as soon as the event has been indicated and verified. This verifi-cation nust be performed as soon as possible and subject to the following criteria:
3.1.1 Alert All reasonable efforts shall be implemented to make this verific-cation promptly (if possible, within 15 minutes of the initial N
{%A Issue 7 Pcv. O
dP.s. EPP/I-l 31r5 Page 4 of 6 Dr m LW indication of the event).
3.1.2 Site Are Emergency All reasonable efforts shall be implemented to trake this verifi-cation promptly (if possible, within 15 minutes of the initial indication of the event).
3.1.3 General Emergency For indications based on actual releases of radiological effluents, or other readily apparent conditions, the verificaiton time shall not exceed 15 minutes. For less apparent indications, the Emergency Director should ensure that an appropnate Alert or Site Area Energency is in effect and determine the applicability of a General Emergency as soon as possible.
3.2 In the Unusual Event classification, numerous EALs are related to limit-ing conditions for operations (LCO). In these cases, the EAL is not exceeded, an an emergency does not exist, if the appropriate corrective action for exceeding the LOO (specified inthe Technical Specifications) has been taken. The EAL is exceeded and an unusual event has occurred, however, if the event results in a forced shutdown by the LCO.
E. PROCEDURE M7fE Perform the steps below concurrent with the implementation of appropriate corrective neasures and other provisions of the Emergency Operating Procedures (EOPs) Chapter 53.
- 1. Verify the initial indication (alarm, surveillance report, etc) by comparison to redundant instrunent channels, conparison to other related plant para-meters, physical observations, and field measurements, as applicable.
- 2. Iocate the appropriate data sheet in Attachnent 3. Data sheets are arranged by initiating event. These initiating events can be either a single plant parameter (ie: RCS Pressure Hi/ Law) or may be the consequence of abnormal parameters (ie: Fuel Clad Degradation).
- 3. Determine the appropriate emergency classification, by comparing the verified plant parameters to the EALs for each ennrgency condition. B3 careful to distinguish Irtween the specified EAL and the specified svmotoms when making this determination.
O Issue 7 Rev. O
N EPP/I-l Page 5 of 6 D mlhtit O 4. Declare the appropriate emergency condition. Perform additoinal actions in accordance with the EOPs and the appropriate EPP/ Instruction:
4.1 EPP/I-2 " Unusual Event" 4.2 EPP/I-3 " Alert" 4.3 EPP/I-4 " Site Area Emergency" 4.4 EPP/I-5 " General Emergency"
- 5. If the observed abnormal condition does not match a specified EAL in this procedure, compare the plant status and/or the abnormal event to the generic emergency classificaitons as defined inparagraph D.l.2 of this procedure, and if appropriate, classify the abnormal condition accordingly.
- 6. If the abnormal condition does rot constitute an Unusual Event, continue cor-rective actions in accordance with the BVPS Operating Manual and resum normal operations. If the event is not classified as an Unusual Event, but is reportable to the NRC girsuant to OM Chp 48 Section 9.D, DIC PID should be notified of the event for a possible press release. If station mnagement deems it appropriate, a courtesy call should be mde to the primary offsite agencies (ICEMA, PEMA, T DSA, AND HCOES) on a timely basis consistent with Q
t sa
, normal working hours. (This action is requested since the NRC or others may modify the offsite agencies, even though an emergency does not exist.)
- 7. Assessment actions shall be continued, and if necessary, the energerry classi-fication escalated (or downgraded) as nore definitive information becomes available of if plant conditions change significantly.
F. REFERENCES
- 1. Ibaver Valley Power Station Emergency Preparedness Plan and Implementing Procedures.
l l
I
)
s' .
l l
Issue 7 Rev. O
[g EPP/I-l
'1
< Page 6 of 6 D r' Pm Lkht
- 2. B2 aver Valley Powar Station Operating Manual
- 3. Title 10, Code of Federal Regulations Part 50, Appendix E
- 4. NUREG-0654/ FEMA-REP-1 " Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation or Radiological Emergency Responso Plans and Preparedness in Support of htclear Power Plants.
G. ATTACHME!7PS
- 1. Table 1, Action Level Criteria for Classification of Energency Conditions
- 2. Table 2, FSAR Postulated Accident Classificaitons
- 3. Data Sheets for Classification of Emergency Conditions 9
O Issue 7 Rev. O
C
. . (J)
EPP/I-l Attachment 1 TAllLE 1 Al"I1ON I.EVEL CRrrERIA FOR CLASSIFICA'110N OF FMERGENCY CONDmONS UNIRIUAL EVENT ALERT BrTE FMERGENCY GENER AL EM ERGENCY INmATING CONDmON Off-normal Events which Events Which Indicate an Events Which involve Actual Events Which Involve Actuel Could Indicate a Potential Actual Degradation of the or Likely Major Failures of or Imminent Substantial Degradation of the f.evel of I.evel of Safely of the Plant Plant Functions Needed for Core Degradation or melt-Safety of the Plant Protection of the Public ing with Potential for loss of Containment Integrity i
Itelease Exceeds Tech Spec Release Exceeds 100 Times Release Corresponds to liclease Corresponds to Radiometive Effluent at Site >G00 mrem /hr Whole Limit: Unplanned or Un- Inst antaneous Tech Spee >20 mrem /hr to monitored Itcleases suspect- I.imit; Unplanned or Un- Boundary llody at Site lloundary Aylicable to Any llelease Point (s) -or-and licsulting from Any initiating ed of exceeding Tech Spec monitored I?cleases Sus- -or-I.imit pected of Execeding 100 Off-site Dose Due to Event Off-site Dose Due to Event Event is Projected to Exceed 5 times Tech Spec I.imit is Projected to Execed 170 mrem to Whole llody or rem to Whole llody or Child 'Ihyroid 25 rem to the Child Thyroid Tall 1 Release or Ime of Control of Fuel llandling Accident Major Damage to Spent Fuel Radioactive M aterial Within Resulting in Release of Due to Fuel llandling Acci-s the Plant Itadioactivity to Occupied dent
$ . Areas Such 'lhat the Direct -or-Itadiation I,evels in the Uncontrolled Decrease in g _
Fuel Pool Water to Ilclow Areas increase by a Factor
" of >1000 Level of Fuel l -or-1 E Other Verified, Uncontrol-l 4 led Events Which Result in Tall 2 nn Unexpected increase of a in-Plant Direct Itadiation I.evels by a Factor of >l000
-r..*
EP P/1-1 Attachment 1 TADLE .I ACTION 1 EVEL CRITEntA FOR Cl.ASSir.CiTION OF EMI'RGESCY CONDIT1CNS .
I .
INITIATIMO CONDTT10N UNUSUAL EVENT ALEltT SITE EMERGENCY GENER AL EMEhCENCY Rosetor Coolant Systems (RCS) Delow tech Spec Limiting loss of 2 of 3 Fission Pro-Termperature low Conditions for Operation duct Unrriers With a Polen-(LCO) tint loss of Third Darrier TAB 3 Appilcable to Any infliating Event that May 1.end to this RC5 Pressure liigh Exceeds I CO Limit *- Condition.
TAB 4 -or-RC8/Contslassent loek Execeds LCO Exceeds 50 gpm . Execeds Make-up Capacity '
TAnR Any Initiating Events, from Whatever Source that Makes RCS/Beoondary Leek Exceeds LCO >200 gpm >50 gpm w/ MSL Dreak Itelease of Large Amounts tan n -or- w/ indication of Fuel Failure of Radioactivity in a Short
>to gpm w/ MSL Dreak -or- Time Probable, For Example:
Malm Stasm Lime Dreek -or- >1000 gpm MSL Dreak w/ MSIV Failure Tall 7 1. LOCA With Fallure of 33I Fuel Cladinag thgradation RCS Activity Exceeds LCO HCS l Activity >300 Degraded Core-Possible
-or- pCl/gm loss of Coolable Oeometry 2. LOCA With initially Renetor Coolant Monitor Successful ECCS. Sub-Tall 8 Alarm, or analyses >l pCl/ sequent Failure of fleet gm, Steady State Removal Systems With I.ikely Failure of Con-taintnent RCS Befety or Relief Valve 1,cak Execeds LCO or Valve Fanure Inoperable 3. less of All Orsite and gg g Offsite Power Concur-rent With Total loss of y RCS Temiperature Illgt: Execeds LCO Emergency Feedwater m Tall 3 fo 4. Loss of Feedwater and RCS Pressure 14w Delow LCO Condensat e Followed TAB 4 by Failure of Emer-W gency Feedwater g Idtletion of ICC8 Valid Safety Circuit Trip or System
. Necessary Manual Inillation TAD 10 o 5. Reactor Protection
. System Falls to Irdtlate MCS Pump Failure : Impeller Selzure or Complete a Required TAB 11 Scram, Followed by loss of Core Cooling tons of Containment Integrity Requiring Shutdown by LCO Containment Pressure >5 & and Make-up Systerns
<45 psig TA1112 ,,,,
[ ~
Loss of Plant Control Occurs O O O
LJ
) (
%)-
. h _/_._
Er%./1-1 Attaciunent 1 TABLE I ACTION LEVEL CRITERIA POR CLASS... CATION OF EMERGENCY CONDITIONS IMfTIAT1NO CONDfnON UNUSUAL EVENT AI.ERT StrE EMERGENCY GENER AL EMERGENCY I.mse of Engineered flafety or Fire Requiring Shutdown by LCO Loss of 2 of 3 Fission Pro-I*rotection Feateares : duct llarriers With a Poten-tial Loss of Third Darrier Tall 13 Applicable to Any initiating Folhare of Resetor Protection R eactor Not Subcritical Event that May Lead to this System to ladtiate or Complete ; af ter Valid Scram Signal (s) : Fondition.
o screas Tall 14 -or-Iman of Plant Control / Safety I.oss of Capability to loss of Capability to Any Initiating Events, from Systeens Achieve Cold Shutdown Achieve llot Shutdown Whateves ~ uice that Makes Tall 15 Itelease of Large Amounts of Itadioactivity in a Short lass of hmdientors, Amrumelators Loss on Process or Effluent I.oss of All Alarms Loss of All Alarms >l5 min Time Probable, For Example:
or Alarmis Parameters, Requiring Shut- (Annunciators) Sustained for with Plant Not in Cold S/D ak2wn by I.CO S mins -or-Plant Transient Occurs 1. LOCA With Failure of Tall 16 While All Alarms are Lost ECCS
- 2. LOCA With initially Control Room Evacuation Required or Anticipa ted. Itequired. Shutdown System Successful ECCS. Sub-Control of Shutdown Control at Remote Shut- sequent Failure of Ilent Systems Established at down Panel Not Established Removal Systems With Remote Shutdown Panet Within 15 min Likely Failure of Con-Tall 17 tainment Tonle or Flaanmeble Oases Near-by or On-site Release I:nters Facility. Potential Enters Vital Areas and 3. Loss of All Onsite and g Potentially llarmful IIabitability Problems Restricts Necessary Access Offsite Power Concur-rent With Total Loss of Emergency Feedwater Security Compromise In Accordance with Security Plans imminent I.oss of Physical Control of Plant 4. l.oss of Feedwater and Tall 19 Condensate Fo!! owed 7 by failure of Emer-g loss of Ontdte AC Power Loss of Capability gency Feedwnter S Tall 20 by* I '
- Temporary I.oss of Iloth Ioss of Iloth Execeds m nute Imas of All Off-site Power Upon Occurence 5. Reactor Protection f 'PA lt "yl_ System Falls to Initiate
<: or Complete a Required less of All On site DC Power .
Upon Occurence Loss of Vital DC Power For Scram, Followed by i
o '
More than 15 min loss of Core Coolirg l
Tall 21 and Make-up Systems Tornado Warning. Probable Effect on Strikes Vital Plant Strue- Wimis in Excess of Design -or-l ,g,M 22 Station tures i.evels I.oss of Plant Control Occurs l
6 N . . . .
E PI'/I-I ,
o TADI.E . I ACTION 1.EVElo CHITEllIA FOlt CLASL .._ CATION OF EMERGF_H.CY CONDfTIO_N_S ,,,Attachment 1 INFI1ATINO CONDfi10N UNUSUAL EVENT hLEHT SITE ENERGENCY GENER AL EMERGENCY Flood or 14w Water Flood <705 feet M SI., Flood >705 feet MSI. Flood >735 feet MSL loss of 2 of 3 Fission Pro-Itcquirl'ng S/D. Iow Water -or- duct Barriers With a Poten-
< !LO Damage to Vitel Equipment tin! Ioss of Third Ilarrier TAU 23, Applienble to Any Inillating I: vent that May 1. cad to this Earthgmente Detce ted on Site Scismic Greater than Oi1E Occurs Greater than SSE Occurs Condition.
Imtrumentation '
Tall 24 -or-Fire Wit hin Plant, Not Under _ Potentially Affecting Safety Affecting Safety Systems Any Initleting Events, from Control in 10 Minutes Af ter Systems. Itequired for Shutdown Whatever Source that Makes Fire Fighting Commenced Helcase of 1,arge Amounts Tall 25 of Itadioactivity in a Short Time Probable, For Example Explosion ficar or On-sit e Explosion Known Damage to Facility, . Severe Damage to Safe Potentlet Significant Dam- Af fecting Operation Shutdown Equipment ,
age 1. LOCA With Failure of TAB 26 ECCS Alrcraft Unusual Activity Over AIrcra ft or Missile From Crash Affects Vital Strue- 2. LOCA SVith Initially Facility Whatever Source Strikes and tures by impact or Fire Successful ECCS. Sub-
-or- Significantly Degrades a sequent Failure of IIcat Aircraf t Crashes Omite Station Safety Structure Removal Systems With I.lkely Failure of Con-Tall 27 tainment Trals Derailment in Onsite Arcas 3. loss of All Omite and Tall 28 Offsite Power Concur-rent With Total Loss of s Waterereft Strikes Intake Structure, Emergency Feedwater
$ TAB 28 Ilesulting in Flow Iteduction g 4. Loss of Feedwater and N
Condemate followed Contaminated Impry Transportation of injured by Failure of Em er-and Contaminated Individ- '
gency Feedwa t er TAH 28 uni (s) to Offsite Itospital Syst em O 5. Henctor Protection Accident at SAPS llequires Protective Actions System Falls to initiate
,M 28 at 11VPS or Complete a Hequired Scra m, followed by
, less of Core Cooling Oil Pipellae Regiture Hupture of Pipeline Omite and Make-up Systems TAH 28 w/ or w/o Fire
-or-Loss of Plant Control 'l Twbine ' r* TAD 28 Penetration of Casing ;
^
Occurs m .
9 O O
d"J. EPP/I-l TA Attachttent 2 o n m@uct Table 2 FSAR POSTULATED ACCIDEtE CLASSIFICATIONS ACCIDEITf EMERGENCY CLASSIFICATION Fuel Handling Accident General Emergency (maxmum)
Accidental Release of Waste Liquid Unusual Event Rupture of VCT Site Emergency Rupture of GST Alert Steam Generator Tube Tupture Alert (w/offsite power)
Steam Generator Tube Tupture Site Energency (w/o offsite power)
Main Steam Line Break in Site Emergency Containment Main Steam Line Break Outside Alert Contain:!cnt v Main Feedwater Pipe Rupture Alert Pod Cluster Control Assembly Site Emergency Ejection Single RCS Pump Iccked Potor Alert Complete Loss of Coolant Flow Unusual Event Single RCCA Withdrawal at Full Unusual Event Power loss of Coolant Accident General Emergency Issue 7 Rev. 0
'A o m m@u:;+.
O 4
?
4 e
0
d*(s. EPP/I-l 73 Mt Attachment 3 D' w ne D TAB 1 Page t of 3 FADIOACTIVE EFFLUE17f N
FUTE For nonitored effluent paths with automatic discharge isolation (or diversion *), the cccurence of a nonitor alarm does not constitute a release in excess of Technical Specificaiton-PROVIDED-the automatic valve properly isolated or diverted the effluent release path. Appropriate samples should be taken to verify the conitor reading. If the discharge does rot isolate, consider the release to be " unplanned" and take appropriate action as specified below.
- eg; nuin condenser air ejector diverted from atnosphere release point to containment.
UNUSUAL EVE?7f
- 1. bbnitored Release Exceeds Technical Specification A radioactivity release in excess of MPC limits for an isotopic mix in a liquid release; or in excess of the Environmental Technical Specification (ETS 2.4) for a gaseous release.
?UfE
'Ihe specific MPC limit for a given batch release (liquid or gaseous) is based on prior sampling results which are docunented onthe Radioactive Waste Discharge Authorization (RiDA). If a Hi-Hi alarm occurs on one of the instruments listed p below, a sample should lx! taken of the affected effluent path (tank or monitor y"j sample, as applicable) and the results compared to the pre-discharge sample results.
If the sample results differ significantly, a new RJDA shall be calculated. If the sum of the individual MPC fractions exceed 1.0, the release exeeded technical specificaitons. Similar assessment can be performed for continuous release pathways using the last periodic sanple results.
Instrunent Description Alarm p lLW-104 Liquid Waste Effluent bbnitor Hi-Hi p lLW-ll6 Liquid Waste Contaminated Drains Hi-Hi h1GJ-108A Gascous Waste, Particulate Hi-Hi RM-lGi-108B Caseous Waste, Gas Hi-Hi h lVS-101A Ventilation Vent, Particulate Hi-Hi R9-lVS-101B Ventilation Vent, Gas Hi-Hi p lVS-107A Elevated Release, Particulate Hi-Hi h lVS-107B Elevated Release, Gas Hi-Hi
- 2. Unplanned or Unmonitored Release Any liquid or gascious radioactivity release via an unnonitored path; or an unplanned release via a nonitored path; either of which is estimated or suspected to exceed 10 CFR 20 Appendix B limits following dilution. If an O isotopic breakdown is rot available, the MPC limit is 1 E-7 pCi/cc gross
[V beta-gamnu and/or lE-3 pCi/cc tritium following dilution (;= river activity) .
Issue 7 Rev. O
Akr EPP/I-l YarS Attachment 3 hD TAB 1 Page 2 of 3 PADIOACTIVE EFFLUENT mmr
- 1. bbnitored Release-Licuid e
A liquid release estimated or suspected to exceed 12 tines the EPA Primary Drinking Water Standards-attributable to the Station. (See EPP/IP-2.7
" Liquid Release Determination". (12 times EPA is the limit established by DER /PRP in the " Plan for Nuclear Generating Station Incidents")
- 2. Monitored Release-Gaseous A gaseous release estimated or suspected to exceed 100 times the gaseious release technical specification (ETS 2.4) . The nonitors listed below and the setpoints correspond to 100 tines the gaseous release limit for a conservative radionuclide mix. These nonitors are installed in parallel to the identified nonitors and are readout locally on the SPING-4 Control Room Terminal (Cr-1), and locally, if necessary bbnitor # 100 X TS, cpm EM-lVS-lll (Io Range) 7.4 E3 PM-IVS-ll2 (Lo Range) 3.8 E4 PM-lGI-110 (Hi Range) 8.6 E3 Based on: 1000 ft fmin flow via GI-108 path N w Flow 49300 ft3/ min fl w via VS-107 path X EAL = New EAL 60000 ft / min flow via VS-101 path Old Flow
- 3. Unplanned or Unmonitored Release Any liquid radioactivity release via an unnonitored path; or an unplanned release 7ia a nonitor path; estimated or calculated to result in water treatment plant intake activity in excess 12 times the EPA Drinking Water Standards.
Any airborne activity release via an unnonitored path; or an unplanned release via a conitored path; calculated or estimated to 100 times technical specification (Instantaneous).
SITE ENERGENCY
- 1. Airborne Release Correstonds to:
- a. 20 mrem / hour at the site boundary (NCTP the security fence) as determined by field radiation surveys or dose projection.
93
- b. Offsite dose due to the event is projected to exceed 170 mrem to the whole body or the child thyroid.
NOTE Since dose projections cormence whenever a release exceeds the technical specification limit, a prolonged, low level release mry result in the declaration of a Site Energency without exceeding the 20 mrem / hour criterion.
Issue 7 Pcv. O
dF.r., EPP/I-l Yf a Attachment 3 D7N M TAB 1 Page 3 of 3 RADICACTIVE EETLUENT m
U GENERAL DEPGE2C
- 1. Airborne Release Corresponds to:
- a. > 600 mrem / hour at the site boundary (tm the security fence) as determined by field radiation surveys or dose projection.
9E
- b. Offsite dose due to the event is projected to exceed 5 rem to the whole body,or 25 rem to the child thyroid.
O G
O .
Issue 7 Rev. 0
dE EPP/I-l Tag 5 Attachment 3 D O m U?t TAB 2 IN-PLAtTf RADIATION LEVELS UNUSUAL EVE?TP tbt Applicable ALERP
- 1. Unexpected Increase in In-Plant Radioactivity Invels
- a. Fuel Handling Accident results in release of radioactivity to occupied areas such that direct radiation levels in the areas increase by a factor of 1000 or higher,
- b. A verified. uncontrolled event results in an unexpccted ircrease in in-plant direct radiation levels by a factor greater than 1000; as indicated by:
Instrumnt Description EAL h l % 201 Area Radiation obnitors 1000 x normal thru hlR4-214 Increased readings on the following instruments indicate a release of radioactivity to the plant. They are verified by field measuremnts:
W lVS-101 A/B Ventilation Vent obnitor
- h lVS-102 A/B Auxil. Bldg. Ventilation Exch, bbnitor
- FM-1VS-103 A/3 Fuel Bldg. Ventilation Exh. bbnitor
- RM-IVS-104 A/B Containment Purge Exh. bbnitor
- h lVS-105 Leak Colleet Area Gas bbnitor *
% 1VS-106 Waste Cas Tank Vault Exh. bbnitor
- h lVS-107 A/B Elevated Release bbnitor
- RM-l % 215 A/B Containment obnitor
- RM-l h 117 A/B bultisample obnitor
- NOTE:
- Field measurener ts with portable survey ir'strumnts 1000 x norm.
SITE DEP&NCY
- 1. Spent Fuel Damge Ehjor damage to spent fuel due to fuel handling accident; results in offsite doses in emess of 170 mrem.
Instrumnt Description Alarm EAL Area and ventilation ronitors identified above N/A N/A (Alert)
Field Measurennnts with portable survey N/A 20 mrem /hr*
instruments
- at site boundary.
- 2. Spent Fuel Pool Invel Decrease Uncontrolled decrease in fuel pool water to Irlow level of fuel.
Instrument Description Alarm EAL A6-3 Spent Fuel Pool Invol Iow N/A All-40 Fuel Pool T/T Drains Pcvr High N/A GDEPAL DERGE!KN Refer to Offsite Pelease EALs.
1 is5A / iiev. v 1
l
$V.4 EPP/I-1 31 Attachment 3 Dn_%c:ne @ TAB 3 PCS TEMPEPATURE HI/Im UNUSUAL EVENE
TI-RC-421 Icop 1B Tavg N/A > 541 TI-RC-432 Icop 1C Tavg N/A > 541'
- 2. RCS Tempertaure Greater Than Safety Limit Operation outside of acceptable region on Figure 2.1-1 of BVPS Technical Specification (temperature versus thermal power and PZR pressure).
ALERT Not Applicable SITE D4EPGENCY lbt Applicable GENERAL D4ERGE?CY Not Applicable O -
Issue 7 Pev. 0
dQ EPP/I-l
%f Attachment 3 D O N liti TAB 4 PCS/PZR PRESSURE HI/IN UtRJSUAL EVE!If
- 1. RCS/PZR Pressure Exceeds Safety Limit ( >2735 PSIG)
Instrument Description Alarm EAL PI-RC-402A/403A PCS Pressure N/A >2735 A4-9 " Pressurizer Press High" 2385 N/A A4-19 " Pressurizer Control Press High" 2310 N/A A4-13 "Pressurzier Control Press Hi Pwr 2335 N/A Relief Pct"
- 2. FCS/PZR Pressure Less Than Safety Limit Operation outside of acceptable region on Figure 2.1-1 of BVPS Technical Specifications (Pressure versus thermal power and RCS temperature).
ALERP tbt Applicable SITE DIERGENCY Not Applicable GENERAL DIERGEtEY lbt Applicable O
Issue 7 Pev. O
- d% EPP/I-l Tir5 Attachmnt 3 D 7mlhht TAB 5 BCS LEAKAGE
('~N 1ME v) t There are no instrumnts sich directly measure RCS lea'< age. RCS Leakage is determined by a leak rate surveillance procedure. The instrununts listed below may be indicators that a significant leak exists.
h LPM-215A Containment P&rticulate Monitor h lRM-215B Containment Gas Ibnitor h lRM-201 Containment Low Range Area bbnitor h lRM-202 Containment High Range Area bbnitor TI-RC-463 Pressurizer Pwr Relief Disch Temperature TI-RC-465/467/469 Pressurizer Safety Relief Disch. Temperature LI-RC-470 Pressurizer Relief Tank Level LI-RC-460/462 Pressurizer Ievel PI-L%-100 Containment Total Pressure TI- W 100 Containment Tenperature A4-25 " Pressurizer Power Relief Disch Tenp High" A4-26/27/28 " Pressurizer Safety Relief Disch Temp High" Al-58 " Containment Pressure High" Al-60/66 " Containment Pressure High High" A4-3 " Pressurizer Control Level Iow" A3-96 " React Flange Leakoff Temp High" UNUSUAL EVEtTf
- 1. Any Ibn-isolatable Pressure Ibundary Icakage O
() 2. Unidentified Leakage >l gpn
- 3. Identified Icaxage >10 gpm
- 5. (See also RCS/ Secondary Icakage)
ALERP
- 1. Icakage Exceeds 50 gpn SITE EMERGENCY
- 1. Irakage Exceeds Make-up Capability GENERAL DERGE!CY .
- 1. IOCA
- a. Ioss of Coolant Accident with failure of EX:CS.
- b. Ioss of Coolant Accident with subsequent failure of heat removal systems; likely failure of containment.
- c. Ioss of Coolant Accident with fuel failure and propable inininent failure of containmant.
O O -
Issue 7 Rev. 0
dD. EPP/I-l 31 Attachment 3 Dw%==ne LW., TAB 6 PCS/ SECONDARY LEAKAGE m h There are no instruments which directly measure RCS/ Secondary Icakage.
RCS/Second Leakage is determined by a leak rate surveillance procedure.
The instrunents listed below are irdicators that a significant leak exists.
E lSV-100 Condenser Air Ejector Vent bbnitor
% 1SS-100 Steam Generator Bakdown Sample bbnitor RM-1BD-100 Steam Generator Blowdown Tank Discharge bbnitor LI-RC-460/462 Pressurizer Level A4-3 " Pressurizer Control Ievel Iow" UNUSUAL EVENT
- 1. RCS/ Secondary Leakage Exceeds 1 gpn Through all Non-isolated S/Gs
- 2. RCS/ Secondary Ieakage Exceeds 500 gpd Through Any One S/G
- 3. Steam Generator Activity Exceeds 0.10 Ci/ gram Dose Equivalent 1-131
- 4. (see also PCS Leakage)
ALERP
- 1. RCS/ Secondary Icakage Exceeds 200 gpn O \'
l SITE ENERGENCY l
- 1. RCS/ Secondary Icakage Exceeds 1000 gpm
- 2. RCS/ Secondary Icakage Exceeds 50 gpn Concurrent With Main Steam Line Break and Indication of Fuel Failure HERAL DIRGENCY Refer to RCS Icakage/LOCA EALs l
O l1 l
Issue 7 Rev. O
dF.4 EPP/I-l 7@
4 Attachment 3 D O-'**N D TAB 7 MAIN STFAM LINE EEAK
%)
UtRJSUAL EVENP lbt Applicable ALERP
- 1. MSL Ereak Concurrent with 10 apm RCS/ Secondary Leak Annunciator Description A5-13 "Steamline Pressure Low or Pressure Rate High" A7-9 "Inop 1 Steamline Pressure Iow" A7-17 "Ioop 2 Steamline Pressure Low" A7-25 "Icop 3 Steamline Pressure Low"
- 1. MSL Break Concurrent with 50 apm RCS/ Secondary Icak with Fuel Failure Sann annunciators as above GENERAL DIERGEPCY Ibt Applicable l
l O
Issue 7 Pav. 0
dQ EPP/I-l
'31 Attachment 3 D r'm% @ TAD 8 FUEL CLADDING DEGRATION UNUSUAL EVENT O
- 1. I-131 Dose Ecuivalent Exceeds LCD ( >l.0 Ci/ gram Steady State Instrument Description Alarm R1-lCH-101A/B Reactor Coolant Letdown Hi/Hi Monitors Radiochemistry analyses
- 2. Specific Activity Exceeds LCD ( >100/E Ci/ gram) (Steady State)
Instruments / analyses as above.
ALERP
SITE RERGEICI
- 1. Degraded Core-Possible Loss of Coolable Geometry Evidence is uneven core terrperature distribution (thernoccuples);
RCS flow decrease; in addition to the activity indications above.
GdhERAL DERGEICI
- 1. Ioss of 2 of 3 Fission Product Barriers Fuel cladding failure with LOCA and with potential loss of containnent integrity.
Issue 7 Rev. O
dPA EPP/I-l I Tf a Attachment 3 D U *ne @ TAB 9 PORV/SAETfY RET.TFP FAILURE USUAL EVEtfr j
- 1. EORV or Safety Relief Valve Leakage PORV or safety relief valve leakage exceeds primary leakage ICO ( >10 gpn) . Indications of leakage are:
Inst. w t Description TI-RC-463 Pressurizer Relief Line PORV Tenperature TI-RC-465/467/469 Pressurizer Safety Relief Line Temperature LT-PC-470 Pressurizer Relief Tank Level A4-36 " Pressurizer Relief Tank Ievel High" A4-25 " Pressurizer Power Relief Line Disch Tenp High" A4-26/27/28 " Pressurizer Safety Relief Line Disch Tenp High" A4-37 " Pressurizer Relief Tank Press High"
- 2. Safety Felief Valve Fails to Operate Safety valve fails to operate at LCO ( >2485 10 PSIG).
\ See LOCA EALs SITE D4ERGENCY See LOCA EALs GENERAL D4ERGEBCY See LOCA FALs
dE EPP/I-l 31 Attachment 3 D m'%
=ne @ TAB 10 SIS INITIATION UlAJSUAL EVEfff
- 1. Initiation of SIS Valid safety circuit trip or necessary manual initiation. The following instruments are indications that SIS has initiated:
Instrument Description Al-80 " Safety Injection Pump Auto Start /Stop" ANN-SIA Safety Injection Activation Annunciator System FI-SI-961/962/963 High Head Safety Injection Header Filow (Cold Legs)
FI-SI-940 High Head Safety Injection to RCS Injection Hdrs FI-SI-945/94o Iow Ibad SI Pump Disch Header FI-SI-94? Ibron Injection Tank Flow ALERP tbt Applicable SITE C4ERGEfCY lbt Applicable GENERAL D4EPGE!JCY Not Applicable O
Issue 7 Pcv. O
d% EPP/I-l 31g5 Attachment 3 D 9_m thfi TAB 11 s RCS PUMP IOCKED FDIOR UNUSUAL EVEt7f Ibt Applicable ALERP
Annunciator Description A3-104 " Reactor Cool Punp 1A Flow Iow" A3-112 " Reactor Cool Punp 1B Flow Iow" A3-120 " Reactor Cool Punp 1C Flow Iow" Reactor Coolant Punp "run" laq)s off SITE DERGEICY tbt Applicable GENERAL DERGEICI tbt Applicable
.J -
r e -. .n 7 n,. . n
dV4, EPP/I-l 7@
A Attachment 3 D7ND TAB 12 C NTAINMENE INEEGRITY UNUSUAL EVE!If
- 1. Ioss of Containment Integrity (bntainment leak rate exceeds technical specification ICOs, as discovered during surveillance test; or inability to naintain containmant pressure.
Instrument Description Pl-I14-100 Containnent Total Pressure PI-CV-101 'Ibtal Pressure Al-58 " Containment Pressure High" Al-35/43 "Containnnnt Air Partial Pressure High/Iow" ALERP lbt Applicable SITE DERGEICY
- 1. High Containment Pressure Containment total pressure greater than 5 PSIG but less than 45 PSIG Instruments as identified in Unusual Event above.
GENERAL DERGE!CY
- 1. Failure of containnunt inminent concurrent with IOCA and fuel cladding damage.
O Issue 7 Rev. O
d%
Tag5 EPP/I-l Attachment 3 D 9N @ TAB 13 IM S OF ESF'S
(~)
V UNUSUAL EVErff
- 1. Ioss of Engineered Safety Features (ESF) requiring shutdown by ICO.
The following is a list of operable ESF subsystems necessary to neet LCO:
SIS Accunulators Operable Operable SIS Subsystems Surveillance Ibron Injection Tank Operable Operable Containment Quench Spray Subsystems Surveillance Operable Containment Recirculation Spray Subsystems Surveillance Operable Chemical Addition System Surveillance Operable Containment Isolation Valves Surveillance Containment Integrity (See Containment Integrity EALs)
Operable Containment 112 Monitors Surveillance Operable H2 Recombiners Surveillance Operable Containment H2 Purge Surveillance Operable Mechanical Vacuum Pumps Surveillance ESF Activation System Operable with Proper setpoints/ Surveillance response times ALERT Not Applicable
}
SITE ExEaGEtcy Not Applicable GENERAL EMERGEICy tbt Applicable (O
.)
Issue 7 Pcv. 0
dD.
74 EPP/I-l Attachnunt 3 D-.=, @m LW., TAs 14 PIUTECTION SYSTEM FAILURE UNUSUAL EVENT 9
lbt Applicable ALERT
- 1. Reactor Ibt Sub:ritical After Valid Trip Signal (s)
SITE ENERGEtCY lbt Applicable GENERAL EMERGEtCY
- 1. Peactor Protection System fails to initiate or complete a trip, followed by a loss of core cooling and make-up systems, which results in fuel degradation.
O O
Issue 7 Fev. O
d% EPP/I-l T5 A Attachment 3 D "' fN@ TAB 15 IDSS OF PLANT CONTROL O UNUSUAL EVDTf Not Applicable ALERT
- 1. Ioss of Capability to Achieve Cold Shutdown SITE ENERGENCY
- 1. Ioss of Capability to Achieve Hot Shutdown GENERAL EMERGENCY
- 1. Ioss of Plant Control O
O .
Issue 7 Rev. 0
N4. EPP/I-l T@A Attachment 3 DN lW-* TAB 16 IDSS OF INSTRUMENTATION UNUSUAL EVEPTT
- 1. Ioss of Indicators, Annurciators, or Alarms in Excess of IIX)
- a. Ioss of indicators, annunciators on effluent parameters during release
- b. Inoperable ESF Pctivation System Instrumentation per table 3.3-3 of BVPS Technical Specifications.
- c. Inoperable remote indications on Shutdown Panel in excess of minimum channels per table 3.3-9 of BVPS Technical Specifications.
- d. Inoperable RCS Leakage Detection System (2 of 3 channels failed).
Includes:
Containment Particulate Radioactivity R4-l%215A Contaiment Gaseous Radioactivity % 1 h 215B Containment Sump Discharge Flow Measurenent Iocal readout System ALERT
- 1. Ioss of All Annunciators Sustained for 5 Minutes SITE D4ERGEtCY
- 1. Ioss cf All Annunciators 15 Minutes with Plant Not in Cold S/D
- 2. Uncontrolled Transient Q: curs While Annunciators are Inoperative GENERAL EMERGE?CY
- 1. Ioss of Plant Control O
Issue 7 Pav. O
No. EPF/I-l )
4[ Attachment 3 D UN D TAB 17 CJNfBOL POOM EVACUATION
's (G
UNUSUAL EVENT Not Applicable ALERf
- 1. Control Poom Evacuation Required or Anticipated-Control at Rem g Shutdown Panel Evacuation of the Control Room is regtured or anticipated and control of shutdown systems has been established at the Renote Shutdown Panel.
Instrument Description W l h 213 Main Control Room Area bbnitor All-53/54 Control Room Chlorine Detector (3 Channels)
Fire in Control Room Heavy Sncke in Control Room Other Toxic Gases observed.
SITE ENEPGE?C k
- 1. Required Control Room Evacuation-Renote Control not Established Within 15 Minutes Evacuation of the Control Room is required and control of shutdown systems has not been established at the Remote Shutdown Panel within 15 minutes.
GENERAL EMEPGEBU
- l. Ioss of Plant Control l
l l
O V
Issue 7 Fev. O
dQ EPP/I-l Ta pT Attachment 3 D e m liti TAB 18 1
'IOXIC/FINNAELE GASES UNUSUAL EVENT
- 1. Uncontrolled Release Near-by or ONsite-Potentially hrmful Instrument Description All-53 Control Room Chlorine Detector All-86 " Chlorinator Control Unit Area dilorine Gas Ieak" A11-54 " Chlorine Gas Icak" observation by irritation, noticeable cxior, samples, verbal reports of authenticated accidents resulting in release ALERP
- 1. Enters Facility, Causes Habitability Problems (in Control Room)
SITE EMERGENCY
- 1. Gas Enters Vital Areas and Restricts Access Necessary for Safe Shutdown GENERAL EMERGEBX'Y
- 1. Ioss of Plant Control r
I O
Issue 7 Fev. O
dY6 EPP/I-l 74 Attachrmnt 3 D"% M@ TAB 19 SECURITY OCMPIO1ISE O UNUSUAL EVE!If
?bt Applicable. Action per BVPS Security Plan.
l ALERP lbt Applicable. Action per BVPS Security Plan.
SITE D4ERGE?C
- 1. Iminent Loss of Physical Control of Plant GENERAL DERGE?C
- 1. Ioss of Physical Control of Plant D
V h
l l
l Tc:Q'A 7 M '_ O
~
d*4, EPP/I-l 3tf Attachnent 3 Cut;uesnelhfi TAB 20 Ioss & AC Pm En UNUSUAL EVI27f O
- 1. Icss of On-site AC Power Capability Annunciator Description A8-76 "4160 V ms lA Undervoltage" A8-84 "4160 V ms 1B Undervoltage" A8-92 "4160 V ms 1C Undervoltage" A8-100 "4160 V ms ID UndcIvoltage" A8-109 "4160 V Dnergency Ws lAE Undervoltage" A8-ll7 "4160 V Energen:y Ms 1DF Undervoltage" Diesel Generator Inoperative per ICO
- 2. Icss of Offsite Powr per LCO ALERT
- 1. Temporary Icss of hth Onsite and Offsite AC Pomr (Diesels Unavailable)
SITE EMEICEIC
- 1. Ioss of mth ONsite (Diesels Unavailable) and Offsite Power for Icnger than 15 Minutes GENERAL D4EPGENCY L. Loss of Plant Control O
Issm 7 Dev, O l
4
d5 EPP/I-l
%g5 Attachment 3 D nm @ TAB 21 II)SS OF DC PCMER O Ut0SUAL EVDTI tbt Applicable ALERr
- 1. Ioss of All Onsite DC Power Annunciator Description "DC Dist Pnl No.1 Ioss of Control DC" (one for each of 7 panels SITE EMEPGEICY
- 1. Ioss of DC Power Sustained for Ionger than 15 Minutes GENERAL DERGEICY
- 1. Ioss of Plant Control a
O -
Issue 7 Rev. O
d"t. EPP/I-l A T Attachment 3 D"bND TAB 22 TORrRDO UNUSUAL EVENT O
- 1. Tornado Warning Received / Tornado Sighted-Probable Effect on Station Instrument Description Met. System Wind Speed Indicator 35' Met. System Wind Speed Indicator 150' tet. System Wind Speed Indicator 500' Weater B.treau advisories Personnel sighting ALERT
- 1. Tornado Strikes Vital Plant Structures SITE EMERGElXN
- 1. Tornado Causes Damage to Safe Shutdown Equipmnt GDERAL DERGEICY
- 1. Ioss of Plant Control O
Issue 7 Fev. O
dPA EPP/I-l y4g 99% g Attachment 3 TC 23 RIVER ETER HI/I G O-UtWSUAL EVENT
- 1. River Water Ievel Less Than or in Excess of ICO By Cbservation/ Report by Corps of Engineers.
ALERP
- 1. River Water Ievel Between 705 and 730 MSL (Main Transformer grade elevation is 706 MSL)
SITE D4ERGEtCY
- 1. River Water Ievel Exceeds 730 MSL
- 2. Flood Causes Damage to Vital Equirment GE!ERAL DERGEtCY
- 1. Ioss of Plant Control l
l
% .m ,
2 2..
n l
1
d% EPP/I-l 31pt AttachnEnt 3 D e m L%dt TAB 24 EARTHQUAKE UNUSUAL EVErff
- 1. Earthquake Detected by Site Seismic Instrumentation The Accelerograph Recording System initiates upon detection of a seismic event resulting in 0.01 g acceleration. " Seismic Accelerograph Operation" annunciator (All-59) indicates start of system.
ALERP
- 1. Earthquake Greater Than 0.06 g (OBE) Q: curs SITE D4EPGE?CY
- 1. _ Earthquake Greater Than 0.125 g (SSE) Occurs GENERAL DERGE!CY
- 1. Ioss of Plant Control O
O I
Issue 7 Rev. 0
dE Ya EPP/I-l Attachment 3 D"rS N@ TAB 25 FIRE UNUSUAL EVE!TT
- 1. Fire Within Plant Not Under Control Within 10 Minutes Fire within plant @ich is not brought under control within 10 minutes from start of firefighting efforts.
ALERP
- 1. Fire Which Potentially Affects Safety Systems SITE EMERGE!CY
- 1. Fire Affects Safety Systems Necessary for Shutdown GENERAL EMERGE!CY
- 1. Ioss of Plant Control D
(J O .
Issue 7 Rev. O
dY/ EPP/I-l 31 Attachment 3 M@ M TAB 26 EXPIDSION IRIUSUAL EVEt7f O
- 1. Near or Onsite Explosion With Potential Significant Damage ALERP
- 1. Explosion With Known Dannge to Facility, Affecting Operation SITE DElmCY
- 1. Explosion Causes Severe Damage to Safe Shutdown Equiptent GENERAL DERGEBCY
- 1. Ioss of Plant Control Occurs O
O Issue 7 Rev. 0
dF. 4 EPP/I-l 7ay5 Attachnunt 3 D N N LW, TAB 27 AIRCRAPI O UNUSUAL EVEITT
- 1. Unusual Aircraft Activity Over Facility
- 2. Aircraft Crashes Onsite ALERP
- 1. Aircraft or Missile Strikes a Station Structure SITE EMERGENCY
- 1. Aircraft or Missile Crash Affects Vital Structure by Impact or Fire GENERAL DIERGEtCY
- 1. Ioss of Plant Control Occurs O
l l
l I
I 1
O .
Issue 7 Rev. O
db1. EPP/I-l
%p Attachment 3 D n m LW., TAB 28 MISCELLANEOUS UNUSUAL EVEtTT O
- 1. Train Derails Onstie Observation
- 2. Watercraft Strikes Intake Structure-Resultes in Flow Reduction Observation Ioss of Reactor Plant River Water Flow Indications.
- 3. Contaminated Injury Personnel injury occurs which results in the transportation of contaminated and injured personnel to an offsite luspital.
- 4. Accident at SAPS PAX /B2ll Telephone "Shippingport Evacuation Alert" annunciator (A4-100)
- 5. Oil Pipeline Rupture Observation
- 6. Turbine Casing Failure Turbine casing penetrated by turbine blading or other missiles.
ALERP tbt Applicable SXTE DERGEICY tbt Applicable GENERAL DERGEBCY Not Applicable Issue 7 Pcv. 0
m .,,
CUQUjiM3IIS !l@TC BEAVER VALLEY POWER STATION EPP/I-2 '
EMERGENCY FREFARECNESS PLAN page 1 of 5 l
EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE Instruction UNUSUAL EVENT A. OBJECTIVE This instruction describes the actions to be taken for an Unusual Event at the Beaver Valley Power Station. This instruction also designates the pre-planned response actions necessary to centend iith the condition and references applicable procedures that prescribe the necessary supplementary a:tions.
The Emergency Director (Shift Supervisor, until properly relieved by a designated alternate) has the responsibility and authority for implementation of the actions prescribed in this instruction. The Emergency Director may delegate responsi-bility for p rformance of the prescribed tasks to available qualified Duquesne Light prsonnel, except where otherwise specified in this instruction.
B. PREREQUISITIES/ INITIAL CONDITIONS O An Unusual Event has been declared based on the occurrence of off-normal events V which could indicate a ptential degradation of the level of safety of the plant.
Events characterized as Unusual Events are described in Section IV and EPP/I-1,
" Recognition and Classification of Emergencies".
C. PRECAUTIONS Continued surveillance and assessment of plant conditions are necessary to ensure that the energency classification is appropriately revised as conditions change, or nere definitive information is obtained.
D. PRTEDURE
- 1. For All Initiating Events 1.1 Lglenent corrective actions to centend with the situation arxi to miti-gate possible deterioration in plant conditions in accordance with the BVPS operating Manual while si:ultaneously implementing this instruction.
Perform Steps D.2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 of this EPP/I in conjunction with the remaining steps in this section, as apprcpriate to the event.
A.wW ,.bv. v
MD.
Yar3 EPP/I-2 0 = m LW.,
Pace 2 of 5 1.2 Implement appIcpriate assessment actions. Oxplete an m ' Initial tbtification Fom using data derived from the initial assessment activ-ities.
1.3 tbtify the on-call Energency Director of the emrgency condition. Use the Emergency Initial Ibtification Form and provide additional infor"ation as requested and as available. If the on-call Emergency Director is not readily available, notify a designated alternate in the following sequence:
Name PAX Pesidence
- 1. H. P. Williams 5101
- 2. M. Ccppila 5208
- 3. W. S. Iacey 5111 1.4 tbti.fy appropriate additional DLC personnel for assistance in assessment o:: corrective actions as necessary. Pafer to the latest conthly telephone nun a list. It is not necessary to activate the energency crganization or the Technical Support Center (TSC) for an Urusual Event. However, the Emergency Director may activate all or part of the emrgency organization and may activate the TSC if deered appropriate.
1.5 lbtify the offsite authorities listed on the Emergency Notification Call list. Use the Energency Initial Notification Form to relay the information. If necessary, refer to EPP/IP-1.1, "1btification".
tbtifications to the listed authorities shall be made within ene hour following declaration of the errgency. Ibtifications to m, PEMA, CCDSA, and/or HCCES shall be made prior to any cress release en the l incident.
1.6 Ccmplete a Follow-up tbtification Form using the nost current data j available at the tire the form is ccrrpleted.
1.7 When offsite agencies call back, provide informatien frem the Folicwup tbtification Form as applicable to the emrgercy condition. Accept calls I and provide inferration to cnly those organizations listed en the 1
Emergency Notification Call-list. Pefer all ether calls to DLC Public Infor:stion (412-456-6279 cr 6000).
l l
O Issue 7 Pev. O i
1 1
N EPP/I-2 7,q5 Page 3 of 5 D e = m eL!qht
/ tore (7) If a call back is not received within a reasonable period of time, remake the initial notification to that party.
1.8 Inform DIf Public Information Departmnt of the event and request that they complete notifications on the Notification of Public Interest Call-list, providing information recorded on the Emergency Initial Notifi-
' cation Form and Follow-up Notification ForTns.
1.9 If plant conditions deteriorate, escalate the emergency classification.
Perform actions in accordance with the appropriate EPP/ Instruction.
1.10 Continue energency operations until such time as plant conditions have stablized and other termination criteria of EPP/IP-6.3 "Termina-tion of the Emergency" have been satisfied.
- 2. For Initiating Event: Radioactivity Release to the Atnesphere 2.1 Perform appropriate corrective nuasures to terminate the release.
2.2 Initiate offsite dose projection activities in accordance with EPP/IP-2.6.1, " Dose Projection-Short Form", continuing with EPP/IP-2.6, Projection", as necessary.
2.3 Initiate an emergency onsite radiation survey in accordance with EPP/
IP-2.2, "Onsite bbnitoring for Airborne Release".
2.4 If the results of the ensite survey indicate the need, initiate radiation surveys offsite and escalate the emergency classification as warranted.
- 3. For Initiating Event: Radioactivity Release to the Ohio River 3.1 Perform appropriate corrective nuasures to terminate the release.
3.2 Determine the activity of the release by effluent nonitor reading, or by estimate in accordame with EPP/IP-2.7, " Liquid Release Estimate".
b v .
Tecno 7 o~f . O
[h "4 P EPP/I-2 Page 4 of 5 Dom W l l
l If the gross activity released was, or is projected to be 35 times FPC (10 CFR 20) or greater (following cooling tower bloxiown dilution),
reclassify the mergency as an Alert and perform emergency measures in accordance with EPP/I-3, " Alert". Imediately notify offsite authorities of the reclassification of the emergency.
3.3 If the estimated activity released is less than 35 times FPC, but greater than MPC (after dilution), determine the activity in the Ohio River by sanpling and analysis in accordance with EPP/IP-2.4 "Offsite bbnitoring for Liquid Release", to confirm the results of the estimate.
- 4. For Initiating Event: Fire / Explosion 4.1 Perform firefighting efforts in controlled areas in accordance with EPP/IP-8.1, " Fires in Contrtelled Areas" and in accordance with Chapter 56B of the Operating Manual " Fire Prevention and Control".
4.2 If the fire is in an un-controlled area, refer to Olapter 56B, Section 4 " Fire Prevention and Control".
- 5. For Initiating Event: Contaminated Personnel Injury 5.1 Perform mergency measures in accordance with EPP/IP-5.2, " Contaminated /
Irradiated Personnel Injuries" in cases of personnel injuries which are compounded by cantanunation and for vhich transfer to a hospital is necessary.
5.2 If the injury does not involve contamination and transportation to a hospital, refer to Chapter 56 " Injury and Casualty Control", Section 4, and the BVPS Padiological Control Manual, if applicable.
- 6. For Initiating Events: Tornado / Earthquake / Storms / Flooding 6.1 Perform energency nuasures in accordance with Operating Manual Chapter 53.
O Issue 7 Rev. O
dP.
s EPP/I-2 l 7%
A Page 5 of 5 D9 mlhti l E. REFERENCES O' l. Beaver Valley Power Station Emergency Preparedness Plan and Implementing Procedures
- 2. Ibaver Valley Power Station Operating Manual
- 3. Beaver Valley Power Station Radiological Control Manual
- 4. Title 10 Code of Federal Regulations Part 50, Appendix E
- 5. NUREG-0654/ FEMA-REP-1 " Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants.
F. ATTACHME!7fS
- 1. Checklist--Gas
- 2. Gecklist--Liquid
- 3. Gecklist--Contaminated Personnel Injury O .
Issue 7 Rev. 0
1%
YA o e m@e:t*
O 1mmemm m.
e
, e*- .
O
d%. EPP/I-2
?qp Attachment 1 Drs m LW, CHECKLIST J
Note The use of this checklist is cptional. It is provided as a convenience for the Emergerry Director. It need not be filled out, nor retained. This checklist is not intended to replace the EPP/ Instruction to dich it is attached.
Unusual Event - Gas EPP/IP STEP OUILItE Initial Time I-2 1.1 Implement corrective actions (Stop release)
I-2 2.2 Initiate and continue dose projection (EPP/IP-2.6)
I-2 2.3 Initiate radiation survey (EPP/IP-2.2)
I-2 1.2 Complete Initial tbtification Form
_ I-2 1.3 lbtify designated Emergency Director b I-2 1.4 lbtify additional DIC personnel for assistance I-2 2.4 Escalate to Alert if necessary (Alert-Gas checklist)
I-2 1.5 tbtify offsite authorities (EPP/IP-1.1)
I-2 1.6,7 CaTplete follow-up notification I-2 1.8 Have Public Information Department complete their rotifications I-2 1.10 Terminate t en termination criteria (EPP/IP-6.2) have been not i
k v .
Issue 7 Ibv. O
d% EPP/I-2 Tap 5 Attachment 2 D 9 m LW.,
CHECKLIST O
tbte The use of this checklist is optional. It is provided as a convenience for the Emergency Director. It need not be filled out, nor retained. This checklist is not intended to replace the EPP/ Instruction to which it is attached.
Unusual Event - Liquid EPP/IP STEP OUrLINE Initial Time I-2 1.1 Implennnt corrective actions (Stop release)
I-2 3.2 Estimate release (EPP/IP-2.7). If Release 35 MPC, declare Alert (Alert-Liquid checklist)
I-2 1.2 Complete Initial tbtification Form I-2 1.3 tbtify designated Emergency Director I-2 1.4 lbtify additional DLC personnel for assistance I-2 3.3 Sample river (EPP/IP-2.4). If release O
35 MPC, declare Alert (alert-liquid checklist)
I-2 1.5 tbtify offsite authorities including Coast Guard, US Corps of Engineers, and water treatment plants (EPP/IP-1.1)
I-2 1.6, Complete follow-up notification 7
I-2 1.8 Have Public Infonstion Departnent complete their notifications I-2 1.10 Terminate when termination criteria (EPP/IP-6.2) have been nut O
Issue 7 Fev. 0
d% EPP/I-2
%f Attachrtent 3 D n =arn Ltti CHECKLIST p
tbte The use of this checklist is optional. It is provided as a convenience for the Emergency Director. It need not be filled out, mr retained. This checklist is mt intended to replace the EPP/ Instruction to which it is attached.
Unusual Event - Contaminated Personnel Injury EPP/IP STEP OUTLINE Initial Time 5.2 1.1,2 Sourd Standby Alarm and dispatch Emergency Squad 5.2 1.5 Call ambulance (if necessary) 5.2 1.6 lbtify hospital 5.2 1.7 If victim cannot be transported, surmon medical assistance to station (Drs. Wald and Spritzer, RERP program).
5.2 1.8 tbtify security guards of impending ambulance arrival fh d 5.2 1.9 Direct Emergency Squad to transport victim to first aid room (if he can be moved).
5.2 1.11 Decontaminate victim (if time is available).
5.2 1.12 Prepare ambulance to minimize con-tamination 5.2 1.13 Direct DIC Supervisor and Radcon technician to accompany victim to l hospital I-2 1.2 Corrplete Initial Notification Form I-2 1.3 lbtify designated Emergency Director I-2 1.5 Notify offsite authorities (EPP/IP-1.1) l I-2 1.6,7 Cmplete follow-up notifications I-2 1.8 Have Public Information Department l
O c mplete their notifications O
l l
I-2 1.10 Terminate 2.cn termination criteria (EPP/IP-6.2) have been met Issue 7 Rev. O
WYs 31r5 D om L!:ti -
G E
9 e
INTEhTIONALLY BLANK 9
O' I
j i
JESQM BEAVc.R VALLEY POWER STATION EPP/I-3 Page 1 of 6 EMERGENCY PREPARECNESS PLAN EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE n Instruction i
(G ALEE A. CHIECTIVE This instruction describes the actions to be taken in the event that an Alert eme y y condition has been declared at the Ihaver Valley Power Station. This instruction also designates the pre-planned response actions necessary to contend with the emergency condition and references applicable procedures that prescribe the necessary supplementary actions.
The Emergency Director (Shift Super /isor, until properly relieved by a designated alternate) has the responsibility and authority for tra com-pletion of the prescribed actions in this instruction. The Emergency Director may delegate responsibility for perforrance of the prescribed tasks to available qualified Duquesne Light parsonnel, except tere other-wise specified in this instrxtion.
(s B. PREREQUISITES / INITIAL CONDITIONS
- 1. An Alert energency condition Ms been declared based en the cccurrence of eients Wich indicate an actual or potential degradation of the level of safety of the plant. Events classified as Alert emrgencies are described in Section IV and EPP/I-1, " Recognition and Classifica-tion of Emergencies",
and/or
- 2. An Unusual Event had been declared and energer.cy reasures are being performed; and on the basis of subsequent information or upon a deterioration in plant conditions, the condition has been reclassified as an Alert.
C. PRECAUTIONS Continued surveillance and assessment of plant conditiens are necessary to ensure that the energency classification is appropriately revised as conditiens change, er r:cre definitive inferration is obtained.
- w,. . n
% -. .n
d% EPP/I-3 31r5 Page 2 of 6 DLcJesrs LW.
D. PROCEDURE
- 1. For All Initiating Events 1.1 Implement corrective actions to contend with the situation and to mitigate possible deterioration in plant conditions in ac-cordance with the EVPS Operating Manual while sinultaracusly i~.plementing this instruction. Perform Steps D.2, 3, 4, and 5 of thic EPP/IP in conjunction with the remaming steps in this section, as appropriate to the e/ent.
1.2 Inplement w.ciate assessment actions. Carplete an Emergercy Initial tbtification Form using data derived frcm the initial assessm2nt activities.
1.3 lbtify the designated En2rgeref Director of the energency con-dition. Use the Emergency Initial Ibtification Fcrm ard provide additional information a:1 requested and as available. If the designated Emergercf Director is not readily available, notify a designated alternate in the fo11cwing sequence:
Nane PAX Pesidence
- 1. H. P. Williams 5101
- 2. M. Cor.pula 5208 _
- 3. W. S. Lacey 5111 1.4 !btify the offsite authorities listed on the Emergency Notif-cation Call-list. Use the Emergency Initial Notification Form to relay the data. If necessary, refer to EPP/IP-1.1, "Notifi-cation". totifications to the listed authorities shall be made 2rinediately upon declaration of the energency. Notifications to N, PD%, CCDSA, and/or HOCES shall be made prior to any press release on the incident.
1.5 !btify the designated Energerry/ Recovery >bnager of the ener-gency condition and place him on standby in anticipation of a possible escalation in the energeref classification. Use the Emergency Initial Nctification Form and provide additional in-for:"aticn as requested and as available. If the designated Emergency /Fecovery ohnager is not readily available, notify a designated alternative in the follcwing seqt.crce:
- d4 EPP/I-3
%3 Page 3 of 6 1
D r'tmlit:t _-
Name PAX Residence
[h, i
U
- 1. T. D. Jeras 5202
- 2. J. D. Sieber 5212
- 3. F. J. Bissert 5200
- 4. R. F. Balcerek 5218 1.6 #ctivate the Technical Support Center and notify TSC personnel, or designated alternatives using the Station Page-Party System or tele-phone callout. As personral arrive, assign appropriate responsibi-lities and transfer functions frem the Control Rocm to TSC. Until the designated personnel arrive, assign available shift personnel and other to assist with these functions. D.e following may be referenced:
1.6.1 EPP/IP-1.4, "TSC Organization and Operation" 1.6.2 obnthly BVPS Telephone Call-list 1.7 If in-plant radiological conditions indicate the need, activate the Oparations Support Center (CSC), and the Radeon Cperations Center (ROC). Pafer to EPP/IP-1.5, " Emergency Support Center Organization and Operation", as necessary.
O V
1.8 Cmple*e a Follow-up Notification Form using the nest current data avaliable at the time the form is conpleted.
1.9 Nhen offsite agencies call back, provide information from the Follow-up Notification Form as applicable to the emergency condition. 7c-cept calls and provide information to caly those organizations lis'd on the Emergency !btification Call-list. Refer all other calls to Dir Public Informatien (412-456-6279 or 6000).
IME If a call back is not received within a reasonable paried of tine, remake the initial rotification to that party.
1.10 Inform DIC Public Information De"M.t of the event and request that they couplete notifications on the tbtifications of Public Interest Call-list, providing information recorded en the Emergency O Initial Notification Fcrm aEz! Follo w p Notification Form.
V ioome , .w . v
d$ EPP/I-3 Tir3 Page 4 of 6 D n'pme LShi 1.11 If plant conditions deteriorate, escalate the energency classification. Perform actions in accordarce with the appropriate EPP/ Instruction.
1.12 Continue energency operations until such tine as plant conditions have stablized ard other termination criteria of EPP/IP-6.3 " Termination of the Emergency" have been satisfied. ,
- 2. For Initiating Event: Radioactivity Pelease to the Atneschere or Unasted Increases in In-Plant Radiation Levels 2.1 Perform appropriate corrective neasures in accordance with the Station Operating Manual ard/or the Radiological Centrol Manual to ternunate the release or to regain control over plant radia-tion levels. If ret already done, mtivate additional radio-logical controls personnel.
2.2 Initiate offsite dose projection activities in accordance with EPP/IP-2.2 "Onsite Fbnitoring for Au orne Palease". Initiate offsite radiation surveys as warranted in accordance with EPP/IP-2.3 "Offsite >bnitcring for Airborne Release".
2.3 Initiate an emergency ensite radiation survey in accordance with EPP/IP-2.2, "Onsite >bnitoring for Airborne Palease".
Initiate offsite radiation surveys as warranted in mcordance with EPP/IP-2.3, "Offsite hbnitoring for Airborne Pelease."
2.4 If the results of the radiation survey or if area radiation nenitors indicate the need, evacuate personral from affected areas in accordance with EPP/IP-3.1 " Evacuation". EPP/IP-3.1 provides guidance as to ten an evacuation should be inple-nented. If an evacuation is ingleznented also perform, as applicable:
2.4.1 ;ccount for persennel (EPP/IP-3.2, "Personral Ac-countability").
2.4.2 As necessary, sea = h for and/or rescue affected persennel (IPP/IP-5.1, " Sea =h and Pascue") .
r e e. ,n , vn. . n
d4. EPP/I-3
%p3 Page 5 of 6 D o m LW.,
2.4.3 Pe-enter evacuated areas (EPP/IP-6.1, "Re-entry to Affected Areas - Criteria and Guidelines") .
v 2.5 lbte the reading on the Control Room Area Radiation bbnitor (Pa!-1RM-213) to evaluate habitability of the Control Room.
2.6 If the results of the onsite survey indicate a dose rate at the site boundary (NOT the security fence) exceeding 20 mrem /hr or a possible accumulative dose of 170 mrem, reclassify the energency as a Site Area Emergency and perform sergency measures in accordance with EPP/I-4,
" Site Area Errergency". Imnediately rotify offsite authorities of the reclassification of the energency.
- 3. For Initiating Event: Radioactivity Release to the Ohio River 3.1 Perform appropriate corrective neasures to ternunate the release.
3.2 D2termine the activity of the release by effluent nonitor reading or by p estimate in accordance with EPP/IP-2.7, " Liquid Release Estbnate". If V the gross activity released was or is projected to be 35 times MPC (10 CFR 20) or greater (followire cooling tower blowdown), notify offsite authorities of the release innediately.
3.3 Determine the activity in the Ohio River by sampling and anaylsis in accordance with EPP/IP-2.4, "Offsite bbnitoring for Liquid Release", to confirm the results of the estimate.
NOTE State agencies responsible for water quality will likely initiate water sampling at downstream water treatment plants. These agencies will curtail the use of water, based on projected radioactivity concentrations.
This protective action aM the dilution volume of the Ohio River signifi-cantly reduce the potential for offsite doses in excess of 170 mrem (any organ) due to liquid releases.
- 4. For Initiating Event: Fire / Explosion 4.1 Perform firefighting efforts in controlled areas in accordance with O EPP/IP-8.1, " Fires in Controlled Areas" and in accordance ,with 01 apter 56B of the Operating Manual, " Fire Prevention aM Control".
Issue 7 Rev. O l
d% EPP/I-3 31 Page 6 of 6 Dx:u% emeLW, 4.2 If the fire is in an uncontrolled area, refer to Chapter 56B,
" Fire Prevention and Control" Section 4.
- 5. For Initiating Events: Tornado / Earthquake / Storms / Flooding 5.1 Perform energency acasures in accordance with Operating Manual Chapter 53.
E. REFEPH CES
- 1. haver Valley Power Station Emergency Preparedness Plan and Implenenting Procedures.
- 2. B2 aver Valley Power Station Operating Manual
- 3. B2 aver Valley Powar Station Radiol ~ '..al Control Manual
- 4. Title 10 Cod.e of Federal Regulations Part 50, Appendix E
- 5. NUREG-0654/ FEMA-REP-1 " Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Pasponso Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants.
F. ATTACHME?TfS
- 1. Checklist--Gas
- 1. Checklist-Liquid O
Issue 7 Pav. O l
d% EPP/I-3
%g3 Attachment 1 D n mliht CHECKLIST a --
Note The use of this checklist ic optional. It is provided as a convenience for the Emergency Director. It nemi not be filled out, nor retained. 'Ihis checklist is not intendcd to replace the EPP/ Instruction to which it is attached.
Alert - Gas EPP/IP STEP OUILINE INITIAL TIME I-3 1.1 Implement corrective actions (Stop releases)
I-3 2.2 Initiate and continue dose projections (EPP/IP-2.6)
I-3 1.2 Cm plete Initial Notification Form I-3 2.3 Initiate ansite radiation survey (EPP/IP-2.3)
I-3 2.4 Evacuate personnel if necessary (EPP/IP-3.1)
I-3 1.3 Notify designated Emergency Director I-3 1.4 Notify offsite authorities including (V'T Coast Guard and Westinghouse (EPP/IP-1.1)
I-3 1.5 Place Emergency / Recovery Manager on Standby I-3 2.6 If dose rate at site boundary 120 mrem /hr or possible accunulative dose of 170 mrem classify as Site Area Emertjerry I-3 1.6 Pctivate Tecanical Support Center (EPP/IP-1.4)(EPP/IP-1.3). tctivate Radeon Operations Center, Operations Support Center (EPP/IP ,1.5), if necessary I-3 1.8,9 Complete follow-up' notification I-3 1.10 Have Public Information Department complete their notifications I-3 1.12 Terna.nate ten ternunation criteria (EPP/IP-6.3) have been met 10
'O '
re- , , s. . n
$V.r EPP/I-3
%g Attachnunt 2 Dom @
CHECKLIST tete The use of this checklist is optional. It is provided as a convenience for the h
Emergency Director. It need not be filled out, nor retained. This checklist is not intended to replace the EPP/ Instruction to which it is attached.
Alert - Liquid EPP/IP STEP OUI'LINE INITIAL TIME I-3 1.1 Implement corrective actions (Stop release)
I-3 3.2 Estimate release (EPP/IP-2.7). If
>35 MPC, notify offsite authorities immediately 4.1 6 If >35 MPC advise Midland Water Treat-ment Plant to stop taking water from Ohio River I-3 1.2 Complete Initial tbtification Form I-3 1.3 tbtify designated Emergency Director I-3 1.4 lbtify offsite authorities including Coast Guard, US Carps of Engineers, Westinghouse, and Water Treatnent Plants (EPP/IP-1.1)
I-3 1.5 Place Energency/ Recovery Manager on Standby I-3 3.3 Determine activity by saq) ling (EPP/IP-2.4)
I-3 1.6 Activate Technical Support Center (EPP/IP-1.4)(EPP/IP-1.3). Activate Radeon Operations Center, Operations Support Center (EPP/IP-1.5), if necessary I-3 1.8,9 Conplete follow-up notification I-3 1.10 Have public Information Department emplete their notifications I-3 1.12 Terminate when termination criteria (EPP/IP-6.2) have teen not Issue 7 Rev. O
bCUSS Nh BEAVER VALLEY POWER STAT!CN EPP/I-4 Paga 1 of 7 )
EMERGENCY PREPARECNESS PLNJ E?.1ERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE Instruction d
SITE AREA DIEPGEICY A. OIUECTIVE This instruction describes the actions to be taken in the event that a Site Area Emergency has been declared at the B2 aver Valley Power Station. This instruction also designates the pre-planned response actions necessary to contend with the cmergency condition and references applicable procedures that prescribe the neces-sary supplementary actions.
The Emergency Director (Shift Supervisor, until properly relieved by a designated alternate) has the respnsibility and authority for the conpletion of the prescrib-ed actions in this instruction. When the 10mrgency Operations Facility is opera-tional, this responsibility is assumed by the Dmrgemy/ Recovery Manager. The Energency Director (or the Emergency /Reccvery Manager) tray delegate responsibility for parformance of the prescribed tasks to available qualified Ducuesne Light Personnel, erept @.ere otherwise specified in this instruction.
B. PREREQUISITIES/ INITIAL CDNDITIONS On V 1. A Site Area Dmrgency has been declared based on the occurrence of events Miich involve actual or likely failures of plant functions needed for the protection of the public. Events classified as Site Area emergencies are described in Section IV and EPP/I-1, "Pecognition and Classificai*wn of Dnergencies".
and/or
- 2. An Unusual Event or an Alert emergency conditionhad been declared aM emer-gency neasures are haing performed; and on the basis of subsequent information or upon a deterioration in plant conditiens, the condition has been reclassi-fied as a Site Mea Dnergency.
C. PRECAUTICNS
- 1. Continued surveillance and assessment of plant mnditions are meessary to ensure that the er: urgency classificaiton is appropriately revised as condi-tions change er more definitive information is cbtained.
~
d%. EPP/I-4 Ta Page 2 of 7 D r'_f m CW.,
- 2. The Site Area E:mrgency is the lowest emergency classification in which offsite protective actions for airborne releases may be warranted. In consideration of the lead tire necessary to inplement offsite protective actions, rctifications to offsite authorities nust be nude as soon as Erssible following the initia-ting event and imediately after declaration of a Site Area Emergeref.
D. PPOCEDURE
- 1. For All Initiatinc Events 1.1 Inplenent corrective actions to contend with tM situation and to miti-gate possible deterioration in plant conditions in accordame with the BVPS Operating Manual while simultaneously irplenenting this instrxtion.
Perform Steps D.2, 3, 4, and 5 of this EPP/I in conjunction with the remaining steps in this section, as appropriate to the event.
1.2 Implement appropriate assessment a:tions. Conplete an Emergenef Initial tbtification Form using data derived from the initial assessment activi-ties.
1.3 tbtify the designated Emergency Director of the emergerrf condition. Use the Emergency Initital !btification Form and provide additenal infor-mation as requested and as available. If the designated Emergency Director is not readily available, natify a designated alternate in the following sequence:
tbme PAX Pesidence
- 1. H. P. Williams 5105
- 2. M. Copp11a 5208
- 3. W. S. Lacey 5111 1.4 !btify the offsite authorities listed on the Emergency Notificaiton Call
-list. Use the Emergercy Initial tbtificaiton Form to relay the data. If necessarf, refer to EPP/IP-1.1, " Notification". tbtificaitons to the listed authorities shall be made irrnediately upon declaration of the energercy. Ibtifications to BM, PD1A, CCDSA, and/or HCCES shall be nude pricr to any cress release en the ircident.
O Issue 7 Fev. O
NA EPP/I-4 31 Page 3 of 7 D n @a m e 1.45t 1.5 lbtify the designated Emergency /Pacovery Manager of the emergency condi-v) tion and the activaiton of the Emergency Cptions Facility (ECF). Use the Emergency Initial Notification Form aM provide additional infor-mation as requested and as available. If the designated Emergency /
Pecovery Manager is not readily available, notify a designated alter-native in the following sequence:
Nana PAX Pesidence
- 1. T. D. Jones 5202
- 2. J. D. Sieber 5212
- 3. F. J. Bissert 5200
- 4. R. F. Balcerek 5218 1.6 Activate the Technical Support Center and notify TSC personnel, or desig-nated alternatives using the Station Page-Party System or telephone call-out. As personnel arrive, assign appropriate respnsibilities and transfer functions from the Control Rocm to the TSC. Until the designated personnel arrive, assign available shift personnel and other to assist with these functions. The following may be referenced:
A 1.6.1 EPP/IP-1.4, "TSC Crganization and Operation" 1.6.2 M:nthly EVPS Telephone Call-list 1.7 tctivate the Emergency Operations Facility (ECF), the Operations Support Center (CSC), and the Radeon Operations Center (Pfr) and notify appro-priate ,mrsonnel to staff these facilities, using the Station Page-Party System or telephone call-out. The following nay be referenced:
1.7.1 EPP/IP-1.5," Emergency Support Center Organization and Operation" 1.7.2 EPP/IP-1.6,"ECF Organization and Operation" 1.7.3 Monthly BVPS Telephone Call-list 1.8 Cecplete a Follow-up Notification Form using the nest current data available at the time the form is ccepleted.
O G
Issue 7 Fev. O
N4, EPP/I-4
'h 3 Page 4 of 7 D r'_tm CW.,
l.9 hhen offsite agencies call back, provide information from the Followp Notificaiton Form as applicable to *h emergency condition. k: cept calls and provide information to only those organizations listed on the Emergency Notification Call-list. Pefer all other calls to DIE Public Information (412-456-6279 or 6000).
NOTE If a call back is not received within a reasonable period of time, remake the initial notification to that party.
1.10 Notify the DIf Public Information Department (PID) and request that they (1) activata the Euu.pcy News Center (ENC); aM (2) conplete notifi-cations on the Notification of Public Interest Call-list. In this notifi-cation Form and Follow-up Notification Form, and in particular, whether or not the Willows Hotel is in a sector (approximately 2.5 miles in sector C) where offsite protective actions are required.
1.11 Assemble station personrel for possible evacuation by implerrenting a Unit evacuation in accordance with:
1.11.1 EPF/IP-3.1 "Evaucation" 1.11.2 EPP/IP-3.2 "Personral Accountability" 1.11.3 EPP/IP-5.1 " Search and Fescue" Direct Radcon personrol to perform radiation and airborne radioactivity surveys at the designated assenbly areas. If the results of radiation surveys at the primary assembly areas indicate radiation levels in excess I
of 5 mrem /hr or a projected dose in em ess of 100 mrem whole body; and/or airborne radioactivity in excess of 1 MPC (40 MPC-hrs /wk) for the iso-topic mix less noble gases, relocate to arother assembly area, or if necessary, imple: Tent *a Site evacuation in accordance with EPP/IP-3.1.
1.12 Ccmmications shall be nuintained between the Technical Support Center l
1 and the Emrgency Operations Facility. Information on the status of energency response activities should be disseminated between elenents of the atergency organi::ation, and with offsite agencies as appropriate, on a periodic basis. In particular, l
O l Issue 7 Pev. 0
dD. EPP/I-4 7arS Page 5 of 7 D n =me LW l.12.1 Notify offsite agencies of any significatn (>100 mrm) change in m
l dose projections, or other significantn changes in plant status.
This information exchange can be acconplished at the EOF wlmn all of the three states are represented.
1.12.2 If requested by offsite agencies, provide DIC Liaisons to the offsite Energency Operations Centers. DIC Operations and Main-tenance Instructors should be assigned to these functions where requested. Periodically disseminate status information to these liaisons.
1.13 If plant conditions deteriorate, escalate the mergency classification.
Perform actions in accordance with the appropriate EPP/ Instruction.
1.14 Continue emergency operations until such time as plant conditions have stablized and other termination criteria of EPP/IP-6.2 " Termination of the Emergency" have been satisified.
- 2. For Initiating Event: Radioactivity Polease to the Atmosphere or Unexpected Increases in In-plant Radiation Levels 2.1 Perform appropriate corrective measures in accordance with the Station Operating Manual to terminate the release or to regain control over plant (v) radiation levels. If not already done, activate additional radiological controls personnel.
2.2 Initiate offsite dose projection activities in accordance with EPP/IP-2.6.1, " Dose Projection-Short Form", continuing with EPP/IP-2.6 " Dose Projection", as necessary.
l r
2.3 Initiate an emergency onsite radiation survey in accordnace with EPP/IP-
! 2.2, "Onsite abnitoring for Airborne Release".
2.4 Initiate an emergency offsite radiation survey in accordance with EPP/
IP-2.3 "Offsite Monitoring for Airborne Release".
l D
, (v) l Issue 7 Fev. 0 0
Nt. EPP/I-4 31 Page 6 of 7 D r'mr5L W, 2.5 Based on the results of the dose projection activities,reconraend an appropriate protective action to offsite authorities as part of the initial and/or subsequent follow-up notifications. Refer to EPP/IP-4.1 "Reconmendation of Offsite Protective Action".
NOTE The Energency/ Recovery Manager (Emergency Director until the EOF is operational) is the only individual authorized to determine and recomend a protective action to offsite authorities (reconmendation may be relayed by others). Therefore the Emergency / Recovery Manager shall approve all initial and follow-up notification messages for Site Area or General Energency.
2.6 lbte the reading on the Control Rocm Area Radiation Monitor (RM-lRM-213), and obtain appropriate airborne radioactivity samples. Appropriate isotopic identification should be performed on a priority basis if the result of gross counting on a Control Room air sample exceeds 1 E-9 Ci/cc. Based on this analysis, respirators should be used to maintain personnel exposure less than 40 MPC-hours per mek, while nunimizing unnecessary respirator use. Radiological nonitoring should be repeated on a frequency consistent with the magnitude of the observed radiological levels and/or the potential for change in these levels.
2.7 If the results of the onsite survey indicate a dose rate at the site boundary (NOT the security fence) ex eeding 600 mrem /hr or a possible accumulative dose of 5 rem (25 rem thyroid), reclassify the emergerry as a General Energency and perform emergency measures in accordance with EPP/I-5, " General Emergency". Inmediately notify offsite authorities of the reclassification of the emergency.
- 3. For Initiating Event: Radioactivity Release to the Ohio River NOTE Liquid releases to the Ohio River are not identified as initiating events for a Site Area OTergency since it is unlikely to have ossite doeses in emess of 170 mrem (any organ) due to the release. A liquid release could occur, however, concurrent with the events which initiated the Site Area emergency. Cbrrective and assessment neasures for liquid releases are provided in Section 3 of EPP/I-3 " Alert".
O Issue 7 Rev. O
dT EPP/I-4 TypS Page 7 of 7 Dn%@
O 4. For Initiating Event: Fire / Explosion
] 4.1 Perform firefighting efforts in controlled areas in accordance with EPP/IP-8.1, Fires in Contrc! led Areas" and in accordance with Chapter 56B of the Operating Manual " Fire Prevention and Control"/
4.2 If the fire is in an uncontrolled area, refer to Chapter 56B, " Fire Prevention and Control" Section 4.
- 5. For Iniating Events: Tornado /EarthqutJ:e/ Storms /FloordingZ 5.1 Perform emergency measures in accordance with Operating Manual 01 apter 53.
E. REFERE!CES
- 1. B2 aver Valley Pow.r Station Emergency Preparedness Plan and Implementing Procedures
- 2. B2 aver Valley Powar Station Operating Manual
- 3. B2 aver Valley Pow 2r Station Radiological Control Manual
- 4. Titic 10 Code of Federal Regulations Part 50, Appendix E
- 5. NUREG-0654/FDIA-REP-1 " Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of (N. Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of
() Nuclear Power Plants.
F. ATTAQiMENTS
- 1. Checklist -
l i
I l
l l
r\
\
v
) .
l Issue 7 Fev. 0
___ . _ _WL -
<1 5 o c_bm uct O
INTENTIONALLY BLAN)*
I I
O
$V.t. EPP/I-4 7A Attachment 1 D rs @==:ne thfi t]
v CHECKLIST Note The use of this checklist is optional. It is provided as a convenience for the Emergency Director. It need not be filled out, ror retained. This checklist is not intended to replace the EPP/ Instruction to which it is attached.
Site Area Emergency EPP/IP STEP 07fLINE Initial Time I-4 1.1 Implement corrective actions I-4 2.2 Initiate ard continue dose proj. (EPP/IP-2.6)
I-4 1.2 Cmplete Initial Notification Form I-4 2.3 Initiate onsite radiation survey (EPP/IP-2.3)
I-4 2.4 Initiate offsite radiation survey (EPP/IP-2.3)
I-4 2.5 Recomnend protective actions (EPP/IP-4.1)
(to be included in all subsequent notification)
I-4 1.3 tbtify designated Emergency Director I-4 1.4 tbtify offsite authorities (EPP/IP-1.1)
I-4 1.5 m tify Emergency / Recovery Manager
% I-4 1.6 Activate TSC I-4 1.7 Activate EOF, OSC, FOC I-4 2.6 Use respirators if necessary I-4 2.7 Reclassify if necessary I-4 1.8,9 Complete follow-up notification I-4 1.10 Have Public Information Department complete their notifications, activate EtC I-4 1.11 Implement unit evacuation (EPP/IP-3.1) (EPP/IP-3.2)
(EPP/IP-5.1)
I-4 1.12 Periodically disseminate info to offsite authorities I-4 1.13 If plant conditions deteriorate, e v alate classification I-4 1.14 Ternu.nate when termination criteria (EPP/IP-6.2) have been nut (O
\,,)
Issue 7 Rev. O
WQ.
'Ar5 D mlit:t -
O g
O e
S O
TCiUES .I fQ~jI EPP/I-5 BEAVER VALLEY POWER STATICN Paga 1 of 6 EMERGEMCY PREFARECNESS PLAN EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE Instruction i
V GENERAL MEPGErl A. OBJECTIVE mis instruction describes the actions to be taken in the e/ent that a General Emergency has been declared at the Beaver Valley Pow _r Station. This instruction also designates the pre-planned response actions necessary to contend with the emergency condition and references applicable procedures that prescribe the neces-sary supplementary actions.
Se Emergency Director (Shift Supervisor, until properly relieved by a designated alternate) has the responsibility and authority for the ccepletion of the prescrib-od actions in this instruction. When the Emergency Operations Facility is cpera-tional, this responsibility is assumed by the Emergercy/Fecovery Mrager. The Energency Director (or the Emergency / Recovery Manger) may delegate responsibility for perfor:rance of the prescribed tasks to available qualified Duquesne Light Personnel, except where otherwise specified in this instruction.
B. PREREQUISITIES/ INITIAL CENDITIONS
- 1. A General Emergency has been declared based on the cccurrence of e/ents which involve actual or inminent substantial core degradation cr r:elting with patential for loss of containment integrity. Events classified as General Emergercies are described in Section IV and EPP/I-1, " Recognition and Classi-fication of Emergencies",
and/or
- 2. A less energency had been declared and emergency measures are being perform-ed; and on the basis of subsequent information or upon a deterioration in plant l
corditions, the condition has been reclassified as a Geraral Emergency.
C. PRECAUTICNS
- 1. Centinued surveillance and assessment of plant corditions are necessary to ensure that the a:ergency classificaiton is appropriately revised as condi-tions change or :: ore definitive infor: ration is obtained.
O V
l i n ~r - %, . n l
l
dD. EPP/I-5 T5 at Paga 2 of 6 D r's L.Mi
- 2. The General Emergency classificaiton includes actual or inuurent events for Miich offsite protective actions will be needed. In consideration of the lead time recessary to inple: rent offsite protective actions, notificaiton to off-site authorities nust be made as soon as possible following the initiating event and inmediately after declaration of a General Emergency.
D. PROCEDURE
- 1. For All Initiating Events 1.1 Inplement corrective actions to contend with the situation and to miti-gate possible deterioration in plant conditicsn in accordance with the BVPS Operating Manual Miile simultaneously inplementing this instruction.
1.2 Implenent appropriate assessmnt actions. Conplete an Energency Initial tbtification Form using data derived from the initial assessne.t activi-ties.
1.3 tbtify the designated Emergency Director of the emergency cordition. Use the Emergency Initial Notifciation Form and provide additional infor-mation as requested ard as available. If the designated Emergency Director is rut readily available, notify a designated alternate in the folletting sequence.
Nane PAX Pesidence
- 1. H. P. Williams 5101
- 2. M. Coppula 5208 -
- 3. W. S. Lacey 5111 1.4 tbtify the offsite authorities listed on the Energency Notificaiten Call
-list. Use the Emergercy Initial Notificaiton Form to relay the data. If necessary, refer to EPP/IP-l.1, " Notification". Notifications to the listed authorities shall b3 made imediately upon declaration of the mergency. tbtifications to KD!A, PDIA, CDSA, and/or HQES shall be made crier to any oress release en the incident. In addition, the State of Chio (ODSA) and West Virginia (hTOES) shall be notified irmediately upon declaraticn of a General Emergency.
O Issue 7 Fev.0 l
( .
dE EPP/I-5 TF A Page 3 of 6 D1' =me L%5t 1.5 tbtify the designated Emergency /Recoveg Manager of tre activation of the Emergency Op s tions Facility (EOF). Use the Emergency Initial Notifi-(_' cation Form ard provide additional information as requested and as avail-able. If the designated E.crgency/ Recovery manager is rot readily avail-able, notify a designated alternative in the following sequence:
Na. e PAX Residence
- 1. T. D. Jones 5202
- 2. J. D. Sieber 5212 -
- 3. F. J. Bissert 5200
- 4. R. F. Balcerek 5218 1.6 Activate the Technical Support Center and notify TSC personnel, or desig-nated alternatives using the Station Page-Party System or telepbone call-out. As personnel arrive, assign appropriate responsibilities and trans-fer functions frem the Control Roca to the TSC. Until the designated personrel arrive, assign available shift personnel ard other to assist with these functions. The following ray be referenced:
1.6.1 EPP/IP-1.4, "TSC Organi::ation and Operation" 1.6.2 obnthly WPS Telephone Call-list
(~Y v 1.7 Activate the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF), the Operations Support
,, Center (OSC), and the Radeon Operatiosn Center (ROC) and rotify appro-
.y pte personnel to staff these facilities, using the Station Page-Party System or tele; tone call-out. The following may be referenced:
1.7.1 EPP/IP-1.5," Emergency Support Center Organization and Operation" 1.7.2 EPP/IP-1.6, "ECF Organization and Operation" 1.7.3 bbnthly EVPS Telephone Call-list 1.8 If the incident cccurs during off-hcurs ard TSC ard ECF personrel are unable to approach the site, the Shift Supervisor retains the position of Emergercy Director in the EOC/ Control Roca until the alterrate EOF has been activated, ccmunications established, and the designated Emergency Director or an alternate has relieved the Shift Supewisor frcm the alternte ECF.
L.)
Issue 7 Fev. O
dh, EPP/I-5
% Page 4 of 6 D r=r5ns LW, l.9 Complete a Follow-up Notification Form using the .ost current data available at the time the form is empleted.
1.10 When offsite agencies call back, provide information from the Followup Notification Form as applicable to the emergency condition. Accept calls and provide information to only those organizations listed on the Emer-gency !btificaiton Call-list. PEfer all other calls to DIC Public Inform-ation (412-456-6279 or 6000).
fore If a call back is rot received within a reasonable priod of time, remake the initial notificaiton to that party.
1.11 If releases or radioactive material have occurred within the plant, acti-vate additional radiological controls personnel, if not already done.
1.12 If a release has occurred or is imminent assemble station personnel for possible evacuation by i::plementing a Unit evacuation in accordance with:
1.12.1 EPP/IP-3.1 " Evacuation" 1.12.2 EPP/IP-3.2 " Personnel Accountability" 1.12.3 EPP/IP-5.1 " Search and Rescue" Direct Radeon prsonnel to prform radiation and airborne radioactivity surveys at the designated assembly areas. If the results of radiation surveys at the primary assembly areas indicate radiation levels in emess of 5 mrem /hr or a projected dose in excess of 100 mrem whole body; and/or airborne radioactivity in excess of 1 MPC (40 MPC-hours /wk) identified mix less noble gases, relocate to another assembly area, or if necessary, i.T:plement a Site evacuation in accordance with EPP/IP-3.1.
?UTE
'Ihe implementation of a Site evacuation nust te based on the protective action 'Mch will result in the lowest personnel exposure. Evacuations should be initiated either before the release, or after passage of the O
Issue 7 Fev. O
dP,,
g EPP/I-5 "h Page 5 of 6 Dcg3=meliti release, and evacuation routes chosen to lead personnel away from FT the plume. The Emergency Director should consider the dose rates at C/ personnel assembly areas, dose rates onsite, and dose rates along evacuation routes in making an evacuation decision.
1.13 tbtify the DIf Public Information Departmnt (PID) and request that they (1) activate the Emergency News Center (ENC); and (2) complete notifi-cations on the Ibtification of Public Interest Call-list. In this notifi-cation, provide PID with informtion on the Emergency Initial Ibtifi-cation Form and Follow-up !btification Form, and in particular, whether or not the Willows Hotel is in a sector (approximately 2.5 miles in sector C) where offsite protective actions are required.
1.14 Initiate offsite dose projection activities in accordance with EPP/IP-2.6.1, " Dose Projection--Short Form" and continue with EPP/IP-2.6, " Dose Projection" as necessary.
1.15 Initiate an mergency onsite radiation survey in accordance with EPP/
IP-2.2, "Onsite bbnitoring for Airborne Release".
1.16 Initiate an mergency offsite radiation survey in accordance with EPP/
IP-2.3 "Offsite Fbnitoring for Airborne Ielease".
v 1.17 Based on the results of the dose projectiu activities, reconmend an appropriate protective action to offsite atchorities as part of the initial and/or subsequent follow-up notificaitons. Refer to EPP/IP-4.1
" Recommendation of Offsite Protective Action".
NOTE The Emergency Director is the only individual authorized to determine and recommend a protective action to offsite authorities (directly or via Comunications and Records Coordiantor). Therefore, the Emergency Director shall approve all initial and follow-up notification nessages for Site Area or General Emergency. When the EOF is activated, the authority for making offsite protective action recomendations is trans-ferred to the Emergency / Recovery Manager.
1.18 Note the reading on the Control Room Area Radiation Bbnitor (RM-lRM-213).
Appropriate isotopic identifciation should be performed on a priority basis if the result of gross counting on a Control Room air sample exceeds 1 E-9 Ci/cc (less noble gases). Based on this analysis, respirators should be used to maintain personnel exposure less than 40 MPC-hours /
wek, while muumizing unnecessary respirator use.
Issue 7 Rev. O
N.* EPP/I-5 31 Page 6 of 6 Cu::u@eme @
1.19 Cormunications shall be naintained betwen the Technical Support Center and the Emergency Operations Facility. Information on the status of emergency response acitivities should be disseminated between elements of the emergency organization, and with offsite agerries as appropriate, on a periodic insis. In particular, 1.19.1 tbtify offsite agencies of any significant ( 100 mrem) change in dose projections, or other significant changes in plant status.
This information exchange can be acconplished at the EOF when all of the three states are represented.
1.19.2 If requested by offsite agencies, provide DIC Liaisons to the offsite Emergency Opertaions Centers. DIC Operations and Maintenance Instructors should be assigned to these functions wher requested. Periodically dissenunate status information to these liaisons.
1.20 Continue emergency operations until such time as plant conditions have stabilized and other termination criteria of EPP/IP-6.2 " Termination of the Energency" have been satisified.
E. REFEREtCES
- 1. Maver Valley Power Station Emergency Preparedness Plan and Implementing Procedures
- 2. Waver Valley Pow r Station Operating Manual
- 3. Maver Valley Power Station Radilogical Control Manual
- 4. Title 10 Code of Federal Regulations Part 50, Appendix E
- 5. NUREG-0654/ FEMA-REP-1 " Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Energency Pesponse Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants.
F. ATTACHMCTIS
- 1. Checklist O
Issue 7 Fev. O
d4 EPP/I-5
%p3 Attachment 1 D n = = w li;ht CHECKLIST O -
The use of this checklist is optional. It is provided hs a convenience for the Energency Director. It need not be filled out, nor retained. This checklist is not intended to replace the EPP/ Instruction to d ich it is attached.
General Emergency EPP/IP STEP OUTLINE Initial Time I-5 1.1 Implement corrective actions I-5 1.2 Complete Initial tbtification Form I-5 1.3 tbtify designated Emergency Director I-5 1.4 lbtify offsite authorities (EPP/IP-1.1)
I-5 1.6 tbtify the designated Emergency / Recovery Manager I-5 1.6 Activate TSC I-5 1.7 Activate EOF I-5 1.9,10 Complete follow-up notification I-5 1.12 Implement unit evacuation is a release if or is about to occur (EPP/IP-3.1, 3.2, 5.1).
v Consider other evacuations (EPP/IP-3.1)
I-5 1.13 Have Public Information Department complete their notificaitons I-5 1.14 Initiate and continue dose proj. (EPP/IP-2.6)
I-5 1.15 Initiate onsite radiation survey (EPP/IP-2.2)
I-5 1.16 Initiate offsite radiation survey (EPP/IP-2.3)
I-5 1.17 Pecameni protective actiosn (EPP/IP-4.1)
I-5 1.18 Use respirators if necessary I-5 1.19 Periodically disseminate info to offsite authorities I-5 1.20 Ternunate @cn termination criteria (EPP/IP-6.3) have been nut ,
O C .
Issue 7 Pcv.0
gg - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
'Af D m m lhti 9
INTENTIONALLY BLANK l
l l
l O
9 4
)b$, EPP/IP-1.1 Page 1 of 7 1:1r5 D v'm @
/T NOTIFICATIONS V
A. OBJECTIVE This procedure provides instructions for notificaiton of offsite authorities and emergency response agencies in emergency situations. The procedure also addresses notification of selected off-duty BVPS personnel and the nctification of selected DLC corporate staff personnel. Notification of offsite organizations is required for any of the four emergency classifications.
The Communications and Records Coordinator is responsible to ensure that all required of fsite notifications are completed within the proper time frame following the declaration of an emergency.
The notification of other of f-duty BVPS personnel is addressed in the EPP/Instruc-tion for each emergency classification. The dissemination of information to personnel and the news media is addressed in EPP/IP-9.1, " Emergency Public Infor-ma tion Plan--BVPS" .
B. PREREQUISITES / INITIAL CONDITIONS (A) 1. An emergency condition has been declared at the Beaver Valley Power Station as provided in the BVPS Emergency Preparedness Plan.
and/or
- 2. An existing emergency condition has been reclassified to a higher emergency category, and/or, a significant deterioration in conditions has occurred, and/or
- 3. The emergency situation has been corrected and the emergency terminated, and recovery operations have begun.
C. PRECAUTIONS
- 1. Most radio communications, including the DLC Industrial Radio System, can be intercepted by relatively inexpensive and commercially available scanners, or similar radio receivers. All initial notificaitons and follow-up notifi-cations shall be made by telephone as a primary means, with radio used only as a backup in the event telephone systems are inoperative during an emergency. This protocol will minimize the spread of rumors, minimize congestion of telephone circuits, and ninimize undue public anxiety. In those cases g- s where radio communications are necessary, the use of such equipment and the (x /) wording of transmissions will be in keeping with this protocol.
Issue 7 Rev. O
.dbi, EP P/IP-1.1
%r5 Page 2 of 7 Dnm@
O
- 2. No press releases onthe incident shall be made prior to completion of all notifications, and will be made only by Duquesne Light Company Public Information Division (PID) personnel. Do not provide information to any individual whose identify is unknown, or to any organization not listed on the Emergency Notificaiton Call-list. Relay all such calls for information to DLC PID (412-456-6279 or 6000), or to the local emergency services organization in the appropriate state.
- 3. Insure that "EPP" switches associated with telephones in the Control Room are positioned in the EPP position during emergency operations.
D. GUIDANCE AND CRITERIA
- 1. Initial Notificaiton Content 1.1 The initial contact with offsite agencies is generally made to a communications operator or other similarly qualified individual.
Thus, the initial notifications must be simple, brief, and factual.
Avoid the use of jargon, abbreviations, or language which might be confusing or misunderstood. The intent of the initial notificaiton is to have this individual notify the appropriate personnel in the offsite agencies that an emergency condition has been declared.
Once notified, appropriate individuals will call back to the station for additional information.
1.2 A message form is provided for all classificationsof emergencies to facilitate accurate notifications to offsite personnel. Identical message forms have been provided to the primary of fsite agencies.
O Issue 7 Rev. O
SE kk EPP/IP-1.1 l'a Page 3 of 7 Drr5 m LW.,
- 2. Notificaton Sequence O
\s l 2.1 Notifications shall be made to all offsite authorities and other individuals listed on the Emergency Notificaton Call-list by the on-duty shift personnel immediately following the declaration of an Alert, Site Area, or General Emergency by the Emergency Director.
2.2 Unusual Event notificaitons shall be made to all offsite authorities and other individuals listed on the Emergency Notificaton Call-list within one hour from the declaration of the emergency.
- 2. 3 All notificattons, regarding emergency conditions, to the USNRC shall be made in accordance with BVPS OM Chapter 48.10 using the EMS red hotline phone and Figure 48-35 (in lieu of Attachment 1 to this EPP/IPO.
2.4 If an abnormal event occurs, and this event does not constitute an emergency condition as described in EPP/ Instruction 1, but is reportable to the USNRC pursuant to BVPS OM Chapter 48, DLC PID should be notified of the event for a possible press release. If station management deems it appropriate, a courtesy call should be made to PEHA, BCEMA, HCOES, CCDSA, and DLC Public Information on a timely, but not necessarily on an immedi-O) s N/
ate emergency basis. If the reportable abnormal condition occurs during a backshift, consideration should be given to waiting until the start of the daylight shif t to make this notification.
2.5 The following notification sequence has been established by the jurisdic-tions within the emergency planning zone:
2.5.1 Beaver County Emergency Management Agency (BCEHA) 2.5.2 Pennsylvania Emergency Fhnagement Agency (PDiA) 2.5.3 Columbiana County Disaster Services Agency (CCDSA) 2.5.4 Hancock County Of fice of Emergency Services (HCOES) 2.5.5 US NRC Region 1 (Via OPX hotline--red phone) i For General Emergencies, the following agencies will be notified directly by BVPS. For lesser emergencies, these notificaitons are made by the respective counties.
t
'q,/
Issue 7 Rev. O
NA EPP/IP-1.1 31 Page 4 of 7 D n_@m @
2.5.6 Ohio Disaster Services Agency (ODSA) 2.5.7 West Virginia Office of Emergency Services (WV0ES)
BCEMA makes backup notifications to CCDSA and HCOES. PEMA activates DER / Bureau of Radiation Protection, which in turn contacts the station for additional technical information. PEMA also contacts the Ohio Disaster Services Agency, and the West Virginia Of fice of Emergency Services.
2.6 The remaining notificaitons are made in keeping with the sequence provided on the Emergency Notificaiton Call-list.
- 3. Follow-up Notification 3.1 The follow-up notification serves two purposes: The first is to provide technical information on the emergency directly to those individuals qualified to use the data. The second is to provide a means for offsite authorities to verify the authenticity of an emergency notification.
3.2 Attachment 2, Follow-up Notification Form, is similar in format to the Initial Notificaiton Forms, but with a more extensive technical content.
Unlike the Initial Notification Form, it is not intended to be relayed word-for-word. The objective of the form is to standardize the infor-mation provided to offsite agencies. Primary offsite agencies have been provided with copies of the form.
- 4. Verification 4.1 All notificaitons made to offsite agencies will be verified by the offsite agencies. The follow-up communications in response to an initial notif L-cation is the primary means of verificaiton.
4.2 To further ensure authenticity, offsite authorities will only accept notification from the following individuals at the station:
4.2.1 Shift Supervisor 4.2.2 Shift Fo reman 4.2.3 Emergency Director Issue 7 Rev. O
.# SYhl EPP/IP-1.1 lh S Page 5 of 7
%tmne W 4.2.4 Communications and Records Coordinator f~s 4.2.5 Station Superintendent (v)
- 5. Subsequent Notifications 5.1 If it becomes necessary to reclassify the emergency to a higher (or lower) classificaiton, the Initial Notification Form appropriate to the new classification should be completed and the notifications made in the same manner specified for the initial notification of an emergency.
5.2 When appropriate, offsite authorities and others listed on the Emergency Notificaiton Call-tist shall be notified that the emergency condition is
' terminated and, if applicable, that a recovery organization has been established.
E. PROCEDURE
- 1. Upon declaration of an emergency, the Emergency Director (Shif t Supervisor, until relieved) will compose the appropriate Initial Notification Form, and complete a Follow-up Notificaiton Form, or direct that this be done. The Follow-up Notification Form should be updated as necessary as information l, ~) changes.
O NOTE The Emergency Director is the only individual authorized to declare an emer-gency and to recommend protective actions to offsite authorities. When the EOF is activated, this authority is transferred to the Emergency / Recovery Manager.
The Communications and Records Coordinator or the Of fsite Agency Laison may relay the approved recommendation.
NOTE On Attachment 1, Emergency Initial Notification Form, the " time" (blank 2) refers to the time at which the abnormal event was declared to be an emergency condition -- not the time when the initial indication of the abnormal event or alarm was observed.
- 2. The Emergency Director will assign an individual fromthe on-duty shif t to serve as Communications and Records Coordinator (normally the NSS Admini-strative Assistant) until relieved by the designated individual. This indi-vidual will make notifications to the individuals and organizations listed on the Emergency Notificaiton Call-list (Attachment 1) as follows:
p\
'% ,)
Issue 7 Rev. O
db1. EPP/IP-1.1
%p5 Page 6 of 7 D O m Uti 2.1 Contact each organization or individual using the telephone number listed. If the telephones are inoperative, utilize the specified back-up.
2.2 When the party answers, read the introduction paragraph on the notifi-cation form and pause to allow the individual to obtain his copy of the form (PEMA, HCOES, CCDSA, AND 'BCEMA only), or blank paper on which to record the notificaiton.
2.3 Read the text of the notification, emphasizing the variable information The initial notification must be kept simple and non-technical.
2.4 Have the recipient read back the message and if necessary, correct any e rro rs .
2.5 Note the name of the individual contacted and the time of the contact on the Emergency Notificaiton Call List.
2.6 Direct the party contacted to notify the appropriate individuals in their organizations in accordance with the organization's emergency plans.
Remind the party contacted that a callback is required from the desig-nated individual.
2.7 Proceed to the next party on the call-list.
2.8 If a party can not be contacted in a reasonable period of time, bypass that party and proceed down the list. Af ter the other notificaitons are comple te , re-attempt to contact any bypassed parties. If a party still can not be reached, consider other means such as dispatching a courier, relay through another party, or similar actions. Every effort must be made to contact the five organizations listed in Section D.2.4 of this procedure.
2.9 When the parties call back for further information, note the time and the name of the individuals on the call-list. (Use a new list if there is insufficient room to record the call-backs.) Provide the information available from the current Follow-up Notification Form. If the party requests information not on the form, make reasonable efforts to obtain and relay the information, if consistent with completing notificaitons.
O Issue 7 Rev. O
dF.4 EPP/IP-1.1 7%
4 Page 7 of 7 D9MW 2.10 If a party not specified on the call-list requests information, refer the party to either the DLC Public Information Division (412-456-6279 or v/
6000), or to the local emergency services organization in his/her coc:mun-ity.
F. REFERENCES
- 1. Beaver Valley Power Station Emergency Preparedness and Implementing Proce-dures.
- 2. Title 10 Code of Federal Regulations Part 50, Appendix E
- 3. NUREG-0654/ FEMA-REP-L " Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants.
G. ATTACHMENTS
- 1. Emergency Initial Notification Form
- 2. Emergency Notification Call-List
- 3. Follow-up Notification Form.
l l
O .
Issue 7 Rev. O
S t2.,
'A t5 -
o -m e:t*
O 6
9 1
l .
I l
S YL EPP/IP-1.1 h I"a r,r3 m@
Attachment I s
BEAVER VALLEY POWER STATION q,,/ Initial Notificaiton Form INSTRUCTIONS
- 1. Read the following:
"This is the Beaver Valley Power Station. The following is a notification of an emergency. Record the information to follow on the Emergency Initial Notification Form:
- 2. This is title (Name) (Emergency Organization Title) of Duquesne Light Company.
- 3. Emergency Class: UNUSUAL EVENT SITE EMERGENCY ALERT GENERAL EMERGENCY
- 4. Radioactivity: Has Not Been Released Is Being Released Release Has Been Stopped
/% Within Plant From Plant V
- 5. Type of Release: Airborne Waterborne Surface Spill
- 6. Protective Actions: None Recommended Recommended as follows:
j 7. This notification was made at on .
(Time) (Date)
Return phone number is (412) 643-8000.
- 8. Please repeat back the information you have recorded to ensure accuracy.
- 9. Notify the appropriate individual (s) of your organization or agency.
- 10. CODE .
p FOR BCEMA/PEMA/HCES/CCDSA/USNRC ONLY:
- 11. Reques t the appropriate individual in your organization contact the station for additional information if deemed necessary.
s_ -
) ,
l Issue 7 Rev. O I
kW& I
<1F T
o em e:t*
O i
1 I
INTENTIONALLY BLANK m* -e e=w-e- =-m = - g O
e - ,- ,
EPP/IP-1.1 ,
Attachment 2 Page 1 of 4 EMERCENCY NOTIFICAITON CALL- LIS"E :
NOTE: The majority of the telephone numbers listed below are numbers designated for emergency purposes only. In unost cases, these number should not be used for non-emergency conummications. On weekdays between 8 am and 4 pm, use the normal phone first.
NOTE: Ensure that the ECC "EPP/ Normal" switches on the phones are in the "EPP" position to allow call-backs on 8000/
8001/8002 to be routed to the ECC.
t n
NUTE: Calls to the offsite agencies listed on this sheet omist be made in the sequence shown, as rapidly as possible following declaration of emergency, and prior to any notificattons on remaining sheets. If one of the organizations can not he reached, continue with the next, and then re-attempt to notify the bypassed orgaatzation before continuing with the '
! rest of the notificattons. ;
1 Normal 24-hr Emergency Number Name of l Organization / Individual Musiness Primary Alternate Contact Time /Init
- 1. Heaver Co. Emerg. Manage ment Agency. (BCEMA) 1 Dispatcher (24-hra): Relay to Mr. R. Chiodo 774-1049 775-0880 DLC Radio
- 2. Pennsylvania Emerg. Management Agency (PEMA) 717-783-8150 Relay through Doty Officer (24-hrs) 717-783-8150 BCEMA
_ 3.. Columbiana Co. Disaster Services Agcy (CCDSA) l Dispatcher (24 hrs): relay to Mr. M. 216-424-9725 216-424-7255 DLC Radio l Lippiatt ,
i .
I '
. 4. Ilancock County Of fice of Emerg. Se rvices 304-564-331l 304-564-3311 DLC Radio I
Dispatcher (24 hrs)*: relay data to Mr. A. Kondik .
- Ask courthouse SWHD operator for dispatcher during normal working hours. This is a direct line after hours.
- 5. US Nuclear Regulatory Commission Duty Officer (24-hrs) OPX red hotline i
' 102920951-0550 301-427-4056 '
ilPN Hlack ikittine or 1-301-492-7000
{ GENERAL EMERGENCIES UNI.Y l 5a Ohio Disaster Services Agency (ODSA) 614-889-7157 614-889-7150 Relay through CCDSA i Sh West Virginia Office of Emergency 304-348-538u 304-348-6370 Relay through IICOES 1
Issue 7 Rev. 0
M Dr m LW, -
e O
IhIEh7IONALLY BLANK O
O 9
e 0
EPP/IP-l.1
! Attachment 2 Page 2 of 4 EMERCENCY NOTIFICATION CALL-LIST (Con't)
NOTE: See notes on Page 1
- Name of Organizatlon/ Individual Telephone i
Alternate Contract Time /Init
- 6. HVPS-L Superintendent II. P. Williams PAX S101 , (H)*
- 7. HVPS-1 Opera tions Supervisor L. Schad PAX 5104 "
(11) *
- 8. Shippingport Atomic Power Station PAX 702/710 DLC Radio (SAPS Cuardhouse)*
- 9. HVPS linit 2 Construction:R. Swiderski 643-8800 643-8801 (Backshif ts and weekends: ranking DLC-CDN or SBI Cuard) DLC Radio
- 10. DI.C thblic Information Department (Notify one)
J. D. Frank PAX 66273 (H)*
D. Hessner PAX 66279 (11)
F. Skledar PAX 66779 (11)
J. H. Sasala PAX 66527 (H)
J. F. Crogan PAX 66281 (H)
K. A. Scherer PAX 66269 (H)
Each ind tvidual listed below will notify the next higher level of management consistent with the severity of the emergency. The Station Superintendent or designated alternate notifies the Manager, Nuclear Operations *.
Manager, Nuclear Operations T. D. Jones See Directory . . , ,
(11)
- V. P. Nuclear Division J. J. Carey See Directory -
(II)
- A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A A ACTIVATION OF TSC/ EOF ORGANIZATION VIA BEEPERS: (Note: Activate code-a-phone answer machine) '
Heaver County heepers (ask operator to tone-out # *) 843-9220 Pittsburgh Area heepers (activated by telephone-no operator) 1-464-
- Numbers available from Nuclear Shif t Supervisor
- these personnel have beepers.
(H) Ilome Phone Issue 7 Rev. O
$ V,,
A
'A o - m@ c:tx 9
7.NTENTIONALLY BLANK O
O
O -
EPP/IP-l.1 Attachment 2 Page 3 of 4
)
EHERGENCY NOTIFICATION CALI.-LIST (Con' t)
NOTE: The following organizations are notified only for the accidents noted in parenthesis next to their name.
- 11. U. S. Coast Guard (All offsite releases, actual or inuninent)
Marine Safety (Pi t tsh . ,h) 1-644-5808/1-644-6833 800-424-8802
- 12. U. S. Corps of Engineers (liquid releases)
New Cumberland Dam (down rive r) 614-537-2571 Relay through Montgomery Dam (upriver) 643-8400 BCEMA
- 13. Hidland Water Plant (liquial releases) (Notify one)
Mr. D. Cralk 643-4735 Mr. McIlaffte Hr. Ilaywood
)
- 14. East Liverpool Water Plant (liquid releases)
Mr. Francis Wise 216-385-5050
- 15. Chester, WVA Water Plant (liquid releases)
Notify via llCOES 304-564-331L Di.C Radto
- 16. Westinghouse Atomic Power Division (Alert & higher) (Notify one)
Mr. D. Campbell Mr. D. lokay *t-Mr. R. Von Osinski
- 17. INPO (Alert & higher) 404-953-0904 N/A
- 18. Natlonal Weather Service (Site & General Emergencies) 1-644-2888 N/A
- 19. American Nuclear Insurers Fire /All R isk Emergencies 800-243-3172 800-243-3173 Radiological Nuclear Emergencies 203-677-7305 In aildition to the above, the following organizations, although not directly notified are authorized to receive luformation regarding the emergency:
DER /liureau of Radiation Protection, Pennsylvania 717-787-3479 Ilo t t ine DER /llRP hotline will be operative upon activation of DER /15RP by PEHA.
State of Ohio Disaster Services Agency 614-889-7157 via CCDSA State of West Virginia Office of Emergency Services 304-348-5380 via llCOES West Virginfa Dept. of Ilealth/ Radiation Protection 304-348-0691 304-348-3526 Issue 7 Rev. O
cc -
A D m_Vm %~i O
INTENTIONALLY 3 LANK O
I l
i O
l
EPP/IP-1.1 Attachmsnt 2 Pags 4 of 4 EMERGENCY NOTIFICSAITON CALL-LIST (Con't)
The following organizations are not normally notified directly in the event of an O emergency at BVPS, but =ay be contacted if particular emergency conditions warrant.
Pennsylvania State Police (Lt. J. Render) 775-5991 Pennsylvania State Police (Chippewa Barracks) 843-5100 DLC Radio Laurel Pipeline Co. (Mr. T. Gordon) 1-264-7432 Mobil Pipeline Co. 201-754-3546 National Transit Co. (Mr. E. Bernard) 1-225-OHIO Ashland Pipeline Co. 800-354-8850 Freedom Station 1-774-2020 1-216-866-3588 Buckeye Pipeline Co. 1-215-967-313' DOE RAP /IRAP Brookhaven Area Office 516-282-2200 516-282-3424 Medic-Rescue Ambulance Service 728-3620 775-0880 Community A=bulance 1-728-6612 775-0880 Shippingport Fire Depart =ent 775-0880 Relay through BCEMA Aliquippa Hospital Emergency Room 1-857-1274 Relay through BCEMA Aliquippa Hospital Nuclear Medicine 1-857-1275 Relay through BCEMA Beaver County Medical Center 728-7110 Relay through BCEMA Presbyterian University Hospital Emergency Room 1-647-3333 Radiation Emergency Response Program Dr. Neil Wald-Dept. of Radiation Medicine Dr. Albert Spritzer Crucible Steel Company 10th Street Gatehouse 643-1100 x2802 Linde Air Company (Mr. Jeward Ypea) 643-1100 x2784 -
McIntosh Hemphill (E. W. Bliss)
Mr. R. Ansevin 643-8600 Mr. D. Lemesh 643-8600 .
Bruce Mansfield Power Station Plant Superintendent (D. Bodar) 643-5000 Assist. Superintendent (D. Thomas) 643-5000 Shif t Supervisor 643-5000 Conrail Division Supervisor 1-928-7206 Pittsburgh and Lake Erie Chief Dispatcher 261-0650 US Weather Bureau-Pittsburgh
, Air Polution Meteorologist 1-262-5179 Forecast Office (24-hr) 1-644-2882 1-644-2888 Coraopolis Of fice 1-644-2S91 NOTE: The phone numbers listed above are updated on the annual review. More up-to-date numbers are available in the monthly and quarterly emergency telephone number checklists, and are available in the Control Room.
Issue 7 Rev. O
c, "1
o m m@e O
I l
I ISTE!.TIONALLY 3LA!TK O
(
O
$dhL EPP/IP-1.l 14p3 Attachment 3 D_U M M Pa rt 1
/
( ) BEAVER VALLEY POWER STATION Follow-up Notification Form The following data represent the most current and most accurate information, projections, and/or prognosis available at the time this notificaiton was made.
TIME: Date: By: .
Return phone number: 412 643-8000
- 1. Affected Facility: Beaver Valley Power Station .
Unusual Event / Alert
- 2. Site / General Emergency Declared at: on:
Time Date
- 3. Cause of Emergency -
- 4. Current Plant Status:
Conditions: Stable / Unstable Reactor: Shutdown /At Power Equipment Damage: Minor / Major /
Cooling: Normal Cooldown/ Safety Injection Cooldown/NA
- 5. Radioactivity Release (If Applicable)
Type of Release: Liquid / Gaseous (m Release to: Ohio River / Atmosphere Time Start: Release Stopped: Yes/No/NA at:
Potential for Release: Yes/No Additional Release? Yes/No
- Wind Speed (mph)
Wind Direction From N/NE/NW/S/SE/SW/E/W Stability Class ABC/D/E/FG
- 6. Projected Dose or Actual Dose Rate:
Projected Dose (REM) Actual Dose Rate (REM /HE Site Boundarv l
5-mile radius l 10-mile radius
- 7. Recommended Protective Action: No protective action necessary/
Shelter within mile radius / Evacuate within mile radius O
\~-) -
1 Issue 7 Rev. O
d%
'A f Onm thri O
1 i
i l
E P
O
-6 l
i
Date: BFAVER VALLEY POWER STATION EPP/IP-l.1 Time: Follow-up Notificaiton Form A ac e Directions: The Dose Projection Coordinator will relay this info to the NRC (via HP Hotline), to DER /BRP (via White Hotline), and to other appropriate agencies (Ohio and West Virginia).
RELEASE TO OHIO RIVER Actual Projected Time of Release Start Release Duration hrs. hrs.
Release Volume gal. gal.
Total Activity C1. C1.
Radionuclide(s) in Release River Water Sampled:
Time /Date of Sample Location of Sample Measure River Activity Ci/cc.
Radionuclides Present O
Q ATMOSPHERIC RELEASE Release Data: Actual Projected Time of Release Start Release Duration hrs. hrs.
Release Rate cc/sec cc/sec Noble Gas Release Rate Ci/sec Ci/sec Radiciodine Release Rate C1/sec Ci/sec Release Height m. m.
Meteorology Data:
Wind Direction Wind Speed mph Stability Class Precipitation Type of Accident: VCT Rupture /GST Rupture /MSL Break /FH Accident /WGDT Release /LOCA OTHER:
O i
Issue 7 Rev. 0 4
m, , --
SrL YM T Db c:t*
O II;TEt;T10t; ALLY BLA!;K 4
9 O
UCU3OUS EPP/IP-1.2 BEAVER VALLEY POWER STAT CN Page 1 of 9 EMERGENCY PREPARECNESS PLAN ET.1ERGENCY lMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE COMMUNICATIONS AND DISSEMINATION OF INFORMATION
%)
A. OBJECTIVE This procedure describes the communications systems that are available for emer-gency use, their location, and their function, and describes general communi-cations procedures. In addition to this procedure, Chapter 40 of the Station Operating Manual describes the use of communications systems.
The Communications and Records Coordiantor is responsible to ensure the actions outlined in this procedure are implemented.
A detailed listing of telephone numbers is not attached to this procedure. How-ever, a telephone directory of Station personnel is updated and issued monthly.
This directory is available in the Control Room and in the Emergency Control Center.
B. PREREQUISITIES/ INITIAL CONDITION None C. PRECAUTIONS None D. GUIDANCE AND CRITERIA
- 1. Caneral 1.1 Communications are essential for the correct and rapid initiation of the Emergency Preparedness Plan. The ability to activate the onsite emer-gency organization, the ability to notify the offsite authorities, and if necessary, the ability to implement the appropriate protective action for the populace in af fected areas offsite depend on timely and accurate communications.
1.2 The Beaver Valley Power Station has five independent systems for outside communication to Federal, state, county authorities, to corporate manage-ment, and to offsite support groups. These are:
O G
Issue 7 Rev. O
d% EPP/IP-1.2 Iq
% p3mlhti Page 2 of 9 L.2.l The Bell System 1.2.2 The Duquesne Light Company Private Automatic Telephone (PAX)
System 1.2.3 USNRC ENS /HPN Hotline Network, and DER /BRP Hotline 1.2.4 Duquesne Light Company System Operator Direct Line 1.2.5 Duquesne Light Company Industrial Radio System These systems are briefly described in the sections to follow. A matrix of locations versus communications capability is provided as Attach-ment 1.
For onsite communications, the plant alarm system, the station paging system, and a two-way alarm system betwen BVPS and SAPS provides communi-cations for station personnel.
- 2. Bell System 2.L The Beaver Valley Power Station site is provided with telephone service by the Bell of Pennsylvania Telephone Company. All Bell telephones (prefi 643-) are direct lines and can all be used simultaneously.
2.2 The Bell System is the primary communcations system because of its abil-ity to provide communications with a large number of parties over a wide area, and for the privacy of the communications.
2.3 The Bell phones are routinely used by station personnel performing normal station activities, thus no periodic testing is required.
2.4 There are normally two independent-ringing telephone lines to the Control Room. These are 643-8001 and -8002. In the event of an emergency, however, three sequential-ringing telephone lines are available.
Any call to the Station via 643-8000, -8001, -8002 will be automat-ically transferred to one of the other two lines, should that particular line be in use. An "EPP" switch on the communications panel estab-lishes this capability.
O Issue 7 Rev. O
d3Eh EPP/IP-1.2 31 3 Page 3 of 9 D *' tW C@t
- 3. Duquesne Light PAX g%_-) 3.1 The DLC PAX System is an automatic exchange system which provides for numerous simultaneous intra-station (including SAPS) conversations, and tx simultaneous conversations offsite to other DLC facilities and offices. Two of the offsite trunks are via microwave links which could provide of fsite communications during a failure of landlines (due to flooding, downed lines, etc).
3.2 During normal working hours, the PAX switchboard operator (Pittsburgh) can interconnect a PAX line with the Bell System. This capability does not exist after normal working hours.
3.3 Due to the limited number of possible offsite communications via PAX, messages must be as brief as possible to minimize congestion of the PAX trunks. PAX should be used for all onsite telephone communicaitons.
3.4 The PAX system is routinely used by station personnel performing normal station activities, thus no periodic testing is required.
,3 4.1 There are three separate and independent telephone "hotlines" which pro-
\
(s / vide for direct communications with the USNRC and/or DER /BRP over dedi-cated lines. These lines are engineered to be immediately available during periods when the various telephone exchanges are congested with other calls.
4.2 The DER /BRP " white" hotline is an automatic ringdown system with trans-ceivers at the Control Room and at DER /BRP headquarters in Harrisburg, PA.
This phone, when picked up, automatically rings at the other end. This phone circuit has been designated for the dissemination of technical data on the emergency to DER /BRP personnel to provide for offsite accident assessment. It is not used for initial notification since the DER /BRP is not a 24-hr per day operation.
4.3 The USNRC ENS network (circuit GPO-1474) (" red" phone) is an automatic ringdown system with transceivers at four locations on site and at the NRC offices in King of Prussia, PA and in Bethedsa, Md. This circuit has been designated for making immediate notifications required in 10 CFR 20.403 within one hour of the time a reactor is not in a controlled or expected
/ condition of operation.
I v=:..n ~ nn- n
N EPP/IP-1.2 D
45 "7
m' M IW Page 4 of 9 4.4 The USNRC HPN " black phone" (circuit GDA-0260) is a dedicated dial-up system connecting the site wiht the NRC in Bethedsa and in King of Prussia. This circuit has to be dialed (#23 Region 1--#22 Bethesda), but provides a dedicated line over which to disseminate technical data to the NRC after the initial notificaitons have been made and the NRC EOC has been activiated. The HPN phone can be used for initial notification if the ENS hotline and commercial Bell lines are inoperative.
4.5 The NRC red phones, black phones and the DER /BRP white phones shall all be tested monthly per EPP/IP 7.3
- 5. Duquesne Light System Operator Direct Line 5.l The DLC System Operator Direct Line is a magneto-powered phone circuit routinely used for communications between the Control Room and the System Operator in support of normal operations. During an emergency, this circuit could be used (via relay) to make offsite notifications in the rate event the Bell System, the PAX system, and the DLC Radio System we re inoperative or ineffective.
5.2 The System Operator Direct Line is routinely used by station personnel performing normal station activities and is thus exempt from periodic testing.
- 6. DLC Industrial Radio System 6.1 The DLC Industrial Radio System is comprised of base, remote control relay, mobile, and portable units oeprating on one of two VHF frequencies.
These frequencies are approximately 150 ME and 50 ME. The system serves BVPS, SAPS, and the DLC Power Stations Department, and other corporate groups. Although the system is common to all users, tone operated squelch provides for selective calling.
6.2 The 150 ME network (see Attachment 2) consists of the following locations at:
6.2.1 Shippingport Hill (main base station) 6.2.2 BVPS Unit I (Control Room) 6.2.3 Hancock County Coc:munications Center (for HCOES) 6.2.4 Columbiana County Communications Center (for CCDSA) 6.2.5 Beaver County Communications Center (for BCEMA) 6.2.6 Pennsylvania State Police (Chippewa Barracks) 6.2.7 Interim Technical Support Center / Emergency Operations Facility 6.2.8 Alternate EOF (South Heights - T & D Building) .
Issue 7 Rev. 0
f J SYhl EPP/IP-1.2 D lh Page 5 of 10
"' p5
- me Ulif 6.3 The Shippingport Hill base station is controlled by remote consoles
,/m located at the Control Room and at SAPS. Four remote handsets at
\ _)'
BVPS-1 provide extensions to the Control Room console. The hanasets are located at the NSS Of fice Communications Console, at the plant shutdown panel, at the NSOF area in the Control Room, and one in the interim TSC/ EOF areas. The operating consoles provide a choice of four private lines (three currently in use).
They are:
6.3.1 PL1 -- Used for communication with System Operator, distribution switching 6.3.2 PL2 -- Used for emergency communications with BCEMA, HCOES, CCDSA '
and PA State Police ONLY 6.3.3 PL3 -- Used for communicattons with of f site monitoring teams, and all other routine uses.
6.3.4 PL4 -- Spare The private line feature provides for tone-operated squelch on transmit and receive. When the PL is enabled, only transmitters broadcasting the appropriate PL tone (1, 2, or 3) will be heard on the console. If the PL ir")
\- /
is disabled (by lifting handset), the console or handset will receive any transmission. Any transmissions f rom the Control Room console or handsets will be received only by those receivers having the same PL selected as the Control Room console. Any remote receiver without a PL feature, or with the PL feature disabled will receive all transmissions, regard less of source.
The PL feature is not a means of carrying on four simultaneous conver-sations -- only one conversation can be held at any one time -- nor is it a means to establish privacy. The sole purpose of the PL feature is to prevent reception of unwanted message traffic.
6.4 The base stations at HCOES, CCDSA, AND BCEMA (in future) always transmit on PL2, and will receive only PL2 transmissions, if the PL feature on the receiver is enabled. If the PL feature is disabled, these stations will receive all transmissions on 150 MHZ . The transceivers located in the ECC (desk unit), at the Chippewa Barracks, and at BCEHA (currently), receive on PL2, but do not have PL on transmit. The base station at the interim TSC/E0F receives and transmits on PLL. All walkie-talkies cnd BVPS mobile units receive on PL3, but do not have a PL on transmit. Refer to Attach-ment 3.
A
SNbi EPP/IP-1.2 31 Page 6 of 9 D c_r5 m lhti 6.5 A " takeover" button on the Control Room console will override the h SAPS console and any extension handsets.
6.6 A low band system on approximately 50 MHZ is used by BVPS security guards and by DLC Transmission and Distribution Department. There is a control console located in the BVPS Control Room and four remote consoles located at various TSD facilities. There is no PL feature on the low band.
Handsets are located in the Control Room. A " takeover" button on the Control Room console overrides all other consoles. There is only one base station for the low band system.
6.7 The DLC Radio System is the primary means of communication with offsite monitoring teams and is the first alternate to Bell phone for notification of offsite emergency response organizations.
6.8 The system is routinely used by station personnel. The entire communi-cations system is tested annually in accordance with the providions of the FCC license. The communications links between the Control Room the three risk counties, and the Pennsylvania State Police is tested weekly. Portable transceivers maintained inthe emergency kits are tested periodically.
- 7. Station Page Party 7.1 The page party system is a five line telephone system which uses loud-speakers to page an individual party. The system provides for paging individuals within the plant from any other page station, and if necess-ary, communicating with them. Since the five lines are common to all stations, conference calls are possible.
7.2 During emergency conditions the PAX system, if available, should be used for answering a page in order to free the system for communicaitons from emergency squad members, survey teams, and others not having access to PAX phones.
O Issue 7 Rev. 0
NLL, EPP/IP-1.2 1hp3 Page 7 of 9 D Omlhti E. PROCEDURE 3
s_ ,/ 1. To the maximum extent possible, all communications regarding the existance of severity of the event, or recommendations of protective actions, will be made on communications circuits which cannot be readily intercepted by persons outside of the emergency organizations. Telephone circuits shall be used as the primary means with radio used only as a backup. This protocol will minimize the spread of rumors, minimize congestion of telephone commanications and minimize the undue public anxiety. In those cases where radio communications are necessary, the use of such equipment and the working of transmissions shall be in keeping with this protocol.
- 2. In addition to the provisions of Step 1, messages should be worded to avoid possible errors in transcription / interpretation in accordance with the following guidelines as applicable:
2.1 To the extent possible avoid the use of technical jargon, particularly communications with offsite agencies.
2.2 Ensure that the message is complete. Do not assume that the message recipient can supply the proper missing words, etc., necessary to make the Oj g message complete.
2.3 Avoid the use of abbreviations. For example, millirem -- not "m-rem",
"m-R".
2.4 Read numbers " telephone number" style. Thus, 425 becomes "four-two-five" not "four hundred and twenty-five".
2.5 Avoid the use of codes.
2.6 Preface each communication with the title or name of the receiving party and your title or name. For example: " Beaver Valley Control Room, this is NW monitoring team.." Wait for the receiving party to acknowledge the contact prior to relaying any information.
2.7 Since some equipment in the radio system is voice actuated, it is wise to clear your throat or make another noise prior to starting your message.
This will prevent the loss of the beginning of your message.
2.8 Af ter the communication is complete, request the receiving party to read the message back, if appropriate (particularly if numerical data was relayed).
2.9 For radio com=unications, end message with an appropriate termination phrase. For example: "...SW monitoring team, out".
Issue 7 Rev. 0
N/ EDP/IP-l.2 31 @ Page 8 of 9 D **m W
- 3. The Communications and Record Coordinator will log all communications to or from the Control Room on provided data forms.
- 4. To minimize the spread of rumors, refer all communications from news media or f rom the public to the Duquesne Light Public Information Department or to the appropriate emergency organization in the caller's state:
4.1 Duquesne Light Public Informatta PAX 66779/66279 or 1-456-6000 4.2 Beaver County, PA (24-hr dispatcher / Dire m r) 1-775-0880/774-1049 4.3 Hancock County, WV (24-hr dispatcher / Director) 1-304-564-3311/723-3316 4.4 Columbiana County, OH (24-hr dispatcher / Director) 1-216-424-7255/9725
- 5. Once the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) is activated (Site Area or General Emergencies), encourage authorized callers to contact the Of fsite Agency Laison at the EOF for information. This will minimize the number of communi-cations and improve the accuracy of information dissemination. Provide Of fsite Agency Laison with periodic situation reports. The frequency of the reports should be consistent with the rate of change in the situation report of no change in the situation is as important as a report of a change.
- 6. The Duquesne Light Company Public Informae. ion Department is responsible for providing briefings and press releases to the news media. DLC PID will add a representative to the Technical Support Center (TSC). TSC personnel provide information on the plant status as requested. No information should be held back from PID by BVPS personnel. All press releases shall be approved by PID and the V.P., Nuclear Division. Station personnel shall ensure that the information provided to PID is current and consistent with the information providcd to of f site emergency organizations. EPP/IP-9.1, "PID Plan",
provides additional information on the release of information to the news media.
- 7. For emergencies in which the public is notified (sirens, EBS, etc) the commercial Bell network near the plant can be expected to be unavailable during overloading. In this event, the following can be performed to notify agencies which can normally only be notified by Bell telephone:
7.1 Using the PAX system, obtain an outside line by dialing "6" then "C" requesting this of the DLC operator. This is not normally author Explain to the operator the emergency nature of the call. This call can be placed on a Pittsburgh exchange. ,
Issue 7 Rev. 0
$$hl EPP/IP-1. 2 l' 4r5 Page 9 of 9 Dnmlh@t 7.2 Use the DLC Industrial Radio System to notify the DLC System
/~s Operator request that he make the emergency calls.
(V )
7.3 To contact PEMA, use the DLC Industrial Radio System to notify either BCEMA or the Pennsylvania State Police, and request that they relay notificaiton via a state teletype or radio network.
7.4 To contact Aliquippa Hospital, Beaver County Medical Center, the ambulance service, or the fire department, use the DLC Industrial Radio to contact BCEMA for relay via the County fire and EMS nets.
7.5 The portable transceiver on frequencies 155.130 MHz (Midland and Shippingport Police) and/or 155.610 MHz (Beaver County Net) in the NSS office could be used to relay offsite notifications in the event both the DLC Industrial Radio System and commerical bell system are unavailable. Additionally, SAPS has 450 MHZ and 164.225 links with Bettis.
F. REFERENCES
[} 1. Beaver Valley Power Station Emergency Preparedness Plan and V Implementing Procedures
- 2. Beaver Valley Power Station Operating Manual
- 3. Title 10 Code of Federal Regulations Part 50, Appendix E
- 4. NUREG-0654/ FEMA-REP-1 " Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants G. ATTACHMENTS
- 1. Communications Matrix I
- 2. DLC Radio bbtrix
- 4. Using the Control Room and TSC Auto-Dialer and Answering Machine to make call-outs.
O L ,) '
Issue 7 Rev. O
T LA Ah5 omm e O
INTENTIONALLY BLANK l
i 1
e I
g}Le; EPP/IP-1.2 vg Attachment 1 D um LW.,
7
(] COMMUNICATIONS MATRIX
{
V E a
! 2 5 2
ii"3 % 8
- eS' , 3 3 8 DdM E a 5 5 " U
$e
- M .S s !m U U 30*' t s8ei?
Eo UM9U 0m z D3Sl 3 2e00a!E5%M3aaa BVPS-1 Control Room (NSS Office) e e e e' . e. e e e , , e BVPS-L Control Room e e , e e e . . . . ,
Op. Support Center (OSC) e , , , , e e . .
Technical Supp. Ctr. (TSC) e e e e e e e e e .
Emergency Ops. Facility (EOF) , , , , , , , , ,
Alternate EOF e e e e Beaver County EMA e .
Hancock County OES e e Columbiana County DSA e ,
f] Pennsylvania EMA e U DER /BRP . p PA State Police e e i Ohio DSA
- Ohio Highway Patrol e ,
l West Virginia OES e USNRC e e .
USNRC Residu.. Insp e e a e e e Other DLC Facilities a s e e DLC System Dispatcher e . . . .
DLC Headquarters e e Shippingport Atomic PS e e e a e e Rad. Ops Center . . e . . .
General Station Areas e , e BVPS-2 e e a s e e Monitoring Teams e e e s DLC Response Personnel (Home) e e Main Guard House e e e e e e e
/f. ,\
() EA and DP Room e e o e e e e e Issue 7 Rev. 0
d% EPP/IP-1.2 vs ar Attachment 2 D-v==:ne Usht l
OLC INDUSTRIAL RADIO SYSTEM 153.47 MHz 47.3 MHz LOCATION Other Xmit Rec Xmit Rec NSS Office / 153.47 PL1 comnunications 1,2,3 1,2,3,All Yes Yes 155.130 Console 155.610 NSOF Desk /
Control Room 1*,2*,3* 1*,2*,3*,All Yes Yes -----
Plant S/D 1 Panel 1*,2*,3*- 1*,2*,3*,All ---- ---- ----- l SAPS 1,2,3 1,2,3,All ---- ----
450 Mhz 164.225 MHz HCOES 2 2,All ---- ---- -----
CCDSA 2 2,All ---- ----
extensions at OHP CC Sheriff BCEMA ----
2,All ---- ---- -----
PA State Police ---- 2,A11 ---- ---- -----
BVPS Sec. Guards ---- ----
Yes Yes -----
BVPS Man. Teams ----
3,All ---- ---- -----
Interim TSC/E0F 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3. All
""" "" ~~"
Alternate EOF 1, 2, 3 1, 2, 3, All Yes -----
As selected on NSS Console O
Issue 7 Rov n
2% EPP/IP-1.2 YA Attachment 3 M [N D Page 1 of 2 i
rm OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR NRC I )
ENS AND HPN HOTLINE PHONES A. PURPOSE l
l This attachment provides instructions for the use of the two NRC hotline telephone systems. These phone systems are designated for emergency use
, only.
B. DISCUSSION The Emergency Notification System (ENS) Hotline is an automatic ring-down telephone system. When any of the red hotline phones onsite are lif ted, the hotline phones at the NRC's Headquarters Operation Center will ring automatically-no dialing is necessary. 10 CFR 50.72 provides that this phone must be continuously manned (of f-hook) once used until directed otherwise by the NRC.
The Health Physics Network (HPN) is a . dedicated-direct line system link NRC Health Physics personnel and DLC Health Physical personnel. This j system is a dial system, the use of which is initiated by the NRC. DLC
)
V personnel will not initiate calls on this network unless directed by the NRC, or unless the ENS has failed.
C. PROCEDURE
- 1. ENS Red Phone, lif t the receiver. When the party at the other end answers, provide emergency information from the Notification of Sig-l nificant Events Checklist (Figure 48-35, BVPS OM).
1.2 Once the information is relayed, stay on the line until relieved by another individual, or as directed by the NRC.
1.3 If the ENS red phone is inoperative, first attempt notification via commercial Bell-lines. Current telephone numbers are listed on the l Emergency Notification Call-list '(EPP/IP-1.1). If commercial Bell l lines are inoperative, use the NRC HPN network, as described below.
l (The sequence described above was established by the NRC and must be followed).
l l D\
V Issue 7 Rev. O
\. . . . -
F$
MP EPP/IP-1.2 Attachment 3 "ND-Page 2 of 2 1.4 If the ENS red phone has failed, notify the trouble line (identified on the phone) for repair.
- 2. HPN Black Phone NOTE The HPN black phone shall not be used by DLC personnel, except for periodic phone checks or as provided in paragraph 1.3, or as directed by NRC personnel.
The instructions which follow are provided in case such operation is required.
2.1 Lift the receiver and listen for busy signal. If none exists, proceed as follows:
2.2 Dial the appropriate two digit individual station code:
2.2.1 h7C Region 10f fice . . . . . . . . . . #23 2.2.2 hRC Headquarters . . . . . . . . . . . 422 2.3 If an error is made in dialing the first digit, cancel the call by dialing
- 1 or by waiting six seconds for the system to cancel the incomplete call.
Once the second digit is dialed, wait until the called party answers, explain the error, wait for the party to hang-up, and redial.
2.4 If the HPN system is inoperative, report the trouble to (412) 227-7900, provide the following information:
2.4.1 Your name
2.4.2 Organization
Duquesne Light Company 2.4.3 Phone on which trouble was noted:
2.4.4 Nature of problem:
2.4.5 Circuit
BVPS is station #33 on GDA02060 0
Issue 7 Rev. 0
EPP/IP-1.2 SYYL Attachment 4 Iqr3 Page 1 of B D n M l W.,
[] USING THE CONTROL ROOM AND TSC AUTO-DIALER V
AND ANSWERING MACHINE TO MAKE CALL-0UTS A. PURPOSE This attachment provides instructions for the use of the auto-dialer and the answering machine to make emergency personnel call-outs. The Communi-cations and Records Coordinator is responsible for implementation of this procedure.
B. PROCEDURE
- 1. General Sequence 1.l Activate the answering machine in accordance with instructions provided in section 3 of this attachment.
1.2 Select the outgoing message tape appropriate to the class of emergency and place the tape in the outgoing tape player in accordance with the instructions of section 3.
(a) 1.3 Set the answering machine to answer and record incoming messages.
1.4 All dialing and conversation during the notification process will be done on the line to which auto-dialer is connected.
l.5 Depress the "Pittsburgh Beepers" button on the dialing unit. When the other party answers, you will hear two or three tones and then a dial tone. The Pittsburgh beepers are activated by computer.
1.6 Hangup the phone af ter each call is completed. This must be done to clear the line for additional calls.
1.7 Depress the " Beaver County Beepers" button on the dialer. When the other party answers (an answering service) say:
"This is the Beaver Valley Power Station. Please tone out beepers (*).
- This is an emergency."
i l
i
(
\~.)
- Number available from Shift Supervisor i
i a ; 4w .sw .
g]Q EPP/IP-1.2 y Attachm nt 4 Dnm @ Pag: 2 of 8 1.8 Continue with other. notifications in accordance with EPP/IP-1.1 and Attachment 2 to that procedure.
1.9 After five (5) minutes, repeat (at least three (3) times] steps 1.5 through 1.7 (tone out the beepers again, as to ensure activation and response of emergency personnel) .
1.10 After sufficient time has elapsed for personnel to respond to the beepers, rewind the incoming message tape, play back the tape, and list those personnel who acknowledged the notification. If the primary designee cannot be reached, notify a designated alternate in the sequence provided in the monthly call list. Apprise the Emergency Director (Shift Supervisor until relieved) of any shortfalls in in personnel activation.
NOTE: If the beepers are used to notify personnel of an Alert emergency, the beepers should be resounded if the condition escalates to a Site Area or General Emergency, in order to activate EOF personnel.
1.11 When the answering machine is no longer in use, r.awind the incoming message tape, insert the standby message tape and set the unit for auto-answering as in steps 3.1 and 3.2.
- 2. Use of the Auto-dialer 2.1 The auto-dialer is connected in the computer room. This line must not be in use for the dialer to operate. Since the dialer is an extension on this line, all of the phones on this line and the dialer must be off in order to clear the line and obtain a dial tone.
2.2 To place a call with the dialer, proceed as follows:
2.2.1 Proceed to the computer room where the auto-dialer is located.
{
2.2.2 Pick up the handset on the phone, press the button associated with the party you wish to call. It is not necessary to depress the ON/0FF button, as the device will turn-on when any call button is pressed.
O Issue 7 Rev. O
$#hl EPP/IP-1.2 lhp3 Attachm:nt 4' D ry ==ane liti Page 3 of 8 I
f-~s 2.2.3 The dialer will display the number dialed on the LCD display, and adjust the speaker (volume control on lef t side of dialer).
2.2.4 Upon reaching the appropriate party, commence the notification.
2.2.5 When the call is complete, hangup the handset.
2.2.6 Repeat the above for each additional party to be called.
- 3. Use of the Answering Machine NOTE: Do not change machine controls when the RECEIVED-IN USE lamp it lit.
Wait for the light to go out before proceeding.
I 3.1 Changing the Message Tape 3.1.1 With none of the control buttons depressed, open the rear tape player by lif ting the small tab to the lef t of the unit's case.
3.1.2 Slide the tape casse'tte forward to remove it from the player.
7-'s 3.1.3 Insert the correct tape in the slot with the full reel on the
() LEFT with the cassette opening facing out.
3.1.4 Press down on the cover to insert the tape cassette.
3.1.5 To verify that the proper tape is in place and to rewind the tape proceed as follows:
- 1. Position the control knob to the ANNOUNCEMENT position
- 2. Depress the ON button.
- 3. Depress the ANNOUNCEMENT TEST button until the RECEIVED-IN USE lamp lights.
- 4. Release the bu*
- ea 13 hear the tape. Adjust the volume control as r' ee c ry .
- 5. The ta[' 2 J ',1 ) when the playback is complete and auto-ma tical., rum.-
3.2 Setup for Automatic Operation With the proper outgoing announcement tape in place, set up the answerer, for automatic operation as follows:
f)%
\.
Issue 7 Rev. 0
$liL EPP/IP-1.2 1M" Attachm:nt 4 D r'r3
==nel3tf Page 4 of 8 3.2.1 Rewind the incomming message tape as follows:
- 1. Position the large control knob to the PLAYBACK position.
- 2. Depress the REWIND button (If the ON button is depressed, it will be necessary to first depress OFF).
- 3. When the rewind is complete, depress OFF.
- 4. Press the TAPE COUNTER RESET button to reset the counter.
3.2.2 Position the large control knob to the AUTO-ANSWER position.
3.2.3 The answering machine will now answer all incoming calls, provide the outgoing announcement, record the caller's acknowledgement, and rewind the outgoing message tape.
3.3 Replaying the Incoming Message Tape After a sufficient period of time has passed to allow personnel to call in, replay the acknowledge messages as follows:
3.3.1 Obse rve the RECEIVED-IN USE pilot lamp. If the lamp is flashing, calls have come in and have been answered. If the lamp is lit, the machine is responding to a call. Wait for the lamp to go of f.
3.3.2 Position the large control knob to the PLAY BACK position. When this is done, the incoming tape will automatically rewind.
3.3.3 When the tape is rewound, depress the ON button to start playback.
Adjus t MONITOR VOLUNE as desired.
3.3.4 Depress OFF to stop olayback. Use REWIND and/or FF (f ast forward as desired).
3.4 When the machine is no longer in use, rewind the incoming message tape, insert the standby outgoing message tape, and set up the machine to answer incoming messages as described in steps 3.1 and 3.2 3.5 Recording an Outgoing Announcement Note: There will usually be pre-recorded messages available for each classification of emergency. If one of these tapes fails or is missing, record an outgoing announcement as follows:
3.5.1 Insert a blank, standard cassette tape into the rear player as described in step 3.1.
Issue 7 Rev. 0
~ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
i %?9L EPP/IP-1.2
! I4f3 Attachment 4 j D r? "aale llf* Page 5 of 8 l
j 3.5.2 Position the large control knob to the ANNOUNCEMENT position.
(G,) 3.5.3 Depress the ON button.
I 3.5.4 Depress the ANNOUNCEMENT REC buttor, and keep it depressed until the RECEIVED-IN USE lamp lights and keep the button depressed.
~
3.5.5 Record the announcement slowly and clearly. Speak into the microphone at a distance of about 4 to 6 inches, using a normal speaking voice. Use the applicable format from Appendix 1 to this attachment.
3.5.6 When complete, release the ANNOUNCEMENT REC button. Releasing the button records the end of message tone, thus, once the button is released, the message cannot be added to.
3.5.7 Review the recorded announcement as described in step 3.1.
3.5.8 If the message requires correction, repeat steps 3.1.1 through 3.1.6.
- 4. Performing Weekly Beeper Checks This procedure shall be performed every Monday at 9 PM.
4.1 Using the procedures above, check that " standby /no-action" tape is in the f'"N 5
outgoing tape player.
% -)
4.2 Using the auto-dialer, call out both the Beaver County and Pittsburgh beeper sounds. It is not necessary to call-in. If the beeper did not sound, note your location and bring the malfunction to the attention of the Emergency Planning Supervisor.
/'%
v)
Issue 7 Rev. 0
. EPP/ Y P-1. 2 51P Attachment 4 ND Page 6 of 8 SAMPLE MESSAGES Normal Operations
'Tou have reached the Beaver Valley Power Station. This line is not inuse at this time. Please check your directory for the proper telephone number."
Unusual Events (Beepers not sounded)
"This is the Beaver Valley Power Station. There has been an Unusual Event emergency. There is no personnel call-out at this time."
Alert Emergency--Non-radiological "This is the Beaver Valley Power Station. There has been an Alert Emergency.
All Technical Support Center personnel shall report to their assigned emergency lo ca tions . Radeon technicians are not needed at this time. At the tone, acknowledge this message by giving your full name, and estimated time of arrival." l Alert Eme rgency--Rad io logica l "This is the Beaver Valley Power Station. There has been an Alert Emergency.
All Technical Support Center Personnel shall report to their assigned emergency loca tions . Radcon technicians shall be called out. At this tone, acknowledge this message by giving your full name, and estimated time of arrival." l Site Area Emergency "This is the Beaver Valley Power Station. There has been a Site Area Emergency.
All Technical Support Center and Emergency Operations Facility personnel including radcon technicians, shall report to their assigned emergency locations. At the tone, acknowledge this message by giving your full name, and estimated time of l arrival."
General Emergency "This is the Beaver Valley Power Station. There has been a General Emergency. All Technical Support Center and Emergency Operations Facility personnel including radcon technicians shall report to their assigned emergency locations. At the tone, acknowledge this message by giving your full name, and estimated time of [
arrival."
NOTE FOR ALL EXERCISES / DRILLS, THE RECORDED MESSAGE SHALL BE PREFACED AND ENDED WITH THE PHRASE "This is a drill".
M ue - . .. U --
EPP/IP-1.2 Attachment 4_
Telephone Answering system Features. Page 7 of 4 (pJ v
o r -- . _ _ . . . . . . . . . .
, .I t ,
V
-}
-(
@ j -6 @
- I - -
.1 ...
O 7 *
- - .- 'r.
' - '~ . .
g '.: , Mn;y :::::.::::::.~ - . . . . . . . * . . . . . . . *
.? ::::::::::.*::
~- .
O' f f
\'
t .
O i
.t i'HEGih -
1 -
w.. .
.. s _.
.I 6 sus - ~ =1 w-m 6 *k h "Ti ) @
l O I 1 Ov ;oing Meusse Cauene Compartment 11. Volume Centrol
- 2. Incoming Message Canette Compar: nent 12. Selector Dial
- 3. Built.in Microphone
- 13. Counter Rese Bunen 4 CN Button 14. Tape Counter
- 5. Rewind Bunon (REWIND) 6.
1E. Voice Con:rol Switch Fas: Forward Sunon (FFWD) 16. Ring Delay Switch (!1) 7 OFF Bv::en 17. Soesker
. IN USE and RECEIVED Lamp 18. Power Jack Jert Bunon s Recore. Bunon 19. A, Al Swit:n % (Unlimi *ed)
Issue 7 Rev. O
O ^\ O O
CRIPUTER ROOT!
Wal1 Jack o 4 =
643-8368 3
' 9%%
1 7go '
a:
Walt s
$$ Wall e
23$ Jack Jack
$5E 643-b' l
E 0
643-525 ~
8368 Terminet W f plex \
\ Jack j Record-Auto-Dialer j Answer Outgoing
- Machine
_'_, {
~
\ _.
\
g Incoming
N l l 643-8525
- Note: Leave machine in the "0N" This phone is in series with position with message Tape loaded, the Auto-dialer. Therefore, you must pick up receiver, push button on Auto-dialer to make The 643-8368 phone is set for 4 rings.
If no ne picks up the phone to answer, call. To make next call, you --.
must hang up receiver, pick up 643-8468 the Record / Answer Machine activates to give message and record answer.
and when you ge t a dial tone, then push next bu t ton on Augo- Computer Room dialer. Terminet Phone Used during normal givg l daylite hours by computor 7 room personne1.
43{
O
bMCU$$$ N EPP/IP-1.2.1 Page 1 of 7 BEAVcR VALLEY PO'!/ER STATICN EMERGENCY PREFARECNESS PLAN EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE DISSEMINATION OF DiERGENCY DATA BETWEEN d EMERGENCY RESPONSE CENTERS i
A. OBJECTIVE This procedure describes the general communications protocols to be used during emergency conditions to transfer data between the various elements of the Beaver Valley Power Station emergency organization and between the various emergency response facilities.
This procedure sulplements the information and instructions contained in EPP/IP-1.2, "Communicat'ons and Dissemination of Information" and in Chapter 40 of the Statim Operating Manual, as it applies to internal communicaitons.
B. PREREQUISITIES/ INITIAL CONDITIONS
- 1. An emergency condition has been declared at the Beaver Valley Power Station as provided in the BVPS Emergency Preparedness Plan; and/or
- 2. The emergency organizations have been activated.
J C. PRECAUTIONS None D. GUIDANCE AND CRITERIA This procedure provides general informaticn on how technical and operational data are transferred between various individuals in the emergency organization. This procedure is intended to serve as guidance and need not be followed step-by-step.
The actual emergency conditions and/or contingencies that occer, such as failure of communications equipment, may make portions of this procedure inappropriate.
TSC/ EOF supervisory personnel should institute other appropriate measures or protocols aimed at the most effective and accurate exchange of information.
O V
_, s. -
Nd.
7A EPP/IP-1.2.1 Do[m @ Page 2 of 7 E. PROCEDURE
- 1. General Provision; 1.1 Each in/.ividual in the emergency organization must continuously evaluate the information that he becomes aware of and ensure that, when appropriate, this information is made available to others in the organization who may be able to use it.
1.2 Personnel transferring information must remain alert to the nature of the personnel who will be receiving the information, and ensure that the data is transferred in a terminology that is likely to be understood by the recipient. As an example, some personnel may understand what "FR-VS-112 reads 30,000. . ." means, but most will understand "the supplementary leak collection release flow rate is 30,000 cubic feet per minute. . ." much more readily. Extreme care must be exercised in this regard when communicating with offsite agencies.
Each communications should be prefaced with the title and name of both the initiator and the recipient, l.3 The key supervisory personnel in tne emergency organization, especially the Emergency Director and/or the Emergency / Recovery Manager, shall minimize their use of communications circuits, using junior personnel to perform most communications. Time spent on the phone is time spent away from managing the emergency response.
1.4 Communications personnel and other TSC/ EOF personnel shall make every effort to serve as "buf fers" to the Emergency Director or Emergency /
Recovery Manager, in order to minimize the need for these individuals to personnally handle requests for information from individuals outside of the BVPS Emergency Organization. Written forms of communications such as l data sheets or speed memo's should be used, when appropriate.
1.5 It is the policy of Duquesne Light to promptly provide appropriate and accurate information in response to reasonable requests from of fsite
. agencies and individuals. However, channels for providing this inform-ation have been established and shall be followed to maximum extent l possible, i
l l
Issue 7 Rev. O
SYhl EPP/IP-1.2.1 lh Page 3 of 7 D *'N@
r3 1.5.1 Requests for information from members of the news media or
<~' from unidentified individuals shall be referred to Duquesne k )s Light Public Information Department personnel at the Emergency News Center. This protocol has been established to ensure that all releases of information to the general public are accurate and have been coordinated with the public affairs personnel of the various of f site agencies.
- 1. 5. 2 Requests for information from of fsite agencies via telephone shall normally be handled by communications personnel using the follow-up notification form. The follow-up notification form shall be prepared by the Communications and Records Coordiantor and approved by the Emergency Director.
- 1. 5. 3 Although all TSC/ EOF personnel shall courteously and accurately respond to the inquiries of offsite agency personnel in the EOF, personnel shall avoid getting into long discussions which would de trac t from their primary responsibility. This is particularly the case when offsite personnel ask background or explanatory questions in order to understand the accident at hand. In these cases, the questions shall be referred to the Offsite Agency Liaison for answering. In order to avoid some of these questions the Offsite Agency Liaison should periodically brief these offsite personnel, explaining any data which may not be understood. For example, the Emergency Director may announce that the "VCT level is 23%..." The role of the Offsite Agency Liaison in this case would be to explain what the VCT is, its role in the accident, (N
> )
its role towards safety, and the significance of the reading.
- 2. Handling Incoming Information via Telephone or Radio Information received at the TSC/ EOF pertinent to the emergency response ef fort and for which no pre-designated data sheet exists, will be handled as follows:
2.1 The incoming information should be recorded on a carbon message form (" speed letter") by the individual receiving the data.
- 2. 2 Each message shall be clearly identified by the name and the title of the initiator date, time and the message, and also the name and title of the recipient.
- 2. 3 Copies of the message forms will be distributed as follows:
Top copy (original) to the Emergency Director 2nd copy to the Emergency / Recovery Manager 3rd copy to the individual responsible for taking action on the data (eg: report on offsite dose shall be given to EA & DP)
A Issue 7 Rev. O
U L4 EPP/IP-1.2.1 YA Page 6 of 7 D n@=ne 11td __
2.4 When the Emergency Director and/or Emergency / Recovery Manager has read the form, the form shall be given to the status board keeper for transfer !
to the status board--if applicable.
- 2. 5 When the data has been transferred, the status board keeper will retain the form for documentation.
- 3. Use of Communicator Circuits The two Communicator circuits connecting the emergency response centers are used as follows:
3.1 The communicator circuits are intended to be used to transfer short, brief messages, primarily parameter data or instructions, between the various emergency response centers. There are two distinct circuits:
(1) radiological assessment, and (2) operational control.
The TSC Coordiantor, OSC Coordintor, EA and DP Coordinator, Security Coordinator in the Guardhouse, and the Radcon Foreman in the ROC shall assign a communicator (s) to man the headset (s) in their Emergency Center.
An operations communicator is assigned to man the headset (s) in the Control Room.
3.1.1 The radiological assessment circuit is intended to provide a O communications capability between the emergency facilities for the purpose of controlling the overall response of the emergency o rganiza tion, to provide the various personnel a means of report-ing data to the TSC/ EOF, and to backup the CATV system for param-e ter data retrieval.
- 3. 2 Longer duration conversations should generally not be conducted on the phone circuits. These conversations should be conducted on other communications circuits.
- 3. 3 Communications on the phone circuits (Operations /Radcon) should take the following format:
(See Attachment 3):
Message originator relays message verbally to his communicator, Communicator repeats message back to originator, Communicator relays message on circuit, O
Issue 7 Rev. 0
gjRg EPP/IP-l.2.L Typ5 Page 5 of 7 D e=ns LW, addressee communicator repeats the message on the circuit to the f'~ sending phone talker.
t A s'
- addressee communicator relays message to addressee, addressee acknowledges message.
3.4 When not directly involved with a message, communicator should remain ale rt to other communications on their circuit. If the information in a communication would be of interest to personnel in their ares, the inform-ation should be repeated aloud, and if appropriate, recorded on the status board.
3.5 Generally, message forms (" speed letters") do not need to be used for communications on this circuit.
- 4. Use of TSC/ Control Room Intercom Circuit 4.1 The TSC/ Control Room intercom circuit is a dedicated, ring down intercom circuit connecting the control room and the TSC. The purpose of this circuit is to provide a reliable means of conducting longer term conver-sations between the control room personnel and TSC personnel. As such,
~s this sytem supplements the CATV and phone talker systems.
\w / 4.2 There are six lines, two of which are pre-designated: (1) the Shift Technical Advisor phone, and (2) the Operations Coordinator phone. TSC personnel desiring to talk to one of these personnel should use the appropriate phone line. Calls to individuals other than the STA or Operations Coordinator should be made on other circuits.
- 5. Use of CATV System to Obtain Parameter Data NOTE: Detailed instructions on the set-up and continued operation of the CATV system is provided in EPP/IP-1.4.1. This section addresses how the equip-ment will be used to obtain information.
5.1 Data sheets are provided in the TSC to facilitate data retrieval via the CATV system. These data sheets contain spaces to enter data on a standard parameter set. This parameter set was chosen to provide the primary indications necessary to support assessment activity. The parameter set has been divided into three groups--one for each of the camera control units.
O v
.N EPP/IP-1.2.1 31(5 Page 6 of 7 D O_m W 5.2 Upon activation of the TSC, CATV Operator / Data Recorder in the TSC shall take a comple.te set of readings, recording the data on their individual data sheets.
5.3 When complete, the data sheets will be separated, and the copies distrib-uted to the status board keepers in the TSC and EOF; Additional sheets will be sent to the TSC Coordinator, EA and DP Coordinator, PID, Assistant to the ED/ERM, and Westinghouse. I 5.4 The status board keepers will enter the data on the status boards and retain the data sheets for record purposes.
5.5 The frequency of data taking will be determined by the Technical Support Coordinator to be consistent with the rate of change in plant parameters.
5.6 If a particular data item required trending, a camera will be trained on that indicator and recorded on the VCR.
3.7 If TSC personnel identify the need for data other than that included in the standard parameter set, CATV personnel should tray to obtain that reading via the CATV system. If a particular indication is not readily available on the system, the oepration's communicator in the Control Room should be used to obtain the necessary information.
5.8 Aids for locating the various instruments are attached to this procedure and are available in the TSC. Generally, it will be easier to locate a given instrument, if the camera is first zoomed out, then the indication positioned in the center of view using tilt and pan controls, and then zooming in on the indicaiton.
- 6. Use of the Status Boards 6.1 Status boards are provided in the TSC and EOF for tracking data and response actions. Status boards display the data such that it is avail-able to all personnel in a given area. The boards also help to minimize forgetting an important parameter or action, and allow more persons to participate in the assessment process.
Issue 7 Rev. O
dLi Ta EP/' 1.2.l Page 7 af 7 Dr'@m CW, 6.2 The status boards in the TSC and EOF consist of two types: (1) the plant h
d system mimic diagram, which provides for the display of important plant parameters; and (2) the narrative board, which provides for sequential display of response actions taken or significant reports.
6.3 The status board keepers will keep the status boards current with data provided by personnel in their area. Prior to recording data on a status board, the status board keepers shall concur (via of Radcon/
Operations circuits) with other status board keepers that the information is accurate and in agreement with other status boards.
- 7. Use of the Page-Party System 7.{ The Emergency Director and/or the Emergency / Recovery Manager should have periodic announcements made on the plant status over the page-party system to keep all site personnel appraised of the response ef fort.
7.2 The frequency and content of these announcements should be consistent with the rate of change in events and the significance of the data to the entire response organization. An announcement of no change in status is as important as a report of change in status.
N
) F. REFERENCES
- 1. Beaver Valley Power Station Emergency Preparedness Plan and Implementing Procedures
- 2. Title 10 CFR 50
- 3. Beaver Valley Power Station Operating Manual Chapter 40
- 4. NUREG-0654/ FEMA-REP-1, " Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radio-l logical Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants" G. ATTACHMENTS l 1. CATV Data Sheets i
- 2. BVPS-1 Control Room Instrument Arrangement l
- 3. Emergency Headset Phone Circuits l
t I
Issue 7 Rev. O
dE 74F T
anmw -
O INTENHONA1.M Bl.ANK l
I e
O l
EPP/_I.P-1. 2. l Attachment 1 Page 1 of 5 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER STANDARD PARAMETER SET 2
Cont. Rad Level 3
mr/hr RM-201 Cont. Rad Level mr/hr RM-202 '
Aux. Bldg Ventilation CPM SLCS Ventilation CPM RM-VS-1078 Process Vent CPM RM-GW-108B Met Data
- Wind Speed .
mph 35' 500'
- Wind Direction deg.
35' 500'
- Delta-T F 150-35' .500-35.'
- If terminet is operable, this data need not be taken.
DATE: TIME: Data Taker:
4 O
^EPP/IP-1.2.1 Attachment 1 (con' t) .
Page 2 of 5 ,
TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER CAMERA:4 STANDARD PARNETER SET Cont. Press (VB-A1) PSIA (0-70; 7.5-12.5)
Cont. Temp. (VB-A1) 0 F (0-300)
Recirc Sump Level (VB-A1) in. (0-90)
Hydrogen (*,ocal) %
- SI Accum. Lvl (VB-A1)
% (0-100)
- These parameters should be taken on the first round of readings and then at the request of TS Coordinator DATE: TIME: Data Taker:
l l
l O
EPP/IP-l.2.1 Attachment 1 (con't)
Page-3 -of 5 TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER
(} CAMERA:dhh STANDARD PARAMETER SET
- Low Lvl Orn Tk Lvl (VB-A2) in (0-145)
LW-TK-3A LW-TK-3B
- Laund. Orn Tks Lvl (VB-A2) in (0-48)
LW-TK-6A LW-TK-6B
~
- HI Lvl Drn Tks Lyl (VB-A2)
LW-TK-2A in (0-120)
LW-TK-2B
- Cool Revy Tk' Lvl (VB-A3)
BR-TK-4A ft(0-30)
BR-TK-4B
- These parameters should be taken on the first round of readings and then at the request of TS Coordinator DATE:
TIME: Data Taker:
) .
6 s
o.
O 1
EPP/IP-1.2.1
~
Attachment 1,(con't)
TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER Page 4 of 5 CAMERA:h STANDARD PARAETER SET 0
Source Range Lvl (BB-B2) 10 - 105 cps PZR Level (BB-B1) __
% (0-100)
PZR Temperature (BB-B1) 0 F (150-600)
RCS Pumps (BB-A6) on/off on/off on/off a b c SG Pressure (VB-C2) PSIG (0-1500) a b c SG Level (VB-C2) % (0-100) a b c Steam Flow (VB-C2) PPH (0-4 x 10' a b c RCS Pressure (VB-A4) PSIG (0-3000; 0-600)
RCS Hot leg Temp (VB-A4) 0 b grn F (0-700) a red c blue RCS Cold Leg Temp (VB-A4)
F (0-700) a red b grn c blue
~
RCS FLOW (VB-A4) % (0-120) a b c Main Feedwater (VB-C2) flow /no flow flow /no flow flow /no flow a b c Aux Feedwater (VB-C2) flow /no flow flow /no flow flow /no flow a b c
- PZR Relief Tk Lvl (VB-B1) % (0-100)
- PriWatStorik Lvl (VB-C1) ft (0-25 BR-TK-6A BR-TK-6B
- RWST Lvl (VB-C1) ft QS-TK-1
- TP DWST (VB-C1) ft (0-39; 0-30)%
WT-TK-11 WT-TK-10)
- VCT Level (VB-A4) % (0-100)
- Pri Drns Xfer Tks (VB-A4) in (0-48)
DA-TK-1 OA-iK-2
- These parameters should be taken on the first round of readings and then at the request of TS Coordinator DATE: TIME: Data Taker:
G-
EPP/IP-1.2.1 Attachcient L(contt)
Page 5 of .i a
TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER CAMERA:[
STANDARD PARAETER SET MSIV Position (BB-C1) open/ shut open/ shut ooen/ shut a b c Electr. Dist. (BB-C4) yes/no yes/no 345 kv 138 kv Diesel Gen. (BB-C4) yes/no yes/no DG 1 DG 2 Battery (VB-C4) 1 Volts (0-150) 2 3 Battery (VB-C4) 4 Volts (0-150) 5 f DATE: TIME: Data Taker:
i .
4 4
s GG 9
e
=
.j
$WL l 31t3 1 D r7 vm lifi l l
O\l INTENTIONALLY BLANK E
(_---.---.- -. _.. .
l l
O
.. d'4. .
.- EPP/IP.1.2.1 9;,%ps m udf Attachmen.t 2 O
CONT BR HHSI W
LW t )
A A1 A3 kl Y gr w i RCS f
i
\ i **
As i An d, i Nl' i i DM
- : *r N- i I
?
i
/ R-RWST
/ A1 !
/ o*
A2 A3 :!
CONT / !
A4
/
AS i
- A8 I
l L .
l
/
/ -
W RS 'AM OS .i / / c t
\
SI 4 i /
/ -=-
! CM l 5 :
$a -
! /
f/
GW
- M .
e c X""*2' LW l{fn l
- AM 4 ,
RCS 7 n.a .
l NM *
. PZR FUEL - -
3 BR POOL 2
COND G Z FIPCCW g g" C.Twr FEED MS
- ELECTRIC DLSTR
- O V
TURBlNE Issue 7 Rev. O
EMERGENCY HEADSET PHONE CIRCUITS EPP/IP 1.2.1 Attachment 3 TSC OSC RADCON EOF ROC E A & DP e
/ "
W TSC EA & DP OPER ATION S EOF OSC GUARD HOUSE o
bbM EPP/IP-1.2.2 BEAVbR VALLEY POWER STATICN Page 1 of 2 EMERGENCY PREFAREDNESS PLAN EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE O
'\_,/ IP-1.2.2 Emergency Paging Devices / Beepers A. Purpose This Procedure provides instructions for the use of the Radio Paging (Beeper) device used to notify key personnel in the event of an emergency.
B. Procedure
- 1. Issuance of Paging Devices 1.1 Paging devices will be issued by the Nuclear Safety and Licensing Department to key personnel as outlined below.
Designated primary individuals in each emergency organization position.
All of the designated alternates to Emergency Director and Emergency / Recovery Manager.
Selected alternates to other positions as needed.
Others as agreed upon by the Manager, Nuclear Safety and Licensing and the other Department Managers.
(p x)
( _j 1.2 Individuals assigned a paging device are required to carry and respond to an emergency call but are not restricted in their off-hours activities.
- 2. Response (Actual Emergency) 2.1 Upon receipt of a pager signal, personnel shall perform the following actions:
2.1.1 Call in on the designated phone line for receipt of the emer-gency message and to acknowledge receiving notificaiton; giving your name, acknowledgment, and estimated time of arrival.
2.l.2 Proceed promptly and safely to their assigned emergency loca-tion.
- 3. Temporary Transfer 3.1 Individuals who will be out of the coverage area of the paging system for an extended period of time shall transfer the paging device to a qualified alternate. Alternates shall be selected sufficiently in advance of the transfer to allow for processing of the information.
Primary holder's name and department.
Designated alternate and home phone number.
.~s Time period transfer will be in ef fect.
s_-)
Issue 7 Rev. O
d h., EPP/IP-1.2.2 33p . age 2 o f 2 Dm U:id 3.2 This information will be recorded on the Radio Paging Transfer Log by the Emergency Planning Supervisor.
3.3 The primary holder of the paging device will inform the Emergency Planning Supervisor when the paging device is returned to his possession. The Emergency Planning Supervisor will then enter this information on the Radio Paging Transfer Log (Attachment 1) .
- 4. Testing and Maintenance 4.1 The paging and answering systems shall be tested weekly on Monday evenings at approximately 9 p.m. All personnel assigned " beepers" are to check that their " beepers" function properly. Should the signal not be received and the holder is within range of the test signal, the problem should be brought to the attention of the Emergency Planning Supervisor.
4.2 Personnel assigned a paging device are responsible for proper care and use of the device as outlined in instructions provided with the device. Replacement batteries are available from the Nuclear Division Control Office. Personnel should have a spare battery available at all times.
C. References
- 1. Nuclear Division Directive No. 18.
l O
Issue 7 Rev. 0
g N n
~ _ i
(\ n n
l a
21
. P 2 t n r l e yo
- m c s Ph ni I c
/ a ev gr P t P t r ep e
e n) r u
tve R
G O
L o T
R E e t
F a S D N
A m o
r
^ - F R
E G
A P e O n I
o h
D P A
R e
t a
n r
e t
l A
y r
n a e m M i r
P
%r5 0 em thH O
O b
s G
O
bU C33E3 N EPP/IP-1.3 BEAVc.R VALLEY POWER STAT!CN Page 1 of 7 EMERGENCY PREFARECNESS PLAN EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE O
) TURNOVER STATUS CHECKLIST A. OBJECTIVE This procedure is a turnover status checklist to be used by the Emergency Director / Emergency Recovery Manager prior to assuming the responsibility of the Emergency.
B. PREREQUISITES
- 1. The designated Emergency Director shall relieve the Nuclear Shif t Supervisor af ter being notified of an Unusual Event or an Alert.
- 2. The designated Emergency Recovery Manager shall relieve the Emergency Director af ter being notified of a Site or General Emergency.
C. PRECAUTIONS
- 1. The turnover status checklist provides only general type emergency inf o rma tio n. The Shif t Supervisor / Emergency Director should provide any other important specific information necessary to ensure a complete turnover of information.
1 V
D. GUIDANCE AND CRITERIA
- 1. Upon notification of an Unusual Event or Alert emergency, the Emergency Director shall proceed to the Control Room, when appropriate, and complete the turnover status checklist from the on-duty NSS.
- 2. Upon notification of a Site or General Emergency, the Emergency Recovery Manager shall proceed to the TSC/ EOF, when appropriate, and complete the turnover status checklist from the Emergency Director.
E. PROCEDURE
- 1. Complete sections that are applicable to the emergency.
v Issue 7 Rev. O
d$ EPP/IP-1.3 Tf a
Dr' m LW, Page 2 of 7
- l. EPP Status - (Classification) Unusual Event Alert Site Area Emergency General Emergency Time Check Watch Reset
- 2. Have notifications been given? when?
DLC Personnel NRC Offsite Areas
- 3. General Chronology of events TIME EVENT O
- 4. Protective Actions Unit evacuation yes no When Site evacuation yes no khen Offsite evacuation yes no bhen Sheltering yes no When Accountability yes no When Site closed to Visi to rs yes no When O
Issue 7 Rev. O
d"& EPP/IP-1.3 74PT Page 3 of 7 O n e lW.,
f% 5. Plant radiation status (Chronology)
V TIME EVENT
- 6. Latest unit survey results: Time Status
- 7. Latest site survey results: Time Status O
- 8. Iatest off-site radiation survey results:
TIME LOCATION RESULTS t
l l
C\
V .
Issue 7 Rev. O
$ EPP/IP-1.3
'e1 P Page 4 of 7 D O_m W
- 9. Dose Projection Information:
Time Results
- 10. Status of Off-Site Notificaiton (Copy)
Agency Time Individual Contacted Comments BCEMA PD'A CCDSA HCOES
- 11. Plant Status:
Accident / Emergency Damaged System ESF System Availablility Ventillation System System / Rad Monitor Unavailability l
l O
Issue 7 Re v. O l
g(ML EPP/IP-1.3 T3 Page 5 of 7 D m'_p3 ml!:fi
- 12. Injured or contaminated personnel Ambulance Name Employe r Status:
Hospital
- 13. Accountability:
Accountability taken (Time)
Results:
BVL BV2 SAPS Assembly Areas Occupied Status
(
- 14. Call out status:
Operations Radeon Maintenance Mech.
Elect.
l I & C.
i Test Crew Chemistry
, Emergency Organ.
Issue 7 Rev. O i
i i
SYML EPP/IP-1.3 3:1 Page 6 of 7 D " _m r5 W L5. Emergency News Center, activated: In Charge:
- 16. Potential for plant degradation:
- 17. Potential for Of f-Site release of radioactivity:
Airborne Water 9
i l
l i
1 l
l 1
! Issue 7 Rev. 0 l
l
d% EPP/IP-1.3
%y$ Page 7 of 7 Dom LW
- 18. Planned Activities (Next 6 hrs.):
O Six to Twelve Hrs.:
O O
Issue 7 Rev. O
2vs 31r5 o em c:t*
O 1mmemm - g
--en---eme ee--- - - ,, S 0
UkU3OU3 EPP/IP-1.4 BEAVtR VALLEY POV!ER STAT!CN Page 1 of 15 EMERGENCY PREPARECNESS PLAN EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION A. OBJECTIVE This procedure provides interim instructions for the organization, activation, and operation of the Technical Support Center (TSC). This interim procedure implements the provisions of the BVPS Emergency Preparedness Plan in the existing station facilities until such time as the permanent ERF is constructed.
B. PREREQUISITES / INITIAL CONDITIONS i
An emergency condition has been declared at the Beaver Valley Power Station as provided in the BVPS Emergency Preparedness Plan.
C. PRECAUTIONS
- 1. The Shif t Supervisor must ensure that TSC activities a::d personnel asso-ciated with these activities do not interfer with the operational activities in the Control Room associated with returning the plant to a safe configuration.
O V 2. To ensure that appropriate and timely attention is paid to the in-plant and offsite aspects of the emergency condition, the Shif t Supervisor (until relieved by a designated Emergency Director) should delegate supervision of in-plant activities to the Shif t Foreman and assume the responsibilities of the Emergency Director as set forth in the BVPS Emergency Preparedness Plan.
1 D. GUIDANCE AND CRITERIA
- 1. Technical Support Center Function 1.1 The Technical Support Center (TSC) provides both plant management control and technical assistance to support Control Room personnel in the plant response to the emergency.
O b
nx , % e
N EPP/ZP-1.4 31 Page 2 of 15 D r, %
m LSpi L. 2 The functions of the TSC are initially performed in the Control Room and transfered to the TSC upon activation.
- 2. Technical Support Center Operability Criteria 2.1 The Emergency Director shall declare the technical support center (TSC) activated when in his judgement, the number of personnel and equipment available are adequate to perform the assigned functions of the TSC. As guidance the listing below suggests the minimum levels required. However, depending on the emergency conditions, more or less personnel may be required. The Emergency Director shall take whatever appropriate action necessary, consistant with establishing effective control and direction while mininimizing Control Room congestion and interference.
2.1.1 Personnel (min.):
o Emergency Director o Technical Support Coordinato r o EA & DP Coordinator o Communications Personnel (min. 2) o CATV/ Status Board Records Personnel (Min. 2)
- 2. l. 2 Equipment Operable (min.): O o Audio Communications (Head set circuit and/or direct-dial phone lines) to Control Room.
o NRC Phone (ENS - Red Hotline) or Bell Line.
o PAX & Bell Phone lines.
o Radio Communications link (Dose Assessment Monitoring) o Cameras and Monitors (#4, #5, #6, #7)
- 3. 0 The Technical Support Center Activation 3.1 The Technical Support Center Coordiantor shall inform the Emergency Director that the Technical Support Center is ready for activation when the following have occurred:
o Suf ficient TSC staf f members are present, depending on the actual emergency, as identified on Section 2.
O Issue 7 Rev. O
jf b. EPP/IP-1.4
'Ah5 Page 3 of 15 Cucuesne @
,s o Suf ficient communications equipment are operative for (N' ) TSC personnel to perform assigned functions identified in Section 2.
NOTE Refer to EPP/IP l.2, " Communications and Dissemination of Informatioa", and EPP/IP 1.4.1, " Operation of TSC Equipment".
NOTE Depending on type of Emergency or Circumstances, the Technical Support Center may be activated without complete staffing or all available communications equipment.
- 3. 2 The Emergency Director shall declare the Technical Support Center Activated and inform the Shif t Supervisor of the transfer of responsibilities. EPP/IP 1.3 - Emergency Director / Emergency Recovery Manager turnover checklist -
shall be used to assure a complete turnover of information.
- 3. 3 The Emergency Director shall direct the Shif t Supervisor to announce over the plant page party system that the
' (a) Technical Support Center has been activated,
- 4. Technical Support Center Location 4.1 The Technical Support Center is located in the BVPS Administration Building (See Attachment 1). These facilities are provided with equipment and materials required for implementation of the BVPS EPP.
l l Closed Circuit TV equipment and intercom telephones provide for TSC l
access to Control Room data and for conversations with operation personnel.
l l 4.2 If access to the TSC is restricted due to radiological or other conditions, the TSC/ECC function will be relocated to the DLC T & D South Heights district of fice until such time as access is restored. This facility is
, provided with emergency equipment and materials to support the initial l response.
l l
i v
Issue 7 Rev. O
d*81. EPP/ZP-1.4 31p3 Page 6 of 15 Dv' m l#i The Emergency Director and the Emergency Coordinators shall report to the Control Room. All others shall report to the South Heights Office.
4.3 Re-assigment of locations may be required to meet contingencies such as data equipment on communications systems failures, or inhabitability of the assigned work area.
- 5. TSC Organizational Responsibilities 5.1 The functional responsibilities of the individual TSC personnel (emergency coordinators) are identified in Section 5 of the BVPS Emergency Preparedness Plan and in various EPP Emergency Implementing Procedures, and are summarized in sections E.2 through to E.11 of this EPP/IP.
- 6. Emergency Coordinator Rotation 6.1 In the event the emergency condition is adjusted to be a long-term emergency due to the nature and extent of the emergency conditions, the Support Services Manager, with the assistance of the Emergency Director, shall establish a watch rotation schedule for TSC personnel. This watch rotation schedule should be implemented as directed by the Emergency Director, and as soon as plant conditions have stabilized sufficiently to make safe watch reliefs possible.
- 7. Interface with Other Emergency Organizations 7.1 Immediate response, assessment, and the implementation of protective (onsite) and corrective actions pertaining to an emergency condition at the Beaver Valley Power Station is the responsibility of the BVPS Emergency Director. He shall have the authority to act on the behalf of Duquesne Light Company in all matters concerning an emergency, at leas t until such time as the scope, severity, and potential radiological consequences have been assessed, and the appropriate corrective actions and onsite protective actions have been implemented, or until relieved of this responsibility by higher DLC management. For Site Area or General Emergencies, the overall responsibility and authority for the DLC emergency response shif ts to the Emergency / Recovery Manager. Fo llowing the critical period, but still with complete regard for health and safety, major decisons and corporate commitments are the responsibility of DLC management. Although in an emergency condition, the BVPS Emergency Director may seek and act upon the advice of others outside of Duquesne Light Company (such as State and Federal regulatory agencies, and/or industry advisory groups) the responsibility and authority for response n,.y 5 .m , , ,, , . m 4 a, . , a o n, . , y m n n
dE EPP/IP-1.4 Tar $ Page 5 of 15 D r? =eneliht s
7.2 When the Emergency Opertaions Facility (EOF) is activated, the Emer-
[ } gency/ Recovery Manager assumes responsibility and authority for the over
%J all DLC emergency response, with particular emphasis on offsite DLC activities. At this time, the Emergency Director and the TSC staff will concern themselves with only the onsite aspects of the emergency response.
NOTE An announcement over the Plant Page Party System will be made to inform personnel that the EOF is activated.
7.3 The BVPS Emergency Director shall maintain communications with the opera-ting or emergency organization at the Shippingport Atomic Power Station in the event of an emergency at BVPS or at SAPS. Section 5.4.1 of the BVPS Emergency Preparedness Plan describes the interface between the BVPS and SAPS emergency organizations.
7.4 The BVPS Emergency Director shall ensure that the primary emergency response agencies of the jurisdictions within the emergency planning zone (identified on the Emergency Notification Call-list) are fully apprised of the situation at the facility and the possible offsite consequences, if (m,/ any. The responsibilities of offsite organizations with regard to an emergency at BVPS are identified in the BVPS EPP. In summary, offsite emergency response groups have responsibility for all offsite actions for the protection of the general public, following notificaiton by BVPS that an emergency exists.
E. PROCEDURE
- 1. Emergency Director Upon occurrence of an off-normal or emergency conditien at the facility, the on-duty Shif t Supervisor shall proceed as follows:
NOTE This procedure is primarily related to activation of the emergency organi-zation. The Shif t Supervisor shall implement appropriate corrective actions to contend with the situation and to mitigate possible deterioration in plant conditions in accordance with the BVPS Operating Manual while simultaneously implementing this procedure and other appropriate Emergency Implementing Pro-cedures.
O]
\~-
Issue 7 Rev. O
N4., EPP/IP-1.4 31 Page 6 of 15 D n m@lht:i 1.1 Immediately upon notification of an existing or potential emergency assume the role of Emergency Director. Maintain this position until relieved by a designated Emergency Director, or until the emergency con-dition is terminated (short-term emergencies--less than about one-hour).
Refer to the TSC Call-list (attached to the Monthly Phone List) to iden-tify designated individuals.
- 1. 2 Perform appropriate assessment and corrective actions and classify the emergency as provided in EPP/I-1 " Recognition and Classification of Emer-gencies".
- 1. 3 Implement additional emergency measures in accordance with the appropriate EPP/ Instruction.
1.4 For emergency conditions within the Unusual Event Classificaiton, eval-uate the severity and nature of the emergency condition and the necessity for augmentation of the on-duty operating organization. If additional personnel are required, call-out appropriate designated Tsc personnel, and others as needed.
- 1. 5 For emergency conditions with the Alert, Site Area Emergency, and General Emergency classificattons, activate the entire TSC by calling-out desig-nated personnel to fill all emergency coordinator positions.
NOTE When calling out personnel, ensure the individuals notified understand the location to which they are to report. This is necessary since some personnel may be designated as alternates to an emergency coordinator position in addition to a primary assignment elsewhere (TSC/ EOF / ENC).
- 1. 6 Until called-out personnel arrive, appoint qualified emergency coordin-ators f rom the on-duty shif t or f rom other available personnel, as appro-priate, for assistance with current and continuing emergency control but assume those responsibilities until the positions are filled.
1
- 1. 7 Initially contend with the emergency from the Control Room.
Issue 7 Rev. O e
A EPP/IP-1.4 y Page 7 of 15 Drm U:t:t 1.8 If evacuation of the Control Room becomes necessary, or if off-duty personnel cannot approach the site due to onsite and/or offsite radiation levels (or other impediments), activate the alternate EOF in South Heights. In this case, direct called-out personnel to report to that location during notification.
1.9 Continue operation of the TSC until such time as the emergency is termin-ated, and normal operations are restored or a recovery organization is established.
1.10 Upon classification of the abnormal condition as an Alert Emergency, notify the designated Emergency / Recovery Manager and place him on stand-by 1.11 Upon classification of the abnormal condition as a Site Area or General Emergency, notify the designated Emergency / Recovery Manager to activate the Emergency Operation Facility. Refer to EPP/IP-1.6.
('N 1.12 A chronological log of emergency measures and communications shall be maintained by the Communications and Record Coordinator. All documents related to the emergency response, such as dose projection calculations, survey results, etc, shall be maintained for subsequent review and evalua-tion.
1.13 Emergency coordinators shall perform tasks related to their functional responsibilities assigned in the BVPS Emergency Preparedness Plan, or as directed by the Emergency Director. Each emergency coordinator shall apprise the Emergency Director of any significant changes in the status of his individual area of responsibility, and shall seek the advice of the Emergency Director in any major decision related to this area of respon-sibility.
f7 d
Issue 7 h O
[f$3 EPP/IP-1.4 "s1 F' Page 8 of 15 DC amo M l.14 The Operations Support Center or one of the assembly areas may be a resource of additional personnel to staff TSC positions, and/or perform other emergency response functions. On-duty personnel not actively involved with the accident recovery will assemble at the primary assembly area, if when accountability is ordered. When accountability is complete, selected personnel from assembly area will be assigned to the OSC.
NOTE The following sections summarize the designated functions of the various emergency coordinators assigned to the TSC. These listings are not intended to serve as a step-by-step procedure, not are they inclusive of all activities which fall within the purview of the designated position.
- 2. Assistant to the Emergency Director 2.1 Review BVPS EPP and EPP/IPs applicable to the particular emergency condi-tion and advise / prompt the Emergency Director in procedural requirements.
2.2 Assist the Emergency Director in performing administrative tasks to f ree the Emergency Director for decision making.
2.3 Assist other Emergency Coordinators with their assigned functions, provided such assistance does not conflict with paragraphs 2.1 and 2.2 of this EPP/IP.
2.4 Perform other tasks as assigned by the Emergency Director.
2.5 Upon declaration of a Site Area or General Emergency, proceed to the Emergency Operations Facility to serve as Assistant to the Emergency /
Recovery Manager.
- 2. Operations Coordinator NOTE The Operations Coordinator is assigned to the Control Room and will remain there through the emergency.
3.1 Serve as the laison between the Emergency Director and the Shif t operating personnel.
3.2 Advise the Emergency Director on matters concerning plant operations.
O Issue 7 Rev. 0
gYhL EPP/IP-l.4 1hg3 Pzga 9 of 15 DU=ars @
("'} 3.3 Assume responsibility for routine administrative tasks normally performed
-' by the NSS.
3.4 Assist in plant assessment and corrective actions by providing appro-priate direction and support to the NSS and/or NSOF.
3.5 Apprise the Radiological Controls Coordinator of planned plant operations which will require additional radcon technician coverage or which will result in a significant deterioration in in-plant radiolgocial condi-tions.
3.6 Apprise the EA & DP Coordiantor of planned plant operations which will result in a significant change in plant effluent radiological level.
3.7 Remain alert to assessment activities performed by other Emergency Coor-dinators, such as the EA & DP Coordiantor, which could assist in the assessment of plant conditions. For example, high radioiodine levels in plant effluents or containment atmosphere would be indicative of signifi-cant core damage.
fs 3.8 Perform other tasks as assigned by the Emergency Director.
(
'- 4. Communications and Records Coordinator 4.1 Serve as liaison for emergency-related communications between the Emer-gency Director and of fsite emergency groups.
4.1.1 Evaluate the need for additional personnel as required, and assign personnel for extra shifts, if necessary.
4.2 Maintain communications between the Emergency Director and Emergency Coordinators working at locations other than the TSC.
4.3 Screen all direct calls to the Emergency Director and either re-direct the call to the applicable Emergency Coordinator, to the Emergency Director, or to DLC Public Information Department, as appropriate.
4.4 When the EOF is activated, serve as the communications liaison for the EOF and offsite agencies as requested by the Emergency / Recovery Manager.
i
/ \
l rm_ .m - - a
jflh. EPP/IP-1.4 91 b' Page 10 of 15 D' m lhti 4.5 Ensure that all incoming and outgoing calls made by Communications personnel -- either by telephone or by radio -- are logged and that these logs are retained.
4.6 To the extent possible, maintain a narrative log of TSC activities.
4.6.1 Update organizational status boards of personnel arriving at TSC.
4.7 Supervise other designated communicators in their assigned tasks, ensuring that all communications are performed in accordance with BVPS OM Chapter 40 and EPP/IP-1.1 "Notificaitons" and EPP/IP-1.2 " Communications and Dissemination of Information.
4.8 Perform other tasks as assigned by the Emergency Director.
- 5. Radiological Control Coordinator 5.l When notified of the emergency, the Radiological Control Coordinator shall notify one of the Radeon Foreman and request that he commence a call-out of radcon personnel. During backshifts, the call-out should be initiated by the Radiological Control Coordinator prior to departing his home. Once the call-out is complete, the foreman should report to the Radcon Operations Center.
5.2 Direct and coordinate all onsite radiation control activities, implemen-ting appropriate radiological controls in response to observed radio-logical conditions or as directed by the Emergency Director.
5.3 Ensure that appropriate personnel dosimetry is in use and that personnel exposure files are updated on a timely basis. Advise the Emergency Director and appropriate work group supervision of potentially limiting personnel exposure trends.
5.4 Advise the Emergency Director on matters concerning in-plant radiation controls.
5.5 Interface onsite radiation controls with offsite radiation assessment activities via the EA & DP Coordiantor, providing radiation control per-sonnel to man monitoring teams as requested and as available.
O z
dE.
7M d EPP/IP-1.4 Page 11 of 15 D r'@m C#
5.6 Apprise the Operations Coordinator and the EP & DP Coordinator of a signifi-cant radiological conditions within the plant which could be used in
['%.)) assessing plant conditions and/or radiological ef fluents. (e.g.: High airborne activity in the Turbine Building which could escape to the atmos-phere unmonitored.
5.7 Provide monitoring personnel to support decontamination efforts.
5.8 Apprise the Emergency Director of shortfalls in available personnel or equipment and request appropriate augmentation from other resources identified in the BVPS EPP.
5.9 Perform other tasks as assigned by the Emergency Director.
- 6. Environmental Assessment and Dose Projection Coordinator 6.1 Direct and coordinate all of fsite radiological assessment activities including dose projection, of fsite monitoring, environmental monitoring, etc.
6.2 Evaluate field monitoring, environmental sample analysis data, and where appropriate, process stream sample analysis data to assess radiological
(- impact of the emergency.
N,j]
6.3 Based on assessment data recommend appropriate offsite protective actions to the Emergency Director for relay to offsite agencies.
6.4 Where possible, advise the Operations Coordinator and the Emergency Director on the scheduling of planned emergency releases to take advan-tage of favorable meteorological conditions.
6.5 Interface DLC offsite monitoring activities with that of the offsite agencies and serve as the sole technical contact for offsite agencies with I regard to DLC radiological assessment activities.
6.6 Designate appropriate personnel to assist with the EA & DP f actions.
6.7 When the EOF is activated, transfer EA & DP functions to the EOF.
6.8 Perform other tasks as assigned by the Emergency Director or the Emer-gency/ Recovery Manager.
l f~h)
()
l Issue 7 Rev. 0 l
Nt EPP/IP-l.4 Il Page 12 of 15 D m m@U:li
- 7. Technical Support Coordinator 7.l When notified of the emergency, the Technical Support Coordinator shall notify a designated alternate to his position and request tha t the alter-nate call-out the designated TSC technical staff. During back shifts, the TSC Coordinator should initiate this call-out prior to departing his home.
7.2 When the TSC is activated, the Technical Support Coordinator will direct and coordinate the emergency activities of the technical and engineering personnel assigned to the TSC.
7.3 The TSC Coordinator will serve as the liaison between the Operations Coor-dinator and the DLC and vendor engineering / technical personnel.
7.4 When the E0F is activated, the TSC Coerdintaor will serve as the liaison between onsite technical and engineering personnel and the operating personnel. The TSC Coordinator will interface with the Engineering Manager for engineering support beyond the capabilities of the onsite personnel.
7.5 The TSC Coordinator and the TSC personnel will evaluate and assess plant conditions and where appropriate, recommend revised operating procedures and the conceptual design of necessary plant modificaitons.
7.6 The TSC Coordinator will review all proposed modificaitons and revised operating procedures for safety concerns prior to installation or imp leme nta t io n. Where necessary, the TSC Coordinator will make appropriate recommendations to the Onsite Safety Committee regarding these changes.
7.7 Periodically monitor dose rates in the TSC using survey equipment stored in the TSC . Report results and/or request additional monitoring of the Radcon Operations Center if necessary.
7.8 Perform other tasks as assigned by the Emergency Director.
- 8. Chemistry Coordinator 8.1 Advise the Emergency Director or technical matters concerning chemistry. Provide chemistry analysis results to key Emergency Coordinators when requested.
8.2 Coordinate chemistry personnel for in-plant sampling and analysis with the Nuclear Shif t Supervisor.
8.3 Provide chemistry personnel for analysis of onsite/offsite environmental samples.
T a cto 7 Reif 0
SEDL EPP/IP-1.4 lhr5 Page 13 of 15 D"N U:ts
- 9. Maintenance Coordinator 9.1 Direct and coordinate the activities of the Electrical, Mechancial and I & C maintenance personnel in support of assessment and corrective actions on plant systems and equipment.
9.2 Serve as the liaison between the Emergency Director and the normal main-tenance organization.
9.3 Advise the Emergency Director on matters concerning the maintenance status of plant equipment.
9.4 Coordinate in-plant maintenance activities with the Radiological Controls Coordinator to provide for appropriate radcon coverage of work in radiation areas.
9.5 Perform other tasks as assigned by the Emergency Director.
- 10. Security Coordinator 10.1 Direct and coordinate the activities of the BVPS security force in maintaining and appropriate security posture at the station.
7-- 10.2 Ensure that the security measures are compatible with the need for
(,,/ rapid emergency access and minimizing the excess exposure of security personnel.
NOTE Maintaining security is normally not suf ficient justification for granting emergency exposure limits to security personnel. If radiological conditions impact the habitability of the security posts, the security perimeter should be expanded to where dose rates allow manning security posts.
10.3 Coordinate evacuation and accountability functions of the security response personnel as outlined in EPP/IP-3.2 " Personnel Accountability".
10.4 Expeditiously provide for Station access for emergency response personnel who do not have current security badging at the Beaver Valley Power Station.
10.5 Establish roadblocks on public raodways which cross the BVPS exclusion area as provided in EPP/IP-3.5. "Traf fic and Access Control", until such time as they are relieved by state or 1ccal police personnel or dose rates decrease.
i s_,/ 10.6 If an evacuation is called, perform traffic control and other activities as provided in EPP/IP-3.5, " Traffic and Access Control"; EPP/IP-3.1,
" Evacuation"; and EPP/TP-3.2, " Personnel Accountability".
Issue 7 Rev. O
6
$bi, EPP/IP-1.4 Tips Page 14 of 15 Ducmsm @
ll. Operations Communicator NOTE The Operations Communicator is located in the Control Room to man the Radcon/ Operations headset phones, 11.1 Provide accurate, verified information to other Emergency centers (TSC/ EOF /CAS/EA & DP/OSC/ ROC) via the Radcon/ Operations circuits.
11.2 Provide the Nuclear Shif t Supervisor with accurate, verified information from other Emergency Support Centers (TSC/ EOF /EA & DP/OSC/ ROC /CAS).
- 12. Functions Served in the EOF 12.1 During Unusual Event or Alert Emergencies, the Emergency Operations Facility will not normally be activated. The functions served by the Emergency Managers in the EOF are not expected to be necessary to the degree which requires designation of specific individuals to perform these functions. These functions are instead assigned to Emergency Coor-dinators in the TSC, or are available through normal administrative channels.
Unusual Events and Site Area and General Alert Emergencies Emergencies Emergency Director Emergency / Recovery Manager EA & DP Coordinator EA & DP Coordinator Director of Administrative Support Services Services
- Manager Technical Support Coordinator Engineering Manager Communications & Records Office Agency Laison Coordinator PID Representative Public Information >bnager
- Normal Organization title.
Issue 7 Rev. 0
g]!*; EPP/IP-1.4 74's Page 15 of 15 O nm LW.,
O F. REFERENCES
- 1. Beaver Valley Power Station Emergency Preparedness Plan and Implementing Pro-cedures
- 2. Beaver Valley Power Station Operating Manual
- 3. Title 10 Code of Federal Regulations Park 50, Appendix E
- 4. NUREG-0654/ FEMA-REP-1 " Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants.
- 5. NRC Inspection Report 50-334 #81-27 (The concept of operations described in this EPP/IP were incorporated in response to finding.)
G. ATTACHMENTS
- 1. TSC Location i
i O
O Issue 7 Rev. O
P.PQ.
I D WM W ,
1
- 1 i
i g
C--- *-ww-- e
. O
' EPP/IP-l.4 AD Attachment 1 D
O A
$$E . . .
A
'E c
N h
I.
-:2:::
- d* A 6 @ tj iig:i: e 4
]
w A - llC
- .:<.:+. . ,;$5:i:j u p ij ' ^ " . 0i:4 d d :-
' .:::o I .i(:!f" I a <
>. !fffii:
- 52:2..
t;gj.,
.i:ii:it ~~
m
,z g c: o. H l g ., .
. 3+::::.+ . , $
=
o
" ;;p:i;A.L:*:::i
- .y
- 5'
- .g. g u I .g;..
- < . ;g :285!(( o>u p g
mn_ g
'b # .;s.:: t58 o I
w ::: . .
'I d :i:
l 8 e g
.- u
.e E o a I 10 m- .-
I
~
. \
c
=
w 6J e- 6 f_==
5 ~
._ g c
W m cc
=
< mee l -
.i m wa @
d E
, i;; d j u e
o
- a o
EE 5
! c *~ 'o H
- Ea u 5 5 '
1 x & 2 c =
6 e
o 5
- =
a &
e 5 e
m-M a =
g
^
O E
=
r C
Issue 7 Rev. 0
.%CL A
D o m@w e
IhTEhTIONALLY BLANK O
l 1
1 1
\
l t
1 0
l t
CUCU3$US M EPP/IP-1.4.1 Page 1 of 9 BEAVER VALLEY POWER STATION EMERGENCY PREFARECNESS PLM EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE OPERATION OF TECHNICAL SUPPORT CENTER EQUIPMENT A. OBJECTIVE This procedure describes the operation of the communicaiton equipment located in the Technical Support Center. The equipment addressed includes the Closed circuit video equipment, the auto-ring direct telephone lines, and the FM radio system.
B. PREREQUISITES / INITIAL CONDITIONS
- 1. 120 VAC power must be available from the uninterupted power supply system (UPS)
(inverter powered from DC batteries) in order to operate the majority of the equipment. Administration building distribution panel RP2 must be energized to operate the remaining equipment.
- 2. The equipment is tested and verified operable in accordance with BVT 1.1-1.60.2
" Interim Technical Support Center Control Monitoring Operability test".
C. PRECAUTIONS
- 1. When reading Control Room chart recorders with the closed circuit TV system, remain alert to chart interpretation error caused by parallax, or by scaling factors which may modify observed chart readings. On some chart recorders, the scaling factor may change with increasing response (range-switching).
Where possible, chart recorder traces should be compared to other indications of the same parameter (eg: meters) to ensure proper interpretation.
D. GUIDANCE AND CRITERIA
- 1. Video Systems l 1. L There are four color video cameras and 3 black and white video cameras
! mounted in the Control Room ceiling. The cameras can be remotely panned, l
titled, zoomed, and focused from the TSC. In addition, the iris (lens l
opening) on the color cameras can be remotely operated. The field of vision of the color cameras include the benchboards and the vertical panels A, B, and C. Two black and white cameras are fixed in the direction of the radiation monitoring racks, and the third camera is fixed on the meteorology recorders. The rotation of the cameras (panning)
( is limited by stops.
l l
i Issue 7 Rev. O
dli, EPP/IP-l.4.1 31p3 Page 2 of 9 Du mW 1.2 The video signal from the cameras is transmitted to the TSC via 9 fiber optic cables. Transmitters and receivers located at the ends of these optic cables convert the video signal into light pulses, and vice versa.
1.3 There are seven color monitors located in the TSC. One for each camera.
A switch on each monitor (operable only on monitors 4, 5, and 6) allows the operator to chose to monitor either the incoming camera signal (LINE) or a signal from the videocassette recorders (VTR).
l.4 Three time-date generators provide on-screen indications of time and date on monitors 4, 5 and 6. Controls on the generator allow the operator to position and display where desired, to chose the size and format of the display, and to adjust the time and date. The generated time and date signal is recorded along with the incoming camera signal if the VTRs are in the record mode, providing for subsequent post-accident evaluation.
l.5 Three camera controls, labeled TXI, TX2, TX3 (transmitters) provide for remote control of all seven cameras from the TSC. TX1 operates came ras l, 2, 3; TX2 operates cameras 4, 5, and 6. TX3 normally operates -
only camera 7, but can be selected to operate any of the seven cameras.
The transmitters provide for control of the assigned cameras, one at a time, Pan, tilt, zoom, and focus are entrolable with the transmitters.
In addition, the transmitter for cameras 4, 5, 6 and 7 provide for adjustment of the camera light level (iris).
l.6 Three videocassette recorders provide for recording the signal from cameras 4, 5, and 6. The other cameras cannot be recorded. The recorders are commercial standard 3/4" U-matic recorders. Each cassette provides for one hour of program. Microphones attached to the recorders provide for recording a running narrative. The recorders have a monitor feature by which the signal being recorded on the tape can be monitored.
This corresponds to the VTR switch on the monitors.
O Issue 7 Rev. O
$f$h EPP/IP-1.4.1
'1 Page 3 of 9 Cuc b'eEne L!:ht
- 2. Telephone Systems
[v}
2.1 Six telephone sets are provided in the TSC. The telephones are connected to three sets of two lines,providing for six simultaneous conversations. The system is an auto-ring system. There are two lines to each station:
Technical Support Center 1 (on three phones)
Technical Support Center 2 (on three phones)
Control Operator 1 Control Operator 2 Shift Supervisor 1 (has speaker phone)
Shift Supervisor 2 Computer Room 1 (has speaker phone)
Computer Room 2 (has extension cord to serve EA & DP Coordinator)
Buttons on each phone allow selection of one of hte three parties on that circuit. ("1" phones cannot talk to "2" phones, etc.) . When the receiver is picked up, the phone associated with whatever button is depressed will f-')
k/
ring automatically. This system is independent of the PAX system
% or the Bell system, and calls to stations other than those identified are not po ssible .
- 3. FM Radio System 3.1 The FM console allows communication with all DLC Industrial Radio System (approximately 150 MHZ) radios. This includes communication with dispatched monitoring teams via high hand walkie-talkies, and the BVPS-1 and SAPS Control Rooms and ECCs. The radio has a private line feature, which provides a means of silencing communications not directed to the TSC (tone-operated squelch). With the PL feature on, the speaker on the console is squelched unless a station on PL1 transmits.. If the PL feature is of f, the speaker will respond to all communications on the high band. Lifting the handset turns of f the speaker and unsquelches the receiver, such that all does not provide for additional conversations--only one conversation can be held at one time--however, all parties on PL1 will hear the conversation. There is a separate repeater transmitter and antenna for this console. On transmit, the g -) PL feature is always operable. As such, only receivers with PL1 or no
\~ / PL feature can receive transmissions from the TSC.
n m.m
, n, o
dl/, EPP/IP-1.4.1
- 74.T Page 4 of 9 Dem W
- 4. Power Supplies and Switchgear Location In the Administration Building:
4.1 TV Monitors #1, 2, 3 RP-2 PNL Elect. Closet 718' Circuit 46 4.2 TV Monitors #4, 5, 6, 7 TP-L PNL PAX Room 718' Circuit 8 4.3 TX1, TX2 TP-1 PNL PAX Room 718' Circuit 9 4.4 TX3 TP-1 PNL PAX Room 718' Circuit 8 4.5 Fiber Optic Receiver Equipment TP-1 PNL PAX Room 718' Circuit 10 4.6 Video Recorder #1 (Camera 4) RP-2 PNL Elect Closet 718' Circuit 46 4.7 Video Recorder #2 (Camera 5) RP-2 PNL Elect Closet 718' Circuit 45 4.8 Video Recorder #3 (Camera 6) RP-2 PNL Elect Closet 718' Circuit 45 4.9 Time /Date Generators RP-2 PNL Elect Closet 718' Circuit 46 4.10 Auto-Ring Telephones TP-1 PNL PAX Room 718' Circuit 46 4.11 FM Radio Console / Repeater RP-2 PNL Elect Closet 718' Circuit 45 In the Control Room Computer Room:
4.12 Video Cameras, Fiber Optics, AC DIST PNL (Section #00) Circuit 11 Telephones E. PP,0CEDURE
- 1. System Start-Up 1.1 Set up auto ring telephone system as described below. If telephones are in place and connected, proceed to Step 1.2.
1.1.1 Obtain telephone sets from the storage cabinets located under the video monitors. The key to the cabinets is available in the General Office, or from security.
1.1.2 locate the telephone sets on the TSC desk so that the numbered connector can be connected to the corresponding receptacle.
1.1.3 Connect the telephone sets to the phone receptacles located underneath the table. The connectors are keyed to properly align the connections. Match up each of the phone cords with the appropriately labeled connector. The connections are numbered from 21 to 27. With a small screwdriver, or other appropriate instrument, tighten the connector retaining screws, 1.2 Energize the telephone system by closing the circuit breaker for circuit 7 in the TP-1 distribution panel (located in the PAX Room 718').
O Issue 7 Rev. O
3 3L$, EPP/IP-1.4.1 33p3 Page 5 of 9 O n m LW.,
1.3 Using the PAX or Bell systems, request that Control Room personnel remove the lens caps from all seven cameras and then, energize circuit 11 (a) on the AC DIST PNL located on the rear of computer section 00.
NOTE The lens caps for the video cameras should be removed prior to energizing the cameras to prevent damage. Circuit 11 powers both the telephones and the video cameras.
1.4 Energize video equipment supply circuits as follows:
1.4.1 TP-1 PNL PAX Room 718' Administration Building Circuit 8 Circuit 9 Circuit 10 1.4.2 RP-2 PNL Electrical Closet 718' Administration Circuit 45 Building Circuit 46 1.5 Energize the video equipment as follows:
1.5.1 TV Monitors Pull out f ront panel knob labeled PULL-ON-VOL Rotate volume control knob fully counterclockwise (there is no audio).
A/
- Position knob labeled VTR-LINE to "LINE".
1.5.2 Video Tape Recorders Remove the cabinet doors and place them aside.
Push the ON-0FF switch to "0N". Other controls will be set in section 5 of this EPP/IP.
1.5.3 Time Date/ Generators Press the POWER switch to "0N" on all three units.
1.5.4 Camera Control Transmitters (TXs)
The TX units energize when the respective distribution
! circuit is energized.
NOTE The CAM PWR (camera power) control on the TX units is not operable.
I Camera power is controled by AC DIST PNL Circuit 11 and a manual power I switch (normally on) located on the cameras.
l v) 1 Issue 7 Rev. 0 l
l
$$fs EPP/IP-1.4.1 Iq Page 6 of 9 D r'pS M U:ii Position the two toggle switches on the Control Pair Transfer Panel (located next to TX3) to the up position (labeled "TX1", "TX2")
NOTE With the toggles in the "TXL" TX2" positions, TX3 controls only camera 7. If the left hand toggle switch is positoned to the "TX3" position, control of cameras 1, 2, and 3 is transferred from TX1 to TX3. In a similar manner, if the right hand toggle switch is positioned to the "TX3" position, control of cameras 4, 5, and 6 is transferred from TX2 to TX3. If both toggles are positioned to "TX3", TX3 controls all seven cameras.
1.6 Energize the FM radio console by turning the power switch to "0N". The repeater cabinet is energized when circuit 45 on RP-2 is energized.
1.7 Position the "EPP" switch to the "EPP/ Normal" position and connect phone sets to the extension jacks.
- 2. Operation of TV Monitors 2.1 Once energized, the TV monitors will display the video image from the associated camera if the VTR-LINE switch is in the "LINE" position.
Monitor 1 displays Camera 1 image, Monitor 2 displays Camera 2 image, and so on.
2.2 Monitors 4, 5 and 6 can display the output signal of the associated VTR if the VTR-LINE switch is in the "VTR" position. This provides for monitoring during recording and viewing VTR playback. VTR-1 is connected to Monitor 4 and Camera 4. VTR 2 is connected to Monitor 5 and Camera 5.
VTR 3 is connected to Monitor 6 and Camera 6.
2.3 Monitor controls for V-HOLD (vertical hold) (located under small panel under PULL-ON-VOL switch); and the BRIGHT (brightness), TINT, and COLOR controls operate in a manner identical to similar controls on a convent-ional television receiver. The COLOR-PILOT (located under the small panel) is an automatic circuit which, when activated, adjusts color, tint, brightness, and contrast. With the COLOR-PILOT activated, the O
Issue 7 Rev. O
gi'Q EPP/IP-1.4.1
%6 LW Dn;m Page 7 of 9 COLOR, TINT, BRIGHT, and PANABRITE controls will adjust within a narrow O range, With the COLOR-PILOT de-activated, the controls operate in a wide-range mode. The PANABRITE control (located on the bottom edge of the front panel) is a picture control which simultaneously adjusts bright-ness, contrast, and color. The VOL (volume) control is operable only if an audio narration is recorded (dubbed) on the VTR with the hand-held microphone. There are no microphones in the Control Room.
- 3. Operation of Control Transmitters (TX units)
Refer to Attachment 1 of this EPP/IP for operational information on the TX units.
- 4. Operation of the Time /Date Generators Refer to Attachment 2 of this EPP/IP for operational information on the time /
date generators.
- 5. Operation of the Videotape Recorders Refer to Attachment 3 of this EPP/IP for operational information on the video-tape recorders.
- 6. Operation of the Auto-Ring Telephone System 6.1 To communicate with another station, proceed as follows:
6.1.1 Press the button labeled with the name of the station with which you desire to communicate.
6.1.2 Pick up the handset. The receiver at the other station will automatically ring until answered.
6.1.3 Proceed with the conversation.
6.2 To operate the speaker phones:
6.2.1 Press the ON button on the speaker control.
6.2.2 Press the AREA button on the speaker control.
6.2.3 Proceed with the conversation. The handset does not have to be lifted.
I v
Issue 7 Rev. O
d$ EPP/IP-l.4.1 7arS Page 8 of 9 D r,m CW,,
- 7. Operation of the FM Radio System 7.1 To communicate with the BVPS-1 Control Room, proceed as follows:
7.l.1 Position the PL switch to the "PL" position.
7.l.2 Remove the handset from the hook and depress the handset TRANSMIT button. Use the following call:
"KGG-872 Beaver Valley Control Room, this is Beaver Valley Technical Support Center, Over" 7.1.3 Release the TRANSMIT button and wait for station response.
When the called station responds, depress the TRANSMIT button, provide the message, and release the TRANSMIT button.
7.1.4 Terminate the conversation with the following phrase:
"KGG-872 Beaver Valley Control Room, this is Beaver Valley Technical Support Center, out".
7.2 To communicate with other high hand stations, proceed as follows:
NOTE The radio in the Technical Support Center has a private line #1 (PLL).
This station cannot communicate with stations on PL2, unless the PL feature on those units is turned off.
7.2.1 Using the protocol in step 7.1, substitute the desired station designators:
KGB-430 DLC System Operator KA-4102 All high hand walkie talkies (add " REMOTE #- "
designator to the call.)
Also on the high hand, but with PL2 feature are:
KOK-912 PA State Police K0K-913 Beaver County Communications Center WSU-468 Hancock County Sheriff's Dispatcher WSU-469 Columbiana County Disaster Services 7.3 For radio-check procedure and other information refer to BVPS OM Chapter 40 Section 4.
O Issue 7 Rev. O
SYhl EPP/IP-1.4.1 lhp3 Page 9 of 9 Dr?=anel)hi g) F. REFERENCES V 1. Beaver Valley Power Station Emergency Preparedness Plan and Implementing Procedures.
- 2. Beaver Valley Power Station Operating Manual
- 3. Equipment Technical Manual (Filed under DCP 316)
- 4. Title 10 Code of Federal Regulations Part 50, Appendix E.
- 5. NUREG-0696 " Functional Criteria for Emergency Response Facilities"
- 6. NUREG-0654/ FEMA-REP-1 " Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants G. ATTACHMENTS
- 1. Operation of the Control Transmitters (TX Units)
- 2. Operation of the Time /Date Generators
- 3. Operation of the Videotape Recorders
(~'s 4. Equipment Block Diagram
- 5. Ventilation System Shutdown O)
Issue 7 Rev. O
5% ,
%r5 omme -
O INTENTIONALLY BLANK 4
9 O
.r a.
'3gp EPP/IP .1,4,1
&q===1e @ Attachmtn't 1 1-01 ef ^
OPERATION OF CONTROL TRANSMITTERS (TX. UNITS) ao.c cur wm m r== urr o, s.n O O O O O O O O O o l o
~
O_.
- 1. A TX unit operates only when the CONTROL button is depressed, and when the unit is synchronized with the camera indicated in the ADDRESS window. If the CONTROL button is released, the function (tilt, pan, etc) being performed will continue until the function button is released. Following that, it will be necessary v) to depress CONTROL to select another function or to re-use the previous function.
- 2. Select the camera to be controlled as follows.
2.1 Check that the two toggle switches on the Control Pair Transfer Panel are set to the 'TX1" and 'TX2" positions respectively. In this position TX1 controls Cameras 1, 2, and 3; TX2 controls Cameras 4, 5, and 6; and, TX3 Controls Camera 7.
2.2 On the TX unit, press and hold in the CONTROL button.
2.3 Note the numeral Illuminated in the ADDRESS window. If this is the desired camera, press the ADR button to synchronize the selected camera with the TX unit. The CONTROL button may be released.
2.4 If a different camera (limited to those available on that particular TX) is desired, press and hold in the CONTROL button. Rotate the SELECT knob until the desired camera number appears. Press the ADR button to synchronize the newly selected camera. The CONTROL button may be released.
- 3. Operate the selected camera by pressing the CONTROL button and simul-taneously pressing one of the function buttons. The function buttons control the l camera as follows:
Issue 7 Rev. 0 ,
l
dE EPP/ IP-1.4.1 .
31 Attachment 1 D ""'ND
% Page 2 of 2 0
3.1 IRIS-On the color cameras, the lens opening (iris) can be either OPENED or CLOSED to adjust for Control Room light conditions.
The iris control on the B and W cameras is automatic and cannot be remotely operated (Cameras 1, 2 and 3) .
3.2 ZOOM-On all cameras, the degree of lens magnificaiton can be adjusted either IN or OUT. In the IN direction, the degree of magnficiation increases and the angle of view decreases. In the OUT direction, the degree of magnificaiton decreases, but the angle of view is wider.
3.3 FOCUS-On all cameras, images NEAR and FAR can be brought into focus.
The IRIS and ZOOM controls may have an effect on cameras FOCUS. If either the IRIS or ZOOM is changed, the camera may require re-focusing.
3.4 UP/DOWN-On all cameras, the lens can be tilted up or down.
3.5 LEFT/RIGHT-On all cameras, the lens can be rotated (panned) left or right.
NOTE Once selected and synchronized, it is not necessary to re-address a camera to change camera focus, zoom, iris, pan or tilt. However, it is necessary to press and hold in the CONTROL button any time the camera is being operated.
O Issue 7 Rev. O
TA
- e. LYF/W 1,4,1 Attachmertt 2 D"r5 NI.ldt Pcgo 1 of 2 OPERATION OF THE TNE/DATE GENERATORS
-O V
ma - ear t
p 6 6 i'L
~
- 4. ..
swx yN 81hKUTTCP Surf MT N = 0 O O v
Once energized and set, the time /date generators will require no further actions on the part of the operator.
1 When the time /date generater is energized, a data and time should appear on the monitor Nonitors 4,5, and 6 only). Adjust the display as follows:
1.1 Select the size of the display be positien the SIZE centrol to either the "S" (small) or "L" (large) position.
Issue 7 Rev. 0 .
>.m. ____ _ _ _ _ _ . _ _ _ . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . _ . . _ . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___m
g}Q EPP/IP-1.4.1 Ta D-p~:ne @ Attache nt 2 Page 2 of 2
- 1. 2 Se lect the arrangement of the display by positioning the STACK
' switch to:
"H" (horizontal)-date and time will appear side by side on the screen "V" (Vertical)-The time will be positioned above the date.
1.3 The position of the display on the screen was set during system testing. If a change is desired, adjust the "H" (horizontal) and "V" (vertical) POSITION controls accordingly with a small screwdriver.
NOTE The display position on the monitor will also be the approximate position on the videotape recorder (and the subsequent tape playback) image.
- 2. Correc t the displayed time and date as follows:
2.1 With a small pointed object (pencil point, etc), press the START /STOP control. The seconds display will reset to "00" and the timer will stop.
2.2 Press the SHIFT button once. The minutes display will start to flash of f and on.
2.3 Press the SET button to change the displayed minutes. Set the minutes display 1 to 2 minutes in advance of the current time to provide sufficient time to adjust remaining digits. When the desired minutes are displayed, release the SET button.
2.4 Press the SHIFT button. The month display will flash. Press the SET button until the proper month appears.
2.5 Press the SHIFT button to adjust the day display. The day digits will flash. Press the SET button until the proper day appears.
2.6 Repeat step 2.5 to adjust the year digits. Note, the year display counts u sequentially from "00". Use caution so as not to bypass the desired year.
2.7 When the date and time have been appropriately set, compare the set tim'e against the current time. When the current time equals the set time, press the START /STOP button. At this point, the timer will start.
2.G If af ter setting the date display, the time display is behind current time, it will be necessary to reset the time display. Use caution, since if "59" minutes is passed, the hour digits will advance one hour, and if the hours happened to be "23", the date display would advance one day, and so forth.
.d Issue 7 Rev. O
(pk $$((c$ ink'nt'h D rim L]dit Page 1 of 2 OPERADON OF THE WDEOTAPE RECORDERS INTERNAL A""'"
O
~
NoauAL -
e sNc V R AMC LEYEL (cow)
DJ8 SELECT SKEW (etr) TRACXING (cfr)
' VIDED LEYEL (cew h \ \[D I7gs -
W j / A_ \ EJECT l -
g '
muse
- ! b FF
' FWD RWD PcwER n ITOP hTV QN hAGC e um v uuE sofr v.
V CH2 INPUT AUDro VIDED AUD10 WOMTOR .
SELECT UNITER LEVEL l
l 1. To Record 1.1 Set VTR controls as follows:
. Centrol Pesition l MD10RY COUNTER OFF SYNC ,
NORM AL AUDIO M ONITOR MIX SKEW Center of rotation TRACKING Center of rotation (detent)
DUB SELECT NORM AL Issue 7 Rev. 0, -, . . .
y EPP/IP-1.4.1 D"g'
N I4*
MatcP!P23 I
i AUDIO LEVEL (CH1,CH2) Fully counterclockwise (
VIDEO LEVEL Fully counterclockwise '
, INPUT SELECT LINE '
AUDIO LB11TER OFF
' VID$O' L'EVEL AGC ON/OFF ,
Depressed 1.2 Push EJECT switch to raise deck. Allow the VTR to raise and lower deck.
Do not try to close the deck manually.
1.3 Insert a tape cassette completely into the deck. The edge of the cassette with the bevel corners should be inserted first and the tape windows should be visible from the top of the deck. The cassette can not be inserted upside down, do not force it.
1.4 Push REWIND button. Tape will autorc itically lower and rewind.
1.5 To start recording, push both RECORD ar d FORWARD buttons simul-taneously. The video level is automatically set when the VIDEO LEVEL control is in the "AG C" position.
1.6 On the associated monitor, turn the VTR-LINE switch to "VTR" to monitor the program being recorded.
~
NOTE If the time /date generators are not being used, mark the starting time and date on the cartridge box. When the tape is finished, mark the stop time and date.
1.7 To stop recording, push STOP button.
1.8 To eject the tape, push EJECT button. '
- 2. Taoe Playback 2.1 When the tape is finished, push STOP.
2.2 " Push REWIND. The tape will stop automatically when the rewinding is complete.
t 3.3 To playback, push PLAY. Adjust the monitor for proper picture.
- 3. To Dub Audio i
Audio narration can be added to a tape during the recording of a video signal. Use the hand mike to add desired narration. Adjust the AUDIO LEVEL until the meter rarely deflects beyond '0" VU while speaking into the mike.
Issue 7 Rev. 0 . .- -
l .
VIDEO SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM VTR= Video Tape Recorder T/D= Time /Date generator o
,, TX-Control Transmitter -
i; I Txi l Txz' I a T3 1 I Tx3 1 b ii l' .lI ' II' se
- g. 3 i j j ~.,
w< ,.__.._____.__.il.__. . _ _ _ _ .
_q .
l l
. l Cm i-74-- -]
. l l
l j l .
.I l . I I i i CAM CAM CAM CAN CAM CAM CAM i 2 3 4 5 6 7 -
B&W B&W B&W Color Color Color Coior l lD l VTR VTR VTR I 2 3 eine( O,,7 o O O O Oj O l
MONITOR i j i MONITOR 2 MON! TOR 3 MONITOR 4 MONITOR 5 MONITOR 6 l MONITOR 7 e e l
1 0
i dE EPP/IP- 1. 6.1 31r5 Attachment 5 l D O_ m W 9
1 i
VENTILATION SYSTEM SHUTDOWN To shut down the ventilation system in the Administration Building, perform either of the following:
L. Trip the main switch breaker--JL Breaker #1, Power Panel PP3 Panel is located in the main power supply room (second door on the lef t on cooridor leading to exterior stairwell (requires key A-7 or master) .
- 2. Trip fan safety switches:
AHU #1 Fan (east ventilation unit)
AHU #2 Fan (west ventilation unit)
AHU #3 Fan (records rc,om ventilation)
OR Switch the ventilation controls to "off" positoin on the Ventilation control Panel and Records Room Ventilation Panel.
Safety switches are located in the penthouse (required key A-3 or master) .
O Issue 7 Rev. 0
bMCU38$$ N EPP/IP-1.5 BEAVER VALLEY POWER STATICN Page 1 of 5 EMERGENCY PREPARECNESS PLAN EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE h)
EMERGENCY SUPPORT CENTER (OSC, ROC, & ENC)
ORGANIZ ATION AND OPERATION A. OBJECTIVE This procedure provides interim instructions for the organization, activation, and operation of the Operations Support Center (OSC), and the Radcon Operations Center. The organization and operation of the Emergency News Center is provided in EPP/IP-9.1, "PID Emergency Plan". Activation of the ENC is discussed in this procedure. This interim procedure implements the provisions of the BVPS Emergency Preparedness Plan in the existing station facilities until such time as the permanent Emergency Response Center facilities become available.
B. PREREQUISITES / INITIAL CONDITIONS An emergency condition corresponding to an Alert or a higher emergency classifi-cation, has been declared at the Beaver Valley Power Station as provided in the BVPS Emergency Preparedness Plan.
C. PRECAUTIONS
%/
None D. GUIDANCE AND CRITERIA
- 1. Definitions and Locations of Facilities 1.1 Operations Support Center 1.1.1 The Operations Support Center is located in the Process Instrumentation and Rod Position Instrumentation Area located below the Control Room. This location provides for the assembly of operations support personnel, such as operators, maintenance personnel and/or Radeon personnel if their l normal work location in the plant is non-habitable.
/*
i
\s Issue 7 Rev. O
dit; EPP/IP-1.5 b's Page 2 of 5 D v-'N lidt 1.l.2 The primary objective of the OSC is to provide a location that is likely to be hapitable for emergency and operating personnel to assemble in an emergency, in order to minimize the congregation of excess personnel in the Control Room.
L.L.3 An Operations Support Center Coordinator has been assigned to coordinate the activities of personnel in the OSC.
Selected personnel to staff the OSC will be drawn from the assembly areas, and/or, called in by their respective supervision.
1.2 Radeon Operations Center 1.2.1 The Radiation Control Foremen's office is designated as the Radeon Operations Center (ROC). The physical locations of this area is on the Turbine deck (735'). This location serves as a point of assembly and working space for BVPS Radeon personnel.
At this location Radcon personnel have access to monitoring equipment, survey records, and other material to support Radcon activities.
1.2.2 In the event the ROC is uninhabitable due to radiological conditions or other hazards, ROC operations will be transferred to the Operations Support Center.
1.2.3 The Radiological Controls Coordiantor will coordiante the activities of Radcon personnel from the TSC. I 1.3 Emergency News Center 1.3.1 The Emergency News Center (ENC) is activated by the DLC Public Information Department for emergency conditions classified as Site Area or General Emergencies. When activated, the Emergency News Center will be located at the Willows Motel, in Industry, PA. This location provides a point of assembly for media correspondants covering the emergency situation. The DLC Public Information Department is responsible for directing and coordinating the activities at the ENC.
EPP/IP-9.1 describes the emergency public relations program.
If the Willows Hotel is in a sector where of fsite protective actions are required (Sector C, approxima; dj 2.5 miles downwind),
the Emergency News Center will be located in Pittsburgh at a location designated in EPP/IP-9.1.
Issue 7 Rev. 0
S YL EPP/IP-1.5 I4 5 Page 3 of 5 Dfm L5:ts 1.3.2 All requests for information from media representatives shall fs be directed to the DLC Public Information Department at the (v) DLC Corporate Offices initially, and at the ENC following activation of that facility.
E. PROCEDURE
- 1. Shift Supervisor / Emergency Director Upon occurrence of an off-normal or emergency condition at the facility which has been classified as an Alert, Site Area Emergency, or General Emergency, the on-duty Shif t Supervisor shall proceed as follows:
NOTE This procedure is primarily related to activation of the emergency organization at the ENC /OSC. The Shift Supervisor shall implement appropriate corrective actions to contend with the situation and to mitigate possible deterioration in plant conditions in accordance with the BVPS Operating Manual while simultaneously implementing this procedure and other appropriate Emergency Implementing Procedures.
~'
l.1 Designate a Communications and Records Coordinator from the on-duty s- - shift, if not already designated, to commence call-out of personnel.
1.2 If requested by offsite agencies, select a Station Operations and Maintenance Training Instructor, from the Monthly Phone List, to serve as BVPS representative at the county ECC(s) . Have the Communications and Records Coordinator notify the selected individuals (s).
1.3 Request the DLC Public Information Division to activate the ENC in the event of Site or General Emergencies.
1.4 Maintain communications with the emergency support centers, and with the BVPS representatives at the EOCs, through the Communications and Records Coordinator.
Ch L)
Issue 7 Rev. O
SYYL EPP/IP-1.5 D I4 r, r5 m Uti Page 4 of 5 et 1.5 Maintain emergency support centers until such time as the emergency is terminated, and normal operations are restored or a recovery orgainzation is established. Provide for personnel rotation if the duration of the emergency warrants such action.
l.6 If it becomes necessary to implement a site evacuation, have Emergency Coordinators designate selected individuals to remain behind, and assign these personnel to the Operations Support Center (OSC) . Typical personnel might include representatives from each station craft group.
The selection of personnel will depend on the nature of the emergency.
- 2. Operations Support Center coordinator 2.1 As requested by the Emergency Director, and as appropriate, direct the activities of emergency teams that have been formed to augment the shif t Emergency Squad.
2.2 Fbintain accountability of personnel in the Operations Support Center and those personnel deployed in emergency teams.
2.3 Respond to the requests from the TSC/ Control Room for assignment of personnel assembled in the OSC to various tasks related to the emergency.
2.4 Perform other tasks identified in Section E.8 of EPP/IP-1.4. " Technical O Support Center Organization and Operation".
O Issue 7 Rev. 0
$ 4ML EPP/IP-1.5 Tags Page 5 of 5 D 7 =nS LW
('~N 4.1 Assist Federal, state, and local emergency management personnel with interpretation of technical data reported by the Station.
4.2 Answer emergency related questions of Federal, state, and local authorities to the extent of his ability. Obtain answers for other questions from the Station.
4.3 Remain alert to actions in the EOC, and report significant actions and/or decisions to the EOF /TSC.
NOTE The BVPS Representative to the EOCs shall refrain from providing information to memebers of the general public or to media representatives.
All such requests shall be referred to DLC Public Information, or to the ENC.
- 4. Other Station Personnel 5.t Station personnel not having specific emergency assignments will continue with their normal work unless otherwise directed via Station Page Party (A) v System announcements, or as directed by their respective supervision.
F. REFERENCES
- 1. Beaver Valley Power Station Emergency Preparedness Plan and Implementing Procedures
- 2. Beaver Valley Power Station Operating Manual
- 3. Title 10 Code of Federal Regulations Part 50, Appendix E
- 4. NUREG-0654/ FEMA-REP-1 " Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants.
G. ATTACHMENTS
- 1. None m
I J
Issue 7 Rev. O
~
WL Y
Ar5 Dum m O
INTENTIONALLY BLANK O
" * " " * ' e e m ,_ e O
bdQUS$US Nh EPP/IP-1.6 Page 1 of L2 BEAVER VALLEY PCY!ER STATION EMERGENCY PREPARECNESS PLAN EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE y EMERGENCY OPERATIONS FACILITY ORGANIZATION AND OPERATION A. OBJECTIVE This procedure provides interim instructions for the organization, activation, and operation of the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF). This procedure implements the provisions of the BVPS Emergency Preparedness Plan in the existing interim facility until such time as the permanent EOF is constructed.
With appropriate minor modifica1 tons, this procedure also applies to the alternate EOF at South Heights, PA.
B. PREREQUISITES / INITIAL CONDITIONS An emergency condition, classified as Site Area or General Emergency, has been declared at the Beaver Valley Power Station as provided in the BVPS Emergency Preparedness Plan.
C. PRECAUTIONS None.
D. GUIDANCE AND CRITERIA O
V 1. Emergency Operations Facility Function 1.1 The Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) provides for overall direction and control of the Duquesne Light Company response to the emergency and provides for coordiantion of offsite response with onsite response, specifically including offsite dose projection and monitoring efforts.
1.2 The EOF provides a working location for DLC senior management, DLC environmental assessment and dose projection personnel, Federal Agency personnel, and State and Local agency representatives.
1.3 The EOF provides a central reporting location for contractors, industry advisors (INPO), DLC personnel outside of the Nuclear Division, CAPCO personnel, and other similar groups. These reporting personnel will be appropriately processed and dispatched to their respective assignments.
(
Issue 7 Rev. O
Ak* EPP/IP-1.6
?#
A Page 2 of 12 D O 'ae n s U:i'i 1.4 The EOF will serve as the location from which initial recovery operations will be directed and coordianted. Actual recovery functions will be performed at the EOF or at other locations as applicable to the recovery effort.
1.5 The EOF will be the locaiton from which the USNRC's response team will be directed and controlled. Members of this response team may be assigned to other emergency centers such as the Technical Support Center or the Control Room.
1.6 The functions of the EOF will be served, as necessary, in the Technical Support Center (TSC) for Alert Emergencies, and in the Emergency Control Center for Unusual Event Emergencies.
- 2. Emergency Operations Center Operability Criteria 2.1 The Emergency Recovery Manager shall declare the Emergency Opertaions Center (EOF) activated when, to his judgement the number of personnel and equipment available are adequate to perform the assigned function of the EOF. As guidance the listing below suggests the minimum levels required. However, depending on the emergency conditions, more or less personnel may be required. The Emergency Recovery Manager shall take whatever appropriate action necessay consistant while minimizing Control Room congestion and interference.
2.l.1 Personnel (min.):
Emergency Recovery Manager Offsite Agency Laison Dose Assessment Personnel Communications Personnel (min. 2) 2.l.2 Equipment Operable (min.):
Audio Communications to TSC and Control Room PAX and Bell Phone Lines Radio Communications Link (Dose Assessment Monitors) 2.2 Activation of the Emergency Operations Facility.
2.2.1 The Emergency Recovery Manager shall declare the Emergency Operations Facility activated when the following have occurred:
O Issue 7 Rev. O
SYhi EPP/IP-1. 6 lhr3 Paga 3 of L2 D " pane @
- 3. Activation of the Emergency Operations Facility 1
( ,j 3.1 The Emergency Recovery Manager shall declare the Emergency Operation's Facility activated when the following have occurred:
Sufficient EOF staff members are present depending on the actual emergency, as identified in Section 2.
Suf ficient communications equipment are operative for EOF personnel to perform assigned actions.
NOTE Depending on the type of emergency, the Emergency Operation's Facility may be activated without complete staffing or communications equipment.
3.2 The Emergency Recovery Manager shall inform the Emergency Director that the EOF is activated and of the transfer of responsibilities.
3.3 The Emergency Recovery >bnager shall direct the Shif t Supervisor to announce over the Plant Page Party System that the EOF is activated.
- 4. Emergency Operations Facility Location
-s 4.1 The interim Emergency Operations Facility is located in the basement of
(,,) the Administration Building on the river side at the cooling tower end of the building (area occupied by the Nuclear Safety and Licensing Department). The Manager, Nuclear Safety and Licensing's office will serve as the Emergency / Recovery Manager's office during emergency response activities. Dose Projection is performed in a near-by room serving both the TSC and EOF. See Attachment 1.
4.2 If access to the EOF is restricted due to radiological or other condi-tions, the EOF function will be relocated to the DLC T & D South Heights district of fice until such time as access is restored. This facility is provided with emergency equipment and materials to support the initial l response.
- 5. EOF Organizational Responsibilities l
5.1 The functional responsibilities of the individual EOF personnel (emer-gency managers) are indentified in Section 5 of the BVPS Emergency Preparedness Plan and in various EPP Emergency Implementing Procedures, and are summarized in sections E.1 to E.7 of this EPP/IP.
'( __-
$ITt. EPP/IP-1.6 1:1p3 Page 4 of 12 D'wm U:;fd
- 6. Emergency Manager Rotation 6.1 In the event the emergency condition is adjusted to be a long-term emer-gency due to the nature and extent of the emergency conditions, the Support Services Manager, with the concurrence of the Emergency / Recovery Manager, shall establish a watch rotation schedule for EOF personnel.
The Communications and Records Coordinator in the TSC should be consulted to determine any previous arrangements or information on personnel Call-cut.
- 7. Interface with TSC or other Emergency Organizations 7.1 Immediate response, assessment, and the implementation of protective (on-site) and corrective actions pertaining to an emergency condition at the Beaver Valley Power Station is the responsibility of the BVPS Emergency Director. He shall have the authority to act on the behalf of Duquesne Light Company in all matters concerning an emergency, at least until such time as the scope, severity, and potential radiological consequences have been assessed, and the appropriate corrective actions and onsite protective actions have been implemented, or until relieved of this responsibility by higher DLC management. For Site Area or General Emergencies, the overall responsibility and authority for the DLC emergency response shif ts to the Emergency / Recovery Manager.
Following the critical period, but still with complete regard for health and safety, major decisions and corporate commitments are the responsibility of DLC management. Although in an emergency condition, the BVPS Emergency Director may seek and act upon the advice of others outside of Duquesne Light Company (such as State and Federal regulatory agencies, and/or industry advisory groups) the responsibility and authority for response remains as established above.
7.2 When the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) is activated, the Emergency /
Recovery Manager assumes responsibility and authority for the overall DLC emergency response, with particular emphasis on offsite DLC activities.
At this time, the Emergency Director and the TSC staff will concern themselves with the onsite aspects of the emergency response. An announcement will be made to notify personnel the EOF has been officially activated.
7.3 The BVPS Emergency Director shall maintain communications with the opera-ting or emergency organization at the Shippingport Atouic Power Station in the event of an emergency at BVPS or at SAPS. Section 5.4.1 of the BVPS Emergency Preparedness Plan describes the interface between the BVPS and SAPS emergency organizations. Tsmm 7 00,- o
SETk EPP/IP-1.6 ly Page 5 of 12 D r'p$m=re @
7.4 The BVPS Emergency / Recovery Manager shall ensure that the primary emer-( ') gency response agencies of the jurisdictions within the emergency plan-
~
ning zone (identified on the Emergency Notificaiton Call-list) are fully apprised of the situation at the facility and the possible offsite conse-quences, if any. The responsibilities of offsite organizations with regard to an emergency at BVPS are identified in the BVPS EPP. In summary, offsite emergency response groups have responsibility for all offsite actions for the protection of the general public, following notification by BVPS that an emergency exists.
- 8. Working Space for Augmentation Personnel 8.1 The EOF provides space for a limited number of personnel. Additional working space (pending radiological conditions) for augmentation person-nel could be made available at the following locations:
8.l.1 Unit 1 Trailer City 8.1.2 Unit 2 Construction Office complex 8.1.3 BVPS Administration Building
,_. 8.1.4 New Training Building (v ) 8.l.5 DLC South Heights District Office 8.1.6 Johnson Street School 8.2 The Support Services Manager will arrange for the use of these facilities on an as-needed basis during the emergency response effort.
E. PROCEDURE
- 1. Emergency Director Upon occurrence of an off-normal or emergency condition at the facility, the on-duty Shif t Supervisor shall proceed as follows:
NOTE This procedure is primarily related to activation of the emergency organization.
The Shift Supervisor shall implement appropriate corrective actions to contend with the situation and to mitigate possible deterioration in plant conditions in accordance with the BVPS Operating Manual while simulatneously implementing this procedure and other appropriate Emergency Implementing Procedures.
v Issue 7 Rev. O
d% EPP/IP-1.6 31 Page 6 of D n'r5 mliti
- 1. I Upon classification of the abnormal condition as a Site Area or General Emergency, notify the designated Emergency / Recovery Manager to activate the Emergency Operation Facility in accordance with this EPP/IP.
- 1. 2 When the designated Emergency / Recovery Manager, or an alternate, is in the EOF and the EOF is operational, the Emergency Director will transfer the responsibility and authority for overall emergency response to the Emergency / Recovery Manager. At this time, the Emergency Director will concern himself with onsite concerns only, directing the onsite response as provided in EPP/IP-1.4.
- 1. 3 When the EOF is activated, provide technical updates to the Emergency /
Recovery Manager on plant systems status and radiological effluent assessment activities and implementation of onsite protective and corrective actions; and when appropriate, make recommendations on possible of f site protective actions to the Emergency Recovery Manager.
- 1. 4 When the EOF is activated and as necessary, request additional technical, engineering, material, or manpower assistance from the Emergency / Recovery Manager to supplement the resources of the onsite organization.
- 1. 5 Perform other tasks as assigned by the Emergency / Recovery Manager.
- 2. Emergency / Recovery Manager 2.1 Immediately upon notificaton of an existing or potential Site Area or General Emergency, assume the role of the Emergency / Recovery Manager.
Maintain this position until relieved by another designated Emergency /
Recovery Manager, or until the emergency condition is terminated.
- 2. 2 Appoint interim emergency managers from available qualified personnel, for assistance with current and continuing emergency control until such time as the designated managers are available; but assume these responsibilities until the positions are filled.
O Issue 7 Rev. O
gil*; EPP/IP-1.6 Tfg Page 7 of 12 D"p m Ci2 2.3 Direct and coordinate the activities of the designated emergency mana-gers, the Emergency Director, the emergency coordiantors, and other Duquesne Light personnel in the assessment of plant status and radio-logical ef fluent releases; implementation of protective and corrective actions onsite; assessment, monitoring, or projection of offsite radio-logical conditions; the recommendation of offsite protective actions; and the exchange of technical and operational information within the Duquesne Light emergency organizations and with offsite emergency resposne organi-zations.
NOTE When activated, the Emergency / Recovery Manager is the only Duquesne Light individual authorized to make recommendations of of fsite protective actions to offsite response agencies. For lesser emergencies, the Emergency Director has this authority.
2.4 Respond to requests for assistance from the Emergency Director, with additional technical, engineering, material, or manpower resources as necessary; arrange for this assistance from outside sources if such requests cannot be met with the resources of the Nuclear Division.
2.5 Remain alert to radiological conditions or other hazards having the
'v potential for significant effect on the health and/or safety of Duquesne Light personnel and other individuals assigned to Duquesne Light emergency response facilities; and where necessary implement appropriate protective measures, including emergency exposure limits and/or thyroid prophylaxis for Emergency Operations Facility and other offsite Duquesne Light personnel.
2.6 Through the Offsite Agency Liaison, coordinate the response of the Duquesne Light emergency organization with that of the local, county, state, and federal response organizations.
2.7 When appropriate and necessary, implement a recovery organization as travided in Section 9 of the BVPS EPP.
A U
Issue 7 Rev. O
ek EPP/IP-1.6
( Page 8 of 12 Dr[ne11ti
~
2.8 Apprise the Vice President, Nuclear Division, and other appropriate DLC management of the emergency response efforts on a continuting periodic basis.
2.9 Arrange for appropriate and timely exchange of data between the emregency organization and the DLC Public Information Department.
2.10 Continue operations at the EOF until such time as the emergency is terminated, and normal operations are restored or a recovery organization is established.
2.11 A chronological log of EOF activities shall be maintained by the emergency manager having responsibility for the respective activities. All documents related to the emergency response, such as dose projection calcuations, survey results, etc. shall be maintained for subsequent review and evaluation.
- 3. Assistant to the Emergency / Recovery Manager NOTE Prior to activation of the EOF, this individual serves as Assistant to the Emergency Director.
3.1 Review BVPS EPP and EPP/IP's applicable to the particular emergency condition and advise / prompt the Emergency / Recovery Manager in procedural requirements.
3.2 Assist the Emergency / Recovery Manager in performing administrative tasks to free the Emergency / Recovery Manager for decision making.
3.3 Assist other Emergency Managers with their assigned functions, provided this assistance does not conflict with paragraphs 3.1 and 3.2 of this EPP/IP.
3.4 Perform other tasks assigned by the Emergency / Recovery Manager, Issue 7 Rev. O
NA EPP/IP-1,6 A Page 9 of 12 De m@ 1.!@t
\ 4. Support Services Manager 4.1 Coordinate provisio.ns for transportation, food and other logistical s
support for emergency personnel with corporate personnel.
4.2 Provide personnel and work schedules fcr relieving emergency personnel.
4.3 Act as a liaison with outside groups in providing additional resources such as manpower, equipment, supplies and transportation.
4.4 Direct and coordiante the activitics of the security force via the Secur-ity Ceordinator, assisting as necessary in restructuring the security plan and procedures to contend with the emergency conditions, and estab-lishing spropriate security in the DLC emergency response facilities.
4.5 Direct and coordinate the establishment of appropriate administrative processing for incoming onsite augmentation forces. Attechment 2 provides a form for assigning incoming personnel as part of this processing.
4.6 Serve as the interface with Duquesne Light General Services Division for augmentation of onsite material and personnel resources in order to facilitate requisition and purchasing, and deployment of DLC corporate resources in response to requests from the Emergency Director and/or the Emergency / Recovery Manager.
4.7 Perform other tasks assigned by the Emergency / Recovery Manager.
- 5. Engineering Manager 5.1 Direct and coordinate engineering efforts related to the emergency response.
5.2 Assist technical and support personnel at the TSC with the engineering solutions to the plant assessment and corrective actions.
5.3 Advise the Emergency / Recovery Manager on matters related to the engineering of short-term modifications to plant systems necessary to mitigate l
the consequences of the accident and/or recover the plant.
l
' vO .
Issue 7 Rev. O l
$5kl EPP/IP-l.6 3l1r5 Pag 10 of 12 OL*:UeSne @
5.4 Serve as liaison between the BVPS emergency organization and the Duquesne h Light Engineering and Construction Division.
NOTE The Division of engineering activities betweer. the TSC, the EOF, and DLC E&C is as follows: The TSC will develop conceptual solutions to engineering problems; the EOF engineering personnel will develop these conceptual designs into appropriate engineering drawings, specifications, and requisition documents, utilizing DLC E&C and vendor resources as necessary.
5.5 Perform other tasks assigned by the Emergency / Recovery Manager.
- 6. Offsite Agency Liaison 6.1 Resolve questions concerning Operating License requirements with Nuclear Regulatory Commission representatives.
6.2 Serve as liaison between representatives of the state and local goverments present in the Emergency Operations Facility and the Beaver Valley Power Station emergency organization. This liaison is primarily for the exchange of operational information (less radiolgoical assessment) and coordination of offsite activities uith those of the Beaver Valley h Power Station.
NOTE The division of information activities between the EA & DP manager, the Communications and Records Coordinator, and the Offsite Agency Liaison is as follows: the Communications and Records Coordinator perform all of ficial communications between the DLC emergency organization and off-I site groups, including all initial and follow-up notifications; the EA &
DP Manager coordinates radiological assessment activities and the ex-I change of radiological assessment data with of fsite radiological agencies
- through agency liaison personnel at the EOF or via the Communications or l Records Coordinator.
l 6.3 Perform other tasks assigned by the Emergency / Recovery >bnager.
l l
l l
l l
1 -
O Issue 7 Rev. 0 l
d% EPP/IP-1.6 T,q p5 Page 11 of 12 DS m LW.,
- 7. Environmental Assessment and Dose Projection Coordinator D 7.1 Direct and coordinate all offsite radiological assessment activities, including dose projection, offsite monitoring, environmental monitoring, etc.
7.2 Evaluate field monitoring, environmental sample analysis data, and where appropriate, process stream sample analysis data to assess radiological impact of the emergency.
7.3 Based on assessment data, recommend appropriate offsite protective actions to the Emergency / Recovery Manager for relay to offsite agencies.
7.4 Where possible, advise the Operations Coordinator and the Emergency Dir?ctor on the scheduling of planned emergency releases to take advantage of favorable meteorological conditions.
7.5 Interface DLC offsite monitoring activities with that of the offsite agencies and serve as the sole technical contact for offsite agencies with regard to DLC radiological assessment activities.
7.6 Designate appropriate personnel to assist with the EA & DP functions.
O
! 7.7 Perform other tasks as assigned by the Emergency / Recovery Manager.
- 8. Performance of EOF Functions During Unusual Events or Alerts 8.1 During Unusual Event or Alert Emergencies, the Emergency Operations Facility will not normally be activated. The functions served by the Emergency Managers in the EOF are not expected to be necessary to the degree which requires designation of specific individuals to perform these functions. These functions are instead assigned to Emergency Coordinators in the TSC, or are available through normal administrative channels, d
Issue 7 Rev. O
SIdi EPP/IP-1.6
'51r3 Page 12 of 12 D ON L5 _
Ifnusual Events and Site Area and General Alert Emergencies Eme rgencies Emergency Director Emergency / Recovery Manager EP & DP Coordinator EA & DP Coordinator Director of Administrative Services
- Support Services Ebnager Technical Support Coordinator Engineering Manager Communications & Records Coordinator Of fice Agency Laison PID Representative Public Information Manager
- No rmal Organization title.
F. REFERENCES
- 1. Beaver Valley Power Station Emergency Preparedness Plan and Implementing Procedures
- 2. Beaver Valley Power Station Operating Manual
- 3. Title 10 Code of Federal Regulation Part 50, Appendix E
- 4. NUREG-0654/FC4A-REP-1 " Criteria for Preparation and Evaluaton of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants G. ATTACHMENT
- l. EOF Map
- 2. Assignment Data Sheet O
Issue 7 Rev. 0
l O O O
~
ADMIrllSTRATION BUILDitlG BASEMEtlT---EMERGEllCY'0PERATI0flS CEllTER ,
l 7
13 MM.,
1 NRC Area EA & DP Area A@
ContainS:
Contains:
IIPN Phone l l g l pgg/ggp pigget g ENS Phone ISO AlHz radio Stet TeAminal
'm - W meni - Immum_
l I
stdidi: :=-. .. Engrf ADMitt BLOG ASSEMBLY AREA . . . . . . @N$e . $fl! stat Sh j E/ Rec:..i .u ;. Mgrf:
J NRCii
-:icf i: ; PA!:l JcifU t D.' ..~:Il9f.J ..
Ohls ..- - ..--
' Office). . .i ' .>
! -ll k et I , , _ ,
iwe Women ,
Repro '
I Men ,b ..
E
{ PA" g
NRC flRC l
sm oT M M 9(l-lll6 Mill
. clect. -
M M MM om Air Sample Cart
- e. - - - 4- -
9'L 31t3 -
D em u:ti O
. l l
l INTENTIONALLY BLANK 1
I l
I l
1 1
MP.s. EPP/IP-1.6 9hp$ Attachment 2 D n ==tne @
CONTRACTOR / VENDOR AUGMENTATION PERSONNEL ASSIGNMENT Name:
SSN:
Parent Company:
Occupation or
Title:
You have been assigned to assist in emergency response activities at: .
(Location)
At this location, you will report to: title (Name)
You are expected to report at am/pm on 19 .
You will serve in the following capacity:
You will (will not) attend training at , on 19 .
(Location) at am/pm.
J NOTE While you are performing emergency response or recovery efforts at the Beaver Valley Power Station, you will be expected to follow approved BVPS procedures, unless other-wise directed by DLC Supervisory personnel. Vendor procedures and/or procedures of j other utilities shall not be used at BVPS unless their use is specifically approved by the BVPS Onsite Safety Committee. THERE SHALL BE NO EXCEPTION TO THIS RULE. No onsite information shall be released to the news media or to members of the public except by DLC Public Information Department personnel. If you are approached by news media personnel, refer all questions to the DLC Emergency News Center.
f\
d
,, Issue 7 Rev. 0 l
l
1%
%r5 D cm u:t*
O INTENTIONALLY BLANK
~
l .
I t
l 4
\ O' I
i I
CU ,U$$$ M EPP/IP-2.1 BEAVcR VALLEY POWER STATION Page 1 of 12 EMERGENCY PREIMRECNESS PLAN EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE jm EMERGENCY RADIOLOGICAL MONITORING A. OBJECTIVE This procedure provides guidance and instructions to TSC/ EOF personnel for the direction and coordination of emergency radiological monitoring. Monitoring for both airborne and liquid releases are addressed. Monitoring for airborne releases includes onsite and offsite radiation, contamination, and airborne activity surveys, while monitoring for liquid releases includes river water and public drinking water sampling and analyses. Environmental radiological monitoring is also addressed. The EA and DP Coordinator is responsible to ensure the actions outlined in this procedure are implemented when necessary.
The following procedures provide instructions to monitoring team personnel for the performance of the radiological monitoring. Except where specifically identified, survey equipment and laboratory analyses will be performed in accordance with existing radcon procedures and chemistry procedures.
EPP/IP-2.2 "Onstie Monitoring for Airborne Release" EPP/IP-2.3 "Offsite Monitoring for Airborne Release" O
Q
- EPP/IP-2.4 "Offsite Monitoring for Liquid Release" EPP/IP-2.5 " Emergency Environmental Monitoring" B. PREREQUISITES / INITIAL CONDITIONS
- 1. An emergency condition has been declared at the Beaver Valley Power Station, as provided in the BVPS Emergency Preparedness Plan.
[ C. PRECAUTIONS None D. GUIDANCE AND CRITERIA l
- 1. General j
i 1.1 The extent and degree of radiological monitoring following a release of l
l radioactive material will depend on the nature, the severity, the
' physical / chemical form, and the radioistopic compositoin of the release.
The Emergency Director, with the assistance and advice of the Radiolog-ical Control Coordinator and the Environmental Assessment and Dose Pro-jection Coordinator, will determine the extent and nature of post-lO l
! L/
accident radiological monitoring.
l Issue 7 Rev. 0 l
tNYL EPP/IP-2.1 Tq Pags 2 of 12 D m'=erm p3 LW.,
1.2 For Site Area or a General emergency, the BVPS offsite radiological moni-toring teams may be supplemented by the radiological monitoring teams of the various State and Federal govermental agencies. Once such agencies are activated, the Environmental Assessment and Dose Projection (EA & DP)
Coordinator will coordinate the activities of the BVPS offsite radiolog-ical monitoring teams with the activities of the monitoring teams of the various agencies. Since is will take about 3 to 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> from the time of notification for the DER /BRP radiological monitoring teams to arrive, the responsibility for initial offsite monitoring rests with the Beaver Valley Power Station.
1.3 For releases which occur during normal working hours, sufficient radcon personnel will be available to support several monitoring teams. During other times, it may only be possible to deploy one monitoring team. In these circumstances, the Emergency Director will assign priorities for radiological monitoring based on the known or expected extent and sever-ity of the release and/or related radiological conditions, while calling in additional personnel.
- 2. Onsite Monitoring 2.1 In the event of a radioactivity release determined or estimated to be equivalent to 100 times the applicable technical specificaiton, a moni-toring team should be dispatched to perform a beta-gamma dose rate survey onsite. The purpose of this survey is to confirm that a release if (has) taking place, and to assess the need for protective actions. The starting point of this survey should be consistent with the expected source and l magnitude of the release and extend out to the site perimeter in the 1
i sector with the highest projected dose rate. This survey may be limited l
l to specific survey points rather than a " scan" survey in order to obtain initial data rapidly. Following this, time and personnel permitting, more extensive scan surveys may be performed if warranted. Based on the l
l l
1 l
l T s e..o 9 Dn.- A
SYhL EPP/IP-2.1 l' ar$ Page 3 of 12 D Oml!@i
(~w survey results at this point, the monitoring team should proceed along the
\s / site perimeter, for a suf ficient distance in either direction to ensure that the maximum levels have been identified. This survey should be parformed periodically if the release continues, and if personnel are available. See also Steps 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.7 and 3.9 of this EPP/IP.
- 2. 2 If a local evacuation has been initiated, based on area radiation monitors or continuous air monitors, an appropriate survey should be performed to verify the alarm condition, and to attempt to determine the reason for the increase from normal levels.
- 2. 3 If a unit evacuation is declared, a survey should be performed in the primary assembly areas to assess the habitability of the assembly area, in addition to the survey described in paragraph 2.2. The evacuation plans for the contract grongs and the administration building provide for dose rate and airborne acitivity determination by personnel at the assembly areas. A sample runner should be dispatched to these areas to collect the airborne samples and transport them to the counting facility for analysis.
,, 2. 4 A survey should be performed in the Control Room to verify the reading of
( ,) the Control Room Area Radiation Monitor (RM-1RM-213), and an air sample for particulate and iodine radioactivity should be obtained, if the monitor indicates the need, or if airborne activity is suspected.
NOTE Appropriate isotopic identificaiton should be performed on a priority basis if the result of the gross counting of a Control Room air sample exceeds 1 E-9 C/cc (less noble gases). Based on this analysis, respir-ators should be used to maintain personnel exposure less than 40 MPC-hours / week (less noble gases) while minimizing unnecessary respirator use.
- 3. Offsite Monitoring for an Airborne Release 3.1 In the event of an airborne release of radioactive material determined or estimated to be equivalent to 100 times the applicable technical speci-fication or higher, monitoring teams should be dispatched to perform appropriate radiological surveys in the general path of the plume to confirm dose projection results.
V)
Issue 7 Rev. O O-
dli EPP/IP-201 31 Page 4 of 12 D r' p3 m@
3.2 Because of the complex terrain in the environs of the Beaver Valley Power Station, it is not possible to determine the plume trajectory with a degree of certainty. Thus, EA & DP personnel must remain alert to the effects that terrain features could have on the passing plume. The BVPS meteorological tower only indicates wind conditions near the site, and therefore can only serve to indicate the initial trajectory of the plume.
The following should be considered when dispatching monitoring teams to ensure that the survey points approximate the plume trajectory:
3.2.1 During stable atmospheric conditions (stability classes E, F, or G) with low wind speeds, as normally occurs during night hours, th plume will tend to " puddle" in the valley surrounding the station.
As wind speed increases, the usual overall wind direction is westerly, following the valley floor.
3.2.2 During unstable atmospheric conditions (stability calsses A, B, and C), the plume vill normally travel along the valley floor towards Beaver.
3.2.3 From the information above, the monitoring teams should be primar ily directed along the river valley, with lesser emphasis on in-land survey points.
3.2.4 If a hill is in the path of the ground level plume, the plume will normally travel around the hill, instead of over the hill. The monitoring teams should be directed likewise.
3.2.5 Consideration should be given to the smaller valleys and other low-laying areas which intersect the Ohio River Valley as some of the plume could divert into these areas or " puddle".
3.2.6 The dose projection procedures assume that all releases are ground level releases in which the plume disperses as it spreads along the ground, with the highest concentrations close to the release point. For elevated releases, the plume will pass overhead and will touch down at some distance downwind (within 2 miles depending on stability class, wind speed, and terrain height).
O Issue 7 Rev. 0
3pyg EPP/IP-2.1 1h Page 5 of 12 D r'p3 m Lh;ht g-s) At the point of touchdown, the plume can be treated as a
\s / ground level release. Air samples taken between the Station and the touchdown point will not indicate the true airborne activity, but will indicate a much lower value. This should be kept in mind when evaluating offsite air samples with lower than expected airborne activity levels.
3.2.7 If the plume does leave the valley, the direction of plume travel can be reasonable expected to be similar to the direction of higher winds as indicated by the 500' level on the BVPS meteorological tower or as reported by the National Weather Service. For this reason, after primary consideration is given to the areas along the river, secondary survey consideration should be given to areas downwind (500' winds) .
3.3 Based on the results of the dose projectiosn and prevalent wind directions as addressed in paragraph 3.2, direct the offsite monitoring team (s) to the affected areas along the path of the plume. Provide monitoringteams with appropriate survey maps which indicate the desired survey locations
[ "'} and/or survey routes. Possible survey routes are shown on Attachments 2 through 5 attached to EPP/IP-2.3 "Offsite Monitoring for Airborne Releases" and are included in the survey kits. The Beaver Valley Power Station has responsibility for initial radiological monitoring throughout the ten-mile EPZ, if necessary, until radiological monitoring teams from State and Federal agencies can be deployed.
3.3 Unless directed otherwise, the monitoring team will perform the following surveys at each survey point:
3.3.1 A beta-gamma radiation survey at waist level (ambient radiation levels) 3.3.2 A particulate and radioiodine air sample In addition to the measurements at specific locations, monitoring team personnel will have the beta-gamma survey instrument operational while enroute between survey locations and will perform a moving survey.
V Issue 7 Rev. O
$$hL EPP/IP-2.1 9h Page 6 of 12 D w,_=erys pS @
3.4 Normal activated charcoal cartridges will be used for all air samples until such time as field screening, or laboratory analyses performed on the air samples returned from the field indicate that significant radio-iodine may have been released. In that case, silver zeolite cartridges should be used for subsequent sampling. The Emergency Director and/or the EA & DP Coordinator will determine which sample media are suitable and will direct the monitoring teams accordingly. If a monitoring team reports an air sample with activity greater than the field screening level on a normal activated charcoal cartridges. If the backup silver zeolite cartridge also has an activity in excess of the field screening level, both cartridges should be returned to the Station (or to another designated locaton) for analysis with laboratory instrumentation as soon as possible. In any case, all sample media obtained by the monitoring teams will be returned to the Station for further analysis.
NOTE Silver Zeolite (and charcoal cartridges if desired) may be re-used during of fsite monitoring in a particular emergency, as long as the cartridges exhibit count rates less than background, and are undamaged.
in Particular, silver zeolite cartridges used for low-level environmental monitoring (negligible count rate) could be advantageously used within the plant in areas of high radiciodine concentration. The EA & DP Coordinator and/or the Radiological Controls Coordinator will direct the re-use of sample cartridges if warranted.
3.5 The Emergency Director and/or the EA & DP Coordiantor may establish an air sample volume different from that specified in EPP/IP-2.3 if preliminary field measurements indicate that minimum sensitivity (MDA) of the analysis with the reduced or increased sample volume is compatible with the observed measurements. A sample volume of 10 f 3t through a silver zeolite cartridge is necessary to obtain a minimum sensitivity of 1.5 E-8 pCi/cc for iodine with a background of 2000 cpm. The minimum sensitivity increases proportionally as sample volume decreases.
3.6 All survey results (raw data) will be called into the TSC/ EOF via DLC radio or public telephone as they are obtained. All results will be O
Issue 7 Rev. 0
SE kl EPP/IP-2.1 Ya Page 7 of 12 D ='m@
rS
/T logged by the data takers assigned by the Communications and Records b Coordinator, and provided to the EA & DP Coordinator for evaluation. The EA & DP Coordinator will apprise the Emergency Director of Significant results or trends.
3.7 Results of offsite surveys should be used to confirm the dose projection results. The Emergency Director, and/or the EA & DP Coordiantor will direct continuing offsite monitoring, based on the results of the pre-Liminary monitoring results, including expanding or decreasing the survey area, as necessary. Offsite monitoring will continue for as long as the as is necessary for the plume to pass, for offsite airborne radioactivity and dose rates to return to levels permitted in unrestricted areas (10 CFR 20.105 and .106), and/or with mutual concurrence of DLC, Federal and state authorities.
3.8 EPP/IP-2.3 provides a conservative alternate method for determining thyroid dose rate from iodine based on the gamma radiation levels observed during the of fsite monitoring. This method is based on the USEPA Manual of Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Incidents.
(J
) The alternate method should be used only if the primary methods cannot be used due to high ambient radiation levels or other conditions. As soon as possible, more appropriate iodine sampling should be performed.
- 4. Offsite Monitoring for Liquid Release 4.1 Offsite monitoring in response to a release of radioactive material to the Ohio River will depend on the nature and extent of the release, whether or not the release has been stopped, the release path, and the river flow rate. The Emergency Director, with the advice of the EA & DP Coordinator l will determine the extent of river sampling efforts.
4.2 At flow rates related to normal pool stage in the river, a release of l
l radioactivity w111 be carried downstream (and diluted) at about 2 miles per hour. The dilution volume in the river at the lowest level is l
i approximately 4.9 E6 gpm and, because of the river flow and possible k
l V Issue 7 Rev. 0 l
SI 4; EPP/IP-2.1 Cuih:.p3
- eTG M Page 8 of 12 release patterns, total river dilution can be assumed to occur prior to the Midland Water Treatment Plant intake (located at Crucible Steel).
This is a conservative assumption due to the cross-current location of the Midland water intake. The river activity may be higher at the East Liverpool water intake due to mixing.
4.3 The EPA drinking water standards (based on the activity at the intake of the treatment plant) are more restrictive than the 10 CFR 20 Appendix B MPCs. A copy of the EPA MPCs is attached to EPP/IP-2.7, " Liquid Release Determination". If the result of sampling at the Midland Water Treatment Plant indicates activity (s) in excess of the EPA MPCs, sampling should be performed at the East Liverpool Water Treatment Plant intake, and at locations further downstream until activity levels have decreased to within the EPA MPCs.
4.4 A monitoring team should be sent to the Midland Water Plant with the monitoring van (if available) as soon as possible following the detection of an unplanned or uncontrolled release of radioactive liquids (Unusual Event--see EPP/I-1, Recognition and Classificaiton of Emergencies".
A sample should be taken as soon as the monitoring team arrives. This sample should be analyzed in the van, or if the van is not available, sent or brought back to the Station, or to another designated location, for analfsis. Samples should be taken every fifteen minutes until such time as the release is stopped and for a period equal to twice the river transit time between the release point and the water plant intake thereafter. (At normal pool stage, the river velocity is approximately 2.5 mph.) Between the fifteen minute samples, monitoring teams should collect a composite sample, using the normal environmental monitoring proportional sampling pump. This type of pump is located at both the Midland and East Liverpool treatment plants.
NOTE It normally takes approximately four hours for raw water to transit through the Midland Water Treatment Plant, depending on operations. As a result, representative samples will not be immediately available, but may require periodic sampling for four hours or more. As an alternate, treatment plant personnel may be able to suggest alternate sampling points.
O Issue 7 Rev. 0
$$hl EPP/IP-2.1 D"lh=p3m lkfi Page 9 of 12 4.5 Sample results should be compared to environmental sampling program s
(~s ; backgrounds. If background data is not available, or if applicability of data is questionable, water samples upstream of the BVPS site should be taken and analyzed to provide a river background activity value.
4.6 River and water treatment sampling could be appropriate in the event of a massive airborne radioactivity release that results in significant offsite contamination, particularly if it is raining or snowing during the release. However, such sampling has a lower priority than airborne radioactivity sampling due to the difference in level of public risk.
The Emergency Director, with the advice of the EA 6, DP Coordinator will direct that river and drinking water sampling be performed in this event as soon as a monitoring team (s) is available.
4.7 For any liquid release, the source of the release should be identified as soon as possible and a sample drawn from that source (diluted.if necess-ary) for use in standardizing the analytical equipment.
- 5. Emergency Environmental Monitoring 5.1 Table 3.2-1 of the BVPS Environmental Technical Specifications (ETS) gx identifies requirments for post-accident environmental monitoring.
(/ Additional samples, or samples taken ahead of schedule, may be necessary if the event involves releases of radioactive material offsite. The Emergency Director with the advice of the EA & DP Coordinator will determine if increased monitoring is required and will determine the type and location of the additional samples.
5.2 EPP/IP-2.5, " Emergency Environmental Monitoring" contains instructions for monitoring teams and include, as attachments, maps of the normal environmental sampling stations and locations.
5.3 As a general guideline, additonal samples should be taken within the area l
defined by the 50 mrem isodose (dose equavilent) line.
5.4 DER /BRP in Pennsylvania, and correspoding agencies in Ohio and West i
Virginia will perform environmental monitoring in their affected areas l
[
\~,) -
,cc.,, , ,-- ,
4
cW, EPP/IP-2.1 Page 10 of 12 D - m tX9.
and will control the handling of potentially contaminated foodstuffs (including milk). The EA & DP Coordinator will coordiante the BVPS environmental monitoring with that performed by these agencies, and will provide these agencies with the results of environmental monitoring performed by BVPS monitoring teams.
E. PROCEDURE
- 1. Upon indication that a release of radioactivity to the atmosphere equivalent or greater than 100 times the applicable technical specificaiton (corresponds to an Alert); or a liquid release in excess of technical specificaitons (Unusual Event) perform the following, as appropriate:
1.1 Activate monitoring teams. Teams will be comprised of a radcon technician and one other individual, such as an engineer.
NOTE If monitoring team members are required during off-hours to augment the Emergency Squad and qualified personnel are not available onsite, off-duty personnel may be called in.
l.2 Mark onsite and/or of fsite survey maps with desired survey points chosen on the basis of the information in Section D of this EPP/IP.
l.3 Designate monitoring teams in accordance with their assigned su vey route. For example, !N monitoring team or SW monitoring team. Additional monitoring teams in a sector should be identified in an appropriate manner. For example, NW monitoring team alpha and IN monitoring team bravo.
l.4 Arrange for transportation of the monitoring teams, using available company vehicles, or private cars if sufficient company cars are unavail-able.
1.5 If dose projection results indicate the need, direct monitoring team personnel to use respirators and/or other appropriate protective cloth-ing.
O Issue 7 Rev. O
~
spb$. EPP/IP-2.1 7"M P3 Page il of 12 O nm Lht:t O NOTE The use of protective clothing and respirators by offsite monitoring teams may create unwarranted public concern, especially if sheltering or evacuation has not been recommended by public officials. For this reason, protective clothing and respiratory protection equipment should only be used when necessary. Since particulates will generally not be present, this equipment should not be necessary.
- 1. 6 Onsite and of fsite monitoring teams shall retain their normal TLD badges and dosimeters, and shall be issued high range self-reading pocket dosim-eters while performing assigned surveys.
- l. 7 Notify the guardhouse of the departure of monitoring team members to avoid delays or confusion at the guardhouse.
1.8 The Communications and Records Coordinator and/or assigned data takars will receive and record reported monitoring results. All data vill be reported to the EA & DP Coordinator.
NOTE Communications between the monitoring teams and the TSC/ EOF will normally
,- g be via DLC radio. Since radio communications at this frequency can be f j intercepted by commercially available scanners, all communications relat-ed to reporting survey data must be brief and factual, and free of exclam-atory or alarming expressions. To the extent possible, survey points should be referred to by map designator (survey point A2-1) rather than the actual location. The Communicaitons and Record Coordinator should ensure that communicaitons are proper.
1.9 The EA & DP Coordinator, with the assistance of designated persons, will evaluate reported data, perform necessary calculations, recheck calculations and report significant data and trends to the Emergency Director. Significant information/ data will be relayed (via Operations circuit) to the Control Room, if deemed necessary by the Emergency Director.
1.l0 Continue monitoring ef forts , redirecting monitoring teams as appropriate, based on survey and meteorological data. Terminate monitoring as provided in Section D of this EPP/IP.
l.11 Determine the need for increased environmental monitoring and direct monitoring teams as appropriate. The EA & DP Coordinator will coordinate the continued offsite monitoring with Federal and state authorities, (m) s_s, as applicable.
Issue 7 Rev. O
MP.a EPP/IP-2.l D%m U:td 31 Page 12 of 12 1.12 The exposure of monitoring team personnel should be periodically evalu-ated, and reliefs provided, if necessary. The Radiological Control Coordinator shall apprise the EA & DP Coordinator and/or Emergency Director of personnel exposure status as necessary. Every effort must be made to maintain personnel exposure as low as reasonable acheivable and within 10 CFR 20 limits. Personnel exposures in excess of 10 CFR 20 limits are authorized only under the provisions of EPP/IP-5.3,
" Emergency Radiation Exposure Criteria and Control".
F. REFERENCES
- 1. Beaver Valley Power Station Emergency Preparedness Plan and Implementing Procedures.
- 2. Title 10 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 20 & 50
- 3. NUREG-0654/ FEMA REP-1 ' Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants".
- 4. USEPA 570/9-76-003 " National Interim Primary Drinking Water Standards",
Appendix 3
- 5. " Plan for Nuclear Power Generating Station Incidents" Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Dept of Environmental Resources, Bureau of Radiation Protection
- 6. Beaver Valley Power Station Offsite Dose Calculation Manual (ODCM)
- 7. Beaver Valley Power Station Environmental Technical Specificiatons
- 8. NRC Inspection Report 50-334 /181-27 (Step D.3.2 provides compensatory measures for plume uncertainty finding).
G. ATTACHMENTS
- 1. BVPS Site Map
- 2. NW Offsite Survey Map
- 3. SW offsite Survey Map
- 4. SE Offsite Survey Map
- 5. NE Offsite Survey Map
- 7. Projected Adult / Child Thyroid Dose vs Gamma Radiation Dose Rate
- 8. BVPS Unrestricted Area Boundary for Effluent Releases O
Issue 7 Rev. 0
EPP/IP-2.1 Attachment 1 Page l'of 2
'=
o 4\ o 3l ApX -
x u -
/
- N M
/
\
O- F ^
t 4 u.
I h
q_ '
i- ;F E
c]x, %-
4 c\A r
xl c' 0
- i i f i
a isx m.,,:,m,,v. .
y~
x w\
u si _
l h yj :h{i E@%
hf, hfNfhkf[ '
~ -
ma rg "El &$
$ xl
, [k ' _,
l l
o Z of .
[ 2 j d .
Iss d 7 Rev. 0 1
Attachme t 1 Page 2 of 2 If 3 'R/T 4 Ajyq
$p -,&a ty
. / ]A '
j' ff
~'
~ '
& *o
..g ,
lg? e ~
li s\
m
/
7x -y m s .
'*! m '$
- .\p;\ P.
~ \~ f t
!g
~ ' ^
l r :: M on_ Q yV
]
Issue 7 Rev. O
EPP/IP-2.t Attachment 2 Page 1 of 3 O Np J/ia R,11.1 Q Q.11.1 10 1
~
yI f iss I 6
, wQ.11.2 fl r
Fredericktown o.s.i IV , f "2+o+ q K3
/ -
/ d 5[$
k
~
15 .
' t ' 1 j 0 %n1' R.5.2 -
.1 o.5.i\ i 20 um .
8 3 us P.71
}
P.6.1 oA.1 P.10.1 i l _ i P.5.1 sa MIDLAND N61 N N
~-
I hl LIVE POOL t
)
g
.2 o '+
ob . Issue 7 Rev. O
EPP/IP-2.1 Attachment 2 NORi#.EST 5 MILE ROUi! Page 2 of 3 Radio Poirt Locatien C em,gni e s tien -'^ F.1.1 Plant En' trance Good 0.3.1 Intersection of Rt's 163 & 63 Good P.5.1 Interse: tion of Rt. 63 ano Calcutta-Smith Ferry Rd Good 7.6.1 ~ Tcp of Hill Calcutta-5.ith Ferry Rd Goed N.6.1 Intersection of Fisher Rd & Chio Rt. 39 Poor NORTWEST 10 MILE ROUTE Radio Point locati on - Cennunicatien F.1.1 Plant Entrance Good A.1.1 Rt.163 bridge on the Midland 51ce of Ohio River Good Q.3.1 Interse: fon of Rt. 158 & 63 Good 0.4.1 Entrance to Meace=trock Estates Good Q.5.1 Onioville Vol. Fire Dept. cff Rt.168 Good R.S.1 Intersection of Rt. 168 & Lisbon Rd Good R.10.1 Intersection of Rt's 251 & 163 Poor R.11.1 Interse: tion of Rt. 251 & State Gamelancs Rd Poor R.11.2 Intersection of Rt's 170 & 251 Pece Q.11.1 Intersection of Rt.170 & Clarkson Pancake Rd Fair Q.11.2 *ntersettici cf Rt.170 & Entr. to Beaver Creek State Park Gcod
\
0.9.1 Intersection of Rt. 170 & Fredrickstown Rd Poor P.9.1 Intersection of Rt. 170 & Calcutta Smith Ferry Rd Poce - P.10.1 Intersection of Rt. 267 & T923 (Irisn-Ridge Rd) Pocr h.9.2 Interse: tion cf Rt's 267 & 39/7 (5:ncol) Poce N.7.2 Emergency stopping area eefere Onic/V.va. bri ge Rt.30 Good 7.5.1 Intersecticn of Rt. 65 & Calcutta-Smith Ferry Rd Good t till> Issue 7 Rev. 0
EPP/IP-2.1 Attachment 2 Page 3 uf 3 NCR N453T 20UTI ('0 Radio S cir.t Lecsti e Cc : va lettien F.1.1 Plant Entrance Good A.1.1 Rt. 163 tridge on *ne ?.iciand sice of Chio River Good 0.3.1 Interse:tten of Rt.158 & 63 Good 0.4.1 Entran:e to Meadewbrock Estates, Rte. ItB Good R.5.2 Intersection cf Tuscara.as Rd. and Rte.168 Good 0.5.1 Chiev111e Vol. Fire Dept. cff Rt.158 Good R.8.1 Intersection of Rt. 163 & Lisbon Rd Good R.10.1 Intersection of Rt's 251 & 168 Poor R.11.1 Interse: tion of Rt. 251 & State Ga.melancs Rd Poor R.11.2 Intersection of Rt's 170 & 251 Poor Q.11.1 Intersection cf Rt.170 & Clarkson Pancake Rd Fair , 0.11.2 Intersection of Rt. 170 & Ente. to Seaver Creek State Park Good
0.9.1 Interse
tion of Rt.170 & Frecrickstown Rd Poce P.9.1 Intersecticn of Rt.170 & Calcutta-Smith Ferry Rd Poor P.10.1 Intersection of Rt. 257 & T928 (Irish-Ridge Rd) Pocr N.9.2 Intersection of Rt's 257 & 39/7 (3cnool) Poor i N.7.2 Emergency ste: ping area before Chic /W.Va. bridge Rt.30 Good P.5.1 Intersection of At. 65 & Calcutta-Smith Ferry Rd Good P . 5 *.1 Too of nill Calcutta-Smith Ferry Ed Good P.7.1 Calcutta nuren (Calcutta-Smitn Ferry Ad) Good IV t b Issue 7 Rev. 0
. e ,,
@4.
'At5 0 mmc::1 O
D 9 INTENTIONALLY BLANK O l 4 e O
/ EPP/IP-2.t qq [' . .
Attachczent 3
/4 y h Pa 1 of 3 le j \ /
~ '
4 i Ik
-e 6
!-g' N-I
)d'5 W .
I R? t d 7 ]
~ 2' .11(gN
~
u
% y q / 2 N m j\ ~
s
- s 2
- y.
e R
% M q
Y_ - 9
~~ b 5
~
N 'E i s [ \ "- ZIiN"t@gt_ 4+ d
'6 &e- , bp% N ~
~',6 /
*i
~ 4_
w' %
~% .
s. b 2 f 4 N~ ~. 2 l
- o. kN J
7
\
q ?b R w
~
of e
~
2
' /'
(q
' '~
g _
/
7 f [g ,, 2 g; .
/ Av a an 5 v-j
. ~ ,
a .. 1 b \ v* % Issue 7 Rev. 0
EPP/XP-2.1 Attachment 3 5027 6 EST 5 vile :00?! Page 2 of 3 R adi o 301*t L:catic9 Oc95.miettien F.1.1 Plant Entrance 3ced L.3.1 Major Intersection in Mccastcan 3:cd L.4.1 Intersection of Rt. 163 & Rt. 30 Good 0.4.1 Intersection :f Rt. 30 L Rt. 151 3:co H.5.1 Interse:tien of Rt.151 L Rt.13 Go:d H.6.2 Intersection of Rt. 18 & Rt. 30 Good M.5.1 .sest on Rt. 301.2 miles Past L.4.1 cc East on Sc:d Rt. 30 1.2 miles past M.6.1 M.6.1 Ir.tersection of Rt. 30 & At. 3 Good N.7.1 ' est Virginia-Chio Bridge, Rt. 30 a Gcod N.6.1 Intersection Of Rt. 39 & Fisner Road, Winkys Good Q.2.1 Entran:e to Cructble Steel, Rt. 68 Midland Good . A.1.1 Midland 51:e of Rt.163 Bridge Good SOUT%EST 10 vi'.E ROUTE Ra:10 point Locatien Cc7*umi c a ti on F.1.1 Diant Entrance 3 cod L.3.1 v aj:r Interse:ti:n in wocastaan 3 cod L.4.1 Intersecticn of Rt.163 and Rt. 30 G:cd J.4.1 Intersection of Rt. 30 L Rt.151 3c:d H.5.1 Intersection of Rt.151 & Rt.13 30cc ' H.6.2 Intersecticn of Rt. 13 & Rt. 30 Seed J.10.1 Intersection cf Rt. 13 & Rt. 168 Good J.9.1 Entrance to Youth Forestry Cam Good K.7.1 Inte-section of Mancve* R3ad L Rt.13 2.7 mile from Good J.9.. or 3.3 mile frem L.4.1 K.9.1 Intersection Of Rt. 7 L Rt. 24 Poor L.10.2 Intersection of Rt. 7 & Rt. 26, Se sge Lift Stati n 8:Or L.11.3 Intersection of Rt. 2 L Rt. 7, 5.:statien Peer L.11.2 Inte-se: tion of Rt. 2 L Rt. 3 Peer M.11.4 Sri:;e of Tomlins:n Lace. Rt. 2 Dcor M.!!.5 *nte-sectio. cf Rt. 2 L Rt. 208 Peor N. 1.6 Interse:ti:n1' Rt. 2 L ::. 3/6, R.R. :-:ssin; 2:c-
*;.3.. Iatersection f Rt. 2 L Rt. .. Valse <ir; Fair N.7.1 aest V1 ; inia-Cni: 3ri:;e. Rt 30 300 N.6.1 Inte stetten cf Rt. 35 L Fisne- R:ad, atnays 3:cd 0.2.. Entran:e :: Cru:4cle Steel, Rt. 63 wi:lan: 3:30 A.1.1 Mt: land Side of Rt. 163 3-1:;e ever Ohi: Good L.4.1 Intersection :f 2t.165 L Rt. 30 Gcod O
I Issue 7 Rev. 0 I 1
EPP/IP-2.1 Attachment 3
$0'JTWEST RO'JTE Page 3 of 3 Radio l '0 , 8eint locatie9 C:muni:ation F.1.1 R1 ant Entrance Gcod L 3.1 Major Interse: tion in Ho:kstown Good L.4.1 Intersection of Rt. 152 & 30 Good J.4.1 Interse:: ion of Rt. 33 & Rt. 151 Good s
H.5.1 Intersection of Rt.151 & IS Good H 6.2 Intersectici of Rt.18 & Rt. 30 Good J.10.1 Intersection of Rt. 18 & Rt. 168 Gcod J.9.1 Entrance to Youth Forestry Camp Good K.7.1 Intersection of Hanover Road L Rt.18, 2.7 mile from J.9.1, Good ~ , 3.3 mile from L.4.1 M.5.1 West on Rt. 301.2 miles Past L.4.1 tr East on Rt. 301.2 Good miles Past M.6.1 M.6.1 Intersection of Rt. 30 & Rt. 8 Good N.7.1 West Virginia - Chio Brid:e, Rt. 30 Good A.1.1 Midland Sice of Rt.163 Bridge Good Q.2.1 Entrance to Crucible Steel, Rt. 68/168 Good N.6.1 Interse: tion cf Rt. 39 & Fisher Rd, Wintys Good N.4.1 Second Bridge Past Hockstown Interse: tion Poor P 4.1 Cravo, Keystone Civision Fair N.3.1 Tcp of Hill Next to CLCD Radio Tower Good L.7.1 Interse: icn of Rt. S & Rt. 14- T* Good L.9.1 Interse:tien cf Rt. 8 & Rt. 5 ) Good
. L.10.1 Tomlinson Run State Park intrance, Et. 8 Fair
[ L.11.1 Intersection cf Rt. B & Rt. 3 Fair L.9.2 Cak Glen High $cnocl, Rt. 33 Fair L.7.2 Intersection of Rt. 33 & Rt.14/2 Good - h.9.1 Interse::1on of Rt. 2 and Rt. 1 Value King Fair N.11.6 Intersecticn of Rt. 2 & Rt.'3/6, RR Crossing Poor
- M.11.5 Interse::icn cf Rt. 2 & At. 203 Po r M.11.4 Bridge Over Tomlint:n Lake, Rt. 2 Poor L.11.2 Interse::1on of Rt. 2 & Rt. 6 Poor L.11.3 In:e-se:: ion cf Rt. 2 & kt. 7, $ 4 station Poor j L.13.2 Intersection cf Rt. 7 & Rt. 26, fewage '.ift 3:6:icn Peor K.9.1 Inte se: tion cf Rt. 7 & Rt. 24 Poor M.10.1 Interse:tienofRd.3&Rt.20S Poor N.5.1 . Interse: tion of Rt. 3/2 & Rt. 5 P:or M.S.1 Interse:: ion cf Rt. 5 & Rt. 203 7 l
;b' O
. Issue 7 Rev. O I g w,,w-,- ,--- -
, - - - - - , m -,-
,-- , , - - - - -__m , - - , - - - , ,wv --e,- yy , g - we -
\ &Q.
%t5 o em ect O
mmmmmum , _ - ==m..m m O
t gf
/
ir EPP/10-2.1
~ Attachment a&i Page l Of 3 w,,s s ~
p%s , f , s~ e n s
\i s
' s; pg c
I kl \ s.
" / g 7,o o '#
.o a f. \
.q ' d I "
l ei m me.u , \
; "n '" ' 5 '
?
W/ pT <*
\
k* s. s ,,,,,, .,'s I 1\ an ~r ,,
~% h #
s 'zIt e g r
, s .v i w; :
siv 1 s i i y' g y ,-
, 7) 8 y)
/e ) ;
s ,- j'H
/?
. k,
*!\ -
9\ 4)
/v l9 5 0 e
O . * [N Issue 7 gev. O
EPP/IP-2.1 Attachment 4 e~m.r:s: eo:- ROUT-: Pm2d3
~ -
Radic sc int 1,ccation Oc r unicatien F.1.1 Plant Entrance Gced 0.2.1 Bru:e Mansfield Plan Entran:e Go:a F.2.1 irterse::fon cf Rt. 15 L Green Garden Rd. Good E.3.1 Intersection of Rt.13 L Holt Rd.1.1 mile fecm F2.1 Good 0.4.1 "Y" ir read at Rt.13 and Mo-ry Rd Good 0.5.1 Main Plant Entrance ARCD/ POLYMERS, Rt.13 Pocr 0.6.1 St. Jce Mineral Entrance. Rt. 18 Good E.7.2 Center Exit cf Rt. 60 Good E.3.1 Aliqui:pa Exit of Rt. 60 Good F.6.1 Intersection of Penny Holl w Park Rd & Green Garden Rd Good F.4.1 Interse::1cn of Green Garcen Rd & Patterson Rd Good G.3.1 Sucerior Mo:ile Homes, Rt. la Gcod H.5.1 Intersection of Rt's 13 & 151 Good J.4.1 Interse: tion cf Rt's 30 & 151 Good L.3.1 Main Interse::1on in hookstown Good SOU3 EAST 10 MILE ROUTE Radio Pei-: Locatien Comunic aticn F.1.1 Plant Entrance Geoc 0.Z.1 ?,u:e Mansfield Entrance, Rt.18 Good F.2.1 1stersection cf Rt. IS & Green Gar:en,Re Good E.3.1 Interse::icn of Rt.18 L Holt Rd Good 0.4.1 "Y" in Road at Rt.18 anc Mcwry Rd Good 0.5.1 Main Plan: Entran:e te AR 0/ POLYMERS, Rt.15 Poor 0.6.1 St. Joe Mineral Entrance, Rt. la Good 0.5.1 Interse::icn of Rt's 12 L 51, Seaver valley Mall Good 0.5.1 Gee Bee She;;ing Center, Rt. 18/51 Good 0.10.1 Pneenix Glass Parting Let, Penn Ave Menaca Fair 0.10.2 Interse::1on of Cons:1:stion B1ve. anc Menaca Rd P:or E.11.1 Entrance :: West A11:uipa, Constitution Blvd. Pece ! .1C .
- Entrance to Alicui:;a from C:ns;itation Elvd. Peor E.10.2 :nterse: tion cf M: nata Rc L Franklin Ave, Alc. Goed E.11.2 Am:ric;e - A11:ut:ca 2ri ;e, Cc stitution 51ve. Poor F.11.1 Ph111:s P wer Statten, Constitu:1cn Blvd. Pace F.11.2 In:ersee:1ra cf R:'s 51 L 151 Poor F.10.1 Intersee:1:n cf ;t's 151 & 50. 60 overpasses !!1 Peor G.10.1 2nd :ntersection past loo <tewn (Off Rt. 151) Peer M.11.1 Intersaction of Road 04059 L Rt. 30 Poor H.9.1 R400:en Park Entrante, Rt. 30 Poor J.10.1 In;eese::1on cf R:'s 15 L 15a Good k.5.2 In:ersection cf 4t's 13 L 30 Fair J.4.1 Inte*see:1cn cf R*'s 30 L 131 Gecd
. 3.; Main :rterse::1c, in ::" ' ,60 ' $ c ~~
NJ
- d ne \
K -
/ r
[m
' W $Q h s-- u mma
",,,,, 5 -
o o' _ q , a W = e' O a l Iio n g $
/*-. , .
' i$h i
n , b6
-c.
S
"'" /*fR
, y'
' ^' 1
' N,! "E .;a O --
f O'
. j:!:
1
-k , //
i o
,a Ax1g. / ( f / /
q ' /u:' f,e
~
[ a f a
\M
\
S
< < Y l',.
2
'~d,,
c 74 .2
$ d'
- C g ',
d C
~j **
.E
/
- 9 W C e' .,
cf '
- " n /
5 m % m .!I
- <: C 1 ;\
[ - ui
>C o ~
Oe - s G t Issue 7 Rev. o
l l EPP/IP-2.1 i Attachment 5 1 Pega 2 of 3 tR w ns 5 e.E c0uTi pa:1o Foint L05tien COTunication F.1.1 Plant Entrance Good A.1.1 Rt. ISS Bric;e en the Midlanc sice cf Chio River Gocc 3.2.1 Red Erick Sic; en lef t side of Rt. 681.5m from A.1.1 Good C.3.1 Interse:tien cf Rt. 63 & Incustry-Fairview Rd Gecc C.4.1 Intersection cf Rt. 63 & Barclay Hill Rd Goed 0.5.1 Tcp of Hill from Rt. 68 en Barclay Hill Rd. Good 3.6.1 Intersection of Ear: lay Hill Rd & Tuscarawus Rc Good A.6.1 Intersection of Lisbon Rd and Tus:aramas Rd Gooc R.5.1 Interse: tion of Industry.Fairview Rc & Tuscara as Rd Gecc R.5.2 Interse::1cn of Tuscarawas Rd & Rt.168 Good 0.4.1 Intersection on Rt.1681.7 miles from R.5.2 Gecc C.2.1 Interse::icn of Rt.168 and Rt. 63 Good NORTHUST 10 MILE ROUTE Radio Poirt Lecation Cc unication F.1.1 Plant Entrance Go:S A.1.1 Rt.163 Eric;e cn :ne Midland sice cf Ohio River Goce 3.2.1 Red Srica 51d; on left sice of Rt. 651.5 miles from A.1.1 Good
0.3.1 Interse
tion of Rt. 65 & Industry-Fairvie. Ed Gocc C.4.1 Interse:: ten cf Rt. 68 anc Bar: lay Hill Roac Good C.7.1 Intersection of Rt. 65 & Rt. 60 Rt. 62 overpasses Rt. 60 Fair
".9.1 Beaver County Courthouse, Rt.63 Fair C.10.1 Intersecticn of R:'s 63 & 51, 65 overpasses 51 Fair C.10.2 Huntsman Funeral Moce it ri;n: angle :end in Rt. 6S Gced 0.11.1 Tnree way intersection at bottom cf Marion Hill Fair 0.10.3 Interse::1on of Marion Hill Re anc Rt.13/65, New Bri;nten Fc:r
~
C.11.2 darren Ferd a rcss bridge Cver Seaver River Rt.18 Peor E.11.1 Intersec ton of Rt's 12 & 558 Poor E.11.3 Interse::icn of Rt's 60 & El (enc f Rt. 60) Peer R.S.1 Sla:khani Feeli: Golf ; curse, Rt. 251 Poc-R.10.1 In ersection :f Rt's 251 & 165 Pec-R.3.1 Interse::1cn cf Lisece Rd & Rt. 165 Gee: 0.5.1 Onioville ' vel. Fire De:t. Rt. 162 -Gc:: C.4.1 Interse::1cn en R:.153 2.3m frem 0.5.1 , G:::
. ...1 .t..erse.....
... .....w. , R..s
. . ,2..c & . . Mi,i.a..
. ... occ,.
O Issue 7 Rev. 0
- M* * *
.. .. . ~* : ~ = ' * *'m EPP/IP-2.1
. Attachment 5 Page 3 of 3 NORTr.iAST RC'JTE
(.m
%/
J Point Lecatic9 Racio Cc numcation G Plant Entrance saco A.1.1 Rt.165 Eridge en the Midland Sice 'of Chio River Good 5.2.1 Red Brick B1dg. en lef t side of Rt. 681.5 miles from A.1.1 Good C.3.1 Intersection of Rt. 68 and Fairview Road. Good C.4.1 Intersection of Rt. 68 and Barclay Hill Good C.7.1 Intersection of Rt. 65 & Rt. 60 overpasses Rt. 60 Fair C.9.1 Beaver County Courthouse, Rt. 68 Fair C.10.1 Intersection cf Rt's 68 & 51 68 overpasses 51 Fair C.10.2 Stuntsman Funeral Home at right angle bend in Rt. 68 Good C.10.3 Intersection of Marion Hill Rd. and Rt.18/65 Poor C.11.2 Marrow F:rd Across Bridge over Seaver River Rt.13 Poor 3.11.1 Intersection of Rt's 18 & CS8 Poor . B.11.2 Intersection cf 4t's 588 & 51 Poor 5.10.1 Top of Fal!!cn Hill Golf Course Good C.10.4 Intersection of Rt. 51 and Baner Hollow Rd. Poor C.S.1 Top af Hill on Tuscarawus 'td at Walington Estates Good C.7.2 Intersection of Tuscarawus Rd. and Rt. 60 Good C.5.1 Top of Hill frc's Rt.66 en Barclay Hill Road Good B.6.1 Intersection cf Barclay Hill Rd'and Tuscarawas Rd. Good A.6.1 Inte-section of Tuscarawas Road and Lishen Rd. Good R.7.1 Interse: tion on Lisbon Rd 2.a miles from E.6.2 Pecr R.S.1 Intersectica cf Lisoca Rd. & Rt. 16S Good R.10.1 Inte-sectica of Rt's 16S & 251 Pocr N_) A.9.1 Sla:knewk Public Golf Course Rt.251 Poor Q.5.1 Chiev111e Vol. Fire Dept. on Rt.168 Good
0.4.1 Interse
tion on Rt.168 no lans ark (2.3rn from 0.5.1 or Good 1.7m from R.5.2) C.3.1 Inte sectt:n of Rt's 168 & 68 G:od E.11.3 Interse: tion cf Rt's 60 & 51 Pece 5.9.1 Bric;e on Rt. 60 over Bracy's Run County Para Poor l E.7.1 Interse: tion of Duten Ric;e Rc and Rt. 60 Good C.7.2 Intersection of Tuscarawus Rd an: Rt. 63 Goca 1.4.1 Western Seaver Hign Sch:01 G:cd C.9.2 Seaver County Me:1:a1 Ce.ter -Cut:n P.idge Rd Good R.I.1 . Intersectice f In:wstry Fairvie. R: & Tuscarawas Rd Gsec R.5.2 Inte se: tion of Tus:arswas Rd and At.168 G:o: e (\ h v Issue 7 Rev. O
iCL AbN D am u:t* O INTENTIONALLY BLANK N -*4 ---+-ee emus.e.- e, O O l l
[a . W J EPP/IP-2.l Attachment 6 Page 1 of 2 V IDCAT10Hs (ONStrE)(OFFSITE) SURYRY ROtTTEs (HW) (SW) (N E) (SE) DISTANCRs (5) (10) miles DATES CAlfULATIONS DTs MONTit)RINO TEAM 1.EADER:
- DOSE COMMITMENT FROM AIR SAMPI,E DATA - E140/ IIP 318 INSTRUMENT a b e d e f 3 h I ] k l Closed C Cb C mp Total Survey Cony. Total Time Minibw Parameter a. net Volume Conversion Factor Cone. Cone. Factor Dose * -
Point rsR/hr IfPml IePm) ICPm) (It') (pCl/ce) (pCl/ce) (mrem /hr) Air Filter 1.9 4 E-It' 7.73 El Charcoal 1.35 E-8 A g7.collt e 8.53 E-18 Air Filter 1.84 E-lO 1,73 El
, Charcoal 1.35 E-8 A gteolite '
8.53 E-It' Air Filter 1.94 E-10 7.73 E5 Charcoal 1.35 E-0 AgEcollte 8.53 E-10 Air Fliter I.34 E-10 7.73 EE
. CimeE I.35 E-8 A gteo.3_
8.53 E-10 Alt FIIter l.94 E-10 7.73 El Charcoal 1.3 5 E- 0 *
, A gZeollte 8.53 E-10
- Air Filter 1.94 E-10 1.73 ES Charcoal 1.35 E-8 A gEcollte 8.53 E-RO '
Air Filter . 1.e4 E-It 7.73 E5 Charcoal 1.35 E-B ( AgEcollte s.53 E-10 -
- Dose = meern per hour of inhalation of activity in column j d f,= g _ _
- i. m L...donI- m i l
Issue 7 Rev. 0 ,
; 3 cveue x a cretro
~
i
" ; ....i , , . . . . . . . > . s .1... > > s.1... >s....
IE+5,- ,
~ -
3 i g i y1
;c~
l
~> '
g
]
5 Jm e n w u n l
, c nim W
f' w v i. v aa,2r
, V F i
v 4 i n)A -
; g "
~
[e q. ? 5 q j, 1 r yih f l n I K 1 , 2 ' O $ ! . 11 % N - H I i / ,14% h l Ll ! W
.sh h h $ [
[ [ l ll h k /.i!i@l7lif inl
! , p . h M M d! /
M
~
! !!!!s h iEH! G J !!
i n r ,[ i @ui m!f I E
- g. 4 i u -"::t - u:;7 a:iE.E i y ;i,lii
[ UE is i g e j ? :% i!
! :- .:i:a "I'
!' 2 [
5 I
'I m'* I GIE*4 '
f, h z . ipp Upr <' / a r ' j' n j 79 l 1 eit: 5 n' M Hb, W- '
! d ~l L
I '/ ' h 7- $ ! . Yf; h!" - r j w% iji;!,t r (- r-IM . w
! !' 1, M,D:r .r ,
I Q i u l i e i:1 ym l M - m d
]
J l 4 - g lj MDA, cpm h ,- ia il i j, p .,
. 1 I - 10 0 2 2 4 sbo
-?j I 6 3 b l 1 p -
< id $2 1 l i' Ei 8 0"9 f M i
! F -d l oj T'*il M + l M f A $[l ; l ll y' Yp x
- n.
- I I
I i N $ hi v!f .
;i C v .
e f %h V ll r I i N1
- u. w sf. -
jj fe M j)
=
C
" .n.1
/ h jQ h"U /
glh 5: b.n%g j ' "!!. '
! I E.3 lD% h0 $0 f,h e . I 1 ;
q l j M+ d2 :
- - h : . ! . .- .
Ei ! li d. i
, k / bw' f 1 pll [U ,
1 !! ! $
- 4 e
/ i J M j L f lh iag
~
.i ug hji 2 ,
'g , d .
ni d,u;? / i , f@ d.i f nl $ yh y
~ '
jp j W $p
.di
,1!
jil / d l! u i jji p s ji gC
!!ii).4 1 TN j -
b! p i i j ii 6U . j g i- 5. ,
., i l 5 e>n x i !: lilFi E k j lil i
!: 5 9
o 91_ _nb;d!N {li S IE-9 IE-8 l !l 0 f i_IE-7A.lj ll n!$. d!?jiik i Lj! l$ld d I *I hh 1 IE- 6 IE-5 ,
", 3 D 2ab SAMPLE ACTIVITY #Cl/cc -
cron io n.3 smetri
1
. EPP/IP-2.1 Attachment 7 l
"*j v x._. , s --: ;;- ..
(Q _ P ag: f, tx x, N .~. m. i,.s- g .
;-d.,'mng-L_ ,
N
- T]' Qs O ;.c % l i; I- -
i i I
's I l ls s 'l'Yl)[l l --
N\
,l,% 'ij i i
< l ,s , ! :izie' N s. -x .:g -N s o~ . J.,
'x N ? x, Ni...N
,lx . . . ' .4Cr, . ' x . . .
6 x i i , s. .
's- 4 d,% W *
. NG,T*c ft . .
- IN_t iXt i t isN ,' I A s i liK 1 iXi .tr' kl l IM l May#'ll M!!
E . I 11 IMI -'
!' \ XI s' I l { i
,$ it -
\ .
\
x .,4
, Cf
-s. ll. .
s%,.! x l l
'*' c;;
x x s
- x. .
s
.x4c-x.x s
.x .
'x.
x ?z,. . _ . r y *, N . ,,N.. . x .x . . . . x to .ax ,,i__, z C ( e N iiisN e i s e ihe s N4p 6 e N isi
\l IX l i e ill\ / ' I I M i l l\ l 1 !Ii $
8' N i mul N
'h i I n m g"l wins :
ij %j ' ii ,;
~
%, l '
i s ig9 li , i: , i, emr E
- i x s
~?
s s s e _; s g-2 l x 4x .x
,,g,,,
x x ,. , , ,x x. 3,,, , j gs k . C
, , , , , , , , , , , , ,\ ,,,, \g, . , , , , .
l l l l 16 til i \ l i l 'iNf l 1 %J l i e s i l l- 8 <- l l l lll!!! l l ll l llll ' ll >$ lhim-, 8., = To tJ5E THis C D t PS4 _._.4
,x, .x- m_.
{ ~_PLCT THE PCINT REPRESENT!NC THE x x._, i EX7CsuRE AND Tif.1E PERICD CF EXPCsURE - 'N N i t a
- e i i s' ; I t i l .
EsTi!. TATE THE PRCJE".TED THYRCIC CCsE g , g g g ;pa a -CY INTERPCLATICN F ACf.t THE CUnvEs -- AECVE, ANo, EELCW THE PCtNT. l llllll -8 _ xic** tot
' "I
- a a e aeiee
- 4 .s.is.
a a . s.re PRcJECTED Tir.tE PER:Co CF Ex70svRE - MCums l Using the repo'rted elesed window reading, determine the adult and child thyroid projected dese. l Use the following input data: e Projected Time of Exposure = 8 hours e Gamma Radiation Dose Rate = gamma dose rate (mR/hr-closed window) for releases from Gas Decay Tanks, Volume Control Tanks, Degasifiers, Reactor Coolant System, etc. 4e Gamma Radiation Dose Rate = Measured gamma dose rate (mR/hr-closed window) multiplied by 0.225 for releases via charcoal filters Issue 7 Rev. 0
~w-+ w - - - - - - - - r- - -
_ , . - - - . _ ,,---,w-m-m- - - - - -
h*&
'A O - m@w O'
l 4 INTENTIONALLY BLANK S O
s. EPP/IP-2.1 Attachment 8
- f. s/
~'
; R 'h s.. ' ;%%QJ p e
- I
' lfie}'
3 m . I
@g, , %8 _
i _ i
., Ug m ]: w 8 . - .
ll:%.g..e.: - '.
' '/ t.
b' ' OlfT ps - L)- 760 Yg
$\*\
o
/:
BEAV A Y - C
@ __ _. ,s . s e t $ 1 I - g IM N
~ '
Wg da unzri N' g4
, f
')
\
o % y o" A (h A, w700 % 3
}' N j
[
, Exct.usic h$ r x ,my= =
_sm;ge '
' NI
- NT s - n=
q; 3-Mg ~ c Ship ohf'; . ._
- j
,f,)$ r "00 D' j 3, . ,, .q'/
Y A -
\
@=.
jh : Le SlTE q" s_ p, ;- y, \1100 + UNDARY ;4 a,\ L ; -
% ('i %g. ';
/\ --M __ ; -
.k .
BVPS UNRESTRICTED AREA BOUNDARY FOR EFFLUENT RELEASES Issue 7 Rev. O
9s V OLCtrcr:e @ O INTENTIONALLY BLAhT NN***w a = e -- - . % O
I MG3719 d EPP/IP-2.2 BEAVER VALLEY POY!ER STATICN Page 1 of 6
; EMERGENCY PREFARECNESS FLAN EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE ONSITE MONITORING FOR AIRBORNE RELEASE A. OBJECTIVE This procedure provides instructions to monitoring team personnel for performing onsite radiological monitoring in the event of an airborne release of radioactive ma te rial. In-plant radiological surveys are performed in accordance with the RCM Chapter 3, and at the direction of the Radiological Control Coordiantor.
Onsite monitoring is directed and coordinated by the EA & DP Coordinator and/or the Emergency Director in accordance with EPP/IP-2.1, " Emergency Radiological Monitor-ing". The TSC/ EOF personnel may direct that some or all of the surveys described herein be performed. Monitoring teams need only perton i.he applicable steps of this procedure. B. PREREQUISITES / INITIAL CONDITIONS
- 1. An airborne release of radioactive material has occurred and the EA & DP Coordinator and/or the E=ergency Director has requested an onsite survey.
- 2. TSC/ EOF personnel have determined the general path of the plume and have provided monitoring team members with specific instructions on areas to survey, tapes of surveys, and requirements for protective clothing and respirators.
- 3. . Appropriate monitoring equipment is available, operable and in-calibration.
C. PRECAUTIONS
- 1. Monitoring teams must remain alert to their own exposure and request relief if their cummulative exposure approaches a BVPS administrative control level.
The Emergency Director is the only individual who may authorize exposure limit extensions in excess of 10 CFR 20, i
- 2. Communications between the monitoring team and the TSC/ EOF will normally l
l be via DLC radio. Since radio communications at this frequency can be interceptes by commercially available scanners, all communications related to reporting survey data must be brief and factual, and free of exclamatory or alarming expressions. Issue 7 Rev. O
$$hl EPP/IP-2.2 Taps Page 2 of 6 D=,m LW.,
- 3. Since implementation of proper protective actions onsite and offsite, and subsequent reconstruction of the event requires accurate information, observe the following guidelines:
3.1 Carefully word data transmissions to the TSC/ EOF to minimize possible confusion. In particular, avoid abbreviations (such as " mrem" which could be confused with " rem"). Use the complete word or unit--ie
" millirem".
3.2 Clearly identify survey locattons, using predesignated survey location numbers, map coordinates, and equipment / building names, as available. 3.3 Preface radio communications with the title or name of the receiving party and your title or name. For example: " Beaver Valley TSC, this is NW monitoring team.." Wait for the receiving party to acknowledge prior to relaying any data. End the message with an appropriate termiantion phrase. For example: "...SW monitoring team, out". 3.4 Accurately document all survey data. Ensure that units associated with the data are clear. Enter the date, time, instrument serial number (s), and name of surveyor on all survey records. D. PROCEDURE
- 1. Obtain appropriate monitoring equipment f rom the monitoring team kit (s) loca t-ed in the storage locations. Equipment selected will depend on the type of survey assigned. Obtain and re-zero assigned dosimeters, if applicable.
- 2. Perform operability checks on monitoring equipment before leaving the Control Room or the controlled are hallway, in accordance with instrument use procedure provided in the Kit.
- 3. Obtain a Hi-band "Handie-Talkie" and check operation before leaving to start survey. Check radios outside of the Control Room to minimize possible RF interference with instrument. Keep the radio operational at all times while performing surveys in order to maintain communications with the TSC/ EOF.
i l l Issue 7 REv. O i
$YRg EPP/IP-2.2 D "h Page 3 of 6 w' p3 m O?i
- 4. If the survey will be performed outside of the security fence, leave the
/N station via the guardhouse. Retain your TLD and dosimeters while performing
( ) radiological monitoring onsite.
- 5. Obtain a DLC vehicle, if available. Otherwise, use any available privately-owned vehicle. Record starting mileage and gas tank level. Ensure that there is at least a 1/2 tank of gas. Obtain another vehicle if necessary.
NOTE The DC powered air-samplers require a 12-VDC source to operate. The battery in a car is suitable. For this reason, a vehicle may be necessary, even though the distances involved are within walking distance.
- 6. If TSC/ EOF personnel so direct, or if airborne activity or contamination is suspected, don protective clothing and/or respirators, as appropriate.
Avoid the unnecessary use of respirators and protective clothing. If observed dose rates exceed 100 millirem per hour, evacuate the area and/or seek shelter, unless otherwise directed by TSC/ EOF personnel.
- 7. Perform measurements as assigned by the TSC/ EOF as follows:
NOTE m ('~') Whenever possible, an ion-chamber instrument (such as the Eberline RO- series) should be used for making dose rate measurements. An instrument with an energy-compensated GM probe with the beta window closed (such as HP-270) is an acceptable substitute. During an Unusual Event, monitoring team data shall be reported to the EA and DP Coordinator in the Control Room. For higher emergencies the TSC will be activated and data shall be reported to the EA & DP Coordinator in the TSC/ EOF. 7.1 Moving Dose Rate 7.1.1 While enroute to the first assigned survey locaiton, and at any other time while moving about the site, have the survey instrument turned on. Frequently observe the survey meter and report readings to the TSC/ EOF, If a level of 1.0 millirem per hour or greater is observed, immediately notify the TSC/ EOF. Note and record any readings significantly higher than the average and record these readings on the site map (Attachment 2). If in a vehicle, extend the instrument probe through an open window (weather permitting). A !(v) Icene 7 Dn* O
d'd, EPP/IP-2.2 y Page 4 of 6 D r__*m C#:t 7.2 Stationary Dose Rate Survey 7.2.1 Hold the instrument probe parallel to and about 3 feet 9 (waist height) above the ground. 7.2.2 Take a reading. Allow sufficient time for the meter response to stablize. Document the reading, in mR/hr on the EPP Survey Log (Attachment 1). 7.3 Airborne Activity 7.3.1 Place a clean particulate filter and charcoal cartridge (or silver zeolite cartridge as directed by TSC/ EOF) in the air sampler. The filters are positioned so as the air flow passes through the particulate paper filter first. NOTE TSC/ EOF personnel will determine which iodine sampling cartridge is appropriate. volume from 10 f t}SC/ to EOF personnel another volumemay also change consistent withthe sample radiological conditions. 7.3.2 No te the flow rate (cfm). On the DC powered samplers, this is normally L.0 f t / min. Calculate the time necessary to obtain a 10 ft sample. 10 ft Sample Time, minutes = Sampler Flow Rate, cfm 7.3.3 Position or hold the sampler such that the intake is not touching nor in close proximity to potentially contaminated surfaces. Connect the sampler to the power supply, or for 12 VDC samplers, to the battery of the vehicle. Keep the engine running when drawing power from the vehicle battery. 7.3.4 Turn the sampler on and record the time on the Air Sample Record Card (Attachment 3). O Issue 7 Rev. 0
$5Yk EPP/IP-2.2 Page 5 of 6 D Ta r'_pS m 1.ifi 7.3.5 When approximately 10 ft have been collected, turn the
[/} sampler off and record the time on the Air Sample Record Card. 7.3.6 Remove the filters from the sampler. 7.3.7 Count each filter separately, using an El40, or equivalent, with HP210 probe. Place the filter on a clean surface and postion the HP210 probe about one-half centimeter from the filter. NOTE Ensure that the RESPONSE control on the E140, or equivalent, ((gset for the slowest response. This is necessary to maintain an adequate minimum detectable activity (MDA). The MDA for typic typical background are listed below. If the background is higher than that listed below relocate to another location with a lower background. If laboratory-type instruments (such as SAM-: are available, these instruments may be used to access the sample in accordance with the BVPS RCM. Background MDA Background MDA (cpm) (cpm) (cpm) (cpm) 200 70 3000 275 f'T d 500 1000 110 160 5000 10000 360 500 1500 195 20000 710 2000 225 30000 870 7.3.8 Record the gross count rate readings, location, and time on the EPP Survey Form. 7.3.9 Report any radioiodine sample which exceeds 100 cpm above background. 7.3.10 Place the samples in a plastic bag with the Air Sample Record Card. At the end of the survey return all samples, and EPP Survey Logs to the Station, or to another locaiton designated by the TSC/ EOF, for laboratory counting. O I t v Issue 7 Rev. 0
dV,g, EPP/IP-2.2 D% Page 6 of 6
=' g5
_N @
- 8. Af ter all the required data have been collected at the first survey location, establish radio contact with the TSC/ EOF and report the following data from the log sheet:
8.1 Survey Location and time 8.2 Air sample volume 8.3 Rate meter background count rate 8.4 Rate meter gross counts for particulate sample 8.5 Rate meter gross counts for radioiodine cartridge & type of cartridge used. 8.6 Radiation readings taken between survey points.
- 9. Proceed to the next survey point and repeat steps 7 and 8 for each survey loca tion.
- 10. Periodically, read your pcket dosimeters, and have other personnel in the monitoring team read theirs. Report these readings to the TSC/F0F at least every 30 minutes, or when accumulated exposure reaches 100 mrem.
- 11. Af ter reporting the survey data from the last survey point, request further instructions from the TSC/ EOF.
E. REFERENCES
- 1. Beaver Valley Power Station Emergency Implementing Procedure EPP/IP-2.1,
" Emergency Radiological Monitoring"
- 2. Beaver Valley Power Station Radiation Control Manual F. ATTACHMENTS
- 1. EPP Survey Log
- 2. BVPS Site Map
- 3. Air Sample Record Card l
O Issue 7 Rev. O
4 , 1l fi mT]m8P3 4
,, ~ Or: 3:"
3 M s C l a E T V N E E L M K M N O A C E T T S A A D G R E s e D l A i E m L
)
0 M 1 ( A l a
)
E o 5 ( T c r s G l ae E D NI C R / C !N l O e N T i l A T I l u T A N e S E O Z l E ~ C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C c C C C C CZ
)
G M r l A I' / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / e Y ' Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z v S S S S S S S S S S S S S
/ )
E. l l T S S S S S S S S S S S- 3 l i S E M n L (
)
S f' S n c Ghi s e p e ( N lHoo D l G r r A
) e E W lp Rea S
( m tap a a 0 4 l c
) S u W r 1 Eics s s i N
( T R A E. tar or A l P PG _ 4 T l T r M r t Ad t T S nu O A R or m R E Y l IAgp k r t E c A ta V R E. I _ l 0: U l 4 B M 1 E S.OI 't AV' l
) _ _
E d wr _ T e i I s k> l / S F G- oki R l r _ t' D CWm _ O (
)
k O s r l . Si 9 A I - N E N E - O S E M ( N S I E T T . C A N - _ N I B E W E. M _ _ _ . U I . T l
- t. _
A C C fl R T *' Pe l e >( l S D I E V N I 8' i-6 s(n $ ot y gef o i:
,li )
I Technical JPp ri Cent River
.p g
g,,,,,7 3ssc,nsi, arco /
~~ L
/ __. %, \
f N u s 1 m
~
,4 0 1
=
v t f r
\' O *i :-:
- j O -
D ,
) g- Waels a]
w. l!~I'y -~~,. ( '________. s/ocation of . SA .- 91
- lt :r_t.
i Emenjency 1 ______ -.-- b.
/Q c,
y 7 avps.acuci k( s - _ cometex ... 1 c D ' C_7__ ___J 9 -- e
~s a s L 1 s
s
\ ' .i I
7 3 s \ E a 1
's_/ og t,
- I \
E l y o Operolions Support Center -
)
O!O g to 3 ** 1 3j j io ea O O g .a
EPP/IP-2.2 l Attachment 3 i i I a AIR SAMPLE RECORD C ARD Air sample location: Date: Surveyer: Sampler ID # Sampler flow rate ft'Anin Sample time: (10 ft 3/ Sampler flow rate) = Sample start time: Stop time: Sample vclume: 1 T e a Issue 7 Rev. O
AD J., Ab5 c om e:t* O INTENTIONALLY BLAhY 9 O
bMCUS$US Nh EPP/IP-2.3 - ~ BEAVER VALLEY POV/ER STATION Page 1 of 7 EMERGENCY PREFARECNESS PLAN EMERGENCY IfAPLETAENTING PROCEDURE
'% ~
OFFSITE MONITORING FOR AIRBORNE RELEASE . A. OBJECTIVE _ This procedure provides instructions to monitoring 4eam personnel for performing offsite radiological. monitoring in the event of an airborne relea'se of radioactive
~
material. Offsite monitoring is directed and coordinated ?y the EA & DP Coordin-ator and/or the Emergency Director in accordance wittvEPI/IP-2.1, " Emergency Radiological Monitoring". EA & DP personnel may direer. that some or all of the surveys described herein be performed. Monitoring teams need only perform the applicable steps of this procedure. - B. PREREQUISITES / INITIAL CONDITIONS %
- 1. An airborne release of radioactive material has occurred and the EA & DP Coordinator and/or the Emergency Director has requested an offsite survey.
- 2. TSC/ EOF personnel have determined the general path of the plume and have provided monitoring team members with specific instructions on areas tcr' survey, tapes of surveys, and requirments for protective clothing and respirators.
%J -
- 3. Appropriate monitoring equipment is available, operable, and in-calibration.
C. PRECAUTIONS _
- 1. Monitoring teams must remain alert to their own exposure and request relief if their cummulative exposure approaches a 'B,VPS administrative control level. The Radiological Controls Coordiantor may authorize exposure limit extension above administrative limits,but not greater than 10 CtR 20. ,
The Emergency Director may authorize exposure limit extensfons'in excess of ! 10 CFR 20. '
- 2. Communications between the monitoring team and the TSC/ EOF will normally be via DLC radio. Since radio communications at this f requ;ncy can be intercepted by commercially available scanners, all communications related to reporting survey data must be brief and factual, and free of exclamatory or alarming ,
expressions. To the extent possible, survey points should be referenced by map designator (NW survey point //3) rather than the actual location. (~ ( x 5 _ - .uh
' i
if$3 EPP/IP-2.3 51 b' Page 2 of 7 DLcJ3En3 W
- 3. Monitoring team personnel shall not supply raw data to members of the general public or to news media personnel. Monitoring team personnel should
)
courteously explain that the survey is a precautionary measure, that the survey data is raw data that hasn't been evaluated, and that significant final data is reported to State and Local Authorities. Refer all questions to DLC PID or to PEMA/BCEMA/CCDSA/HCOES.
- 4. Since implementation of proper protective actions onsite and of fsite, and subsequent reconstruction of the event requires accurate information, observe the following guidelines:
4.1 Carefully word data transmissions to the TSC/ EOF to minimize possible confusion. In particular, avoid abbreviations (such as " mrem" which could be confused with " rem"). Use the complete word or unit--ie
" millirem".
4.2 Clearly identify survey locations, using predesignated survey locaiton numbers and map coordinates. as available. 4.3 Preface radio communicati . the title or name of the receiving party and your title or name. For example: " Beaver Valley TSC, this is NW monitoring team. . ." Wait for the receiving party to lf acknowledge prior to relaying any data. End the message with an appropriate termination phrase. For example: " . .SW monitoring team, out". Y 4.4 Accurately document all survey data. Ensure that units associated with the data are clear. Enter the dat, time, instrument serial number (s), and name of surveyor on all survey records. U. PROCEDURE 1' Obtain appropriate monitiring equipment from the monitoring team kit (s) loca t-ed in the designated storage area. Equipment selected will depend on the type of survey assigned. Obtain and re-zero assigned dosimeters, if applicable. A 4 O y Issue 7 Rev. 0
Ad!O, . EPP/IP-2.3 55103 Page 3 of 7 D -' m !.ht"!
- 2. Perform operability checks on monitoring equipment before leaving the Control Room or the controlled area hallway (c. the BC Communications Center), in
[a} accordance with instrument use procedures provided in the kit.
- 3. Obtain a Hi-band "Handie-Talkie" and check operation before leaving the Station (or the BC Communicaitons Center). Keep the radio operational at all times while performing surveys in order to maintain communications with the TSC/ EOF.
- 4. Prior to leaving the Station, ensure that you have necessary equipment, survey maps, etc and understand the survey aasignment. Leave the station via the guardhouse. Retain your TLD and dosimeters while peforming radiological monitoring offsite.
- 5. Obtain a DLC vehicle, if available. Otherwise, use any available privately-owned vehicle. Record starting mileage and gas tank level. Ensure that there is at least a 1/2 tank of gas. Obtain another vehicle if necessary.
- 6. If TSC/ EOF personnel so direct, or if significant airborne activity or contam-ination is observed, don protective clothing and/or respirators, as appropriate.
If observed dose rates exceed 100 millirem per hour, evacuate the area V ') I and/or seek shelter, unless otherwise directed by EA & DP personnel. NOTE To prevent unwarranted public concern, do not den protective clothing or respirators offsite unless necessary, and at the direction of the TSC/ EOF.
- 7. Perform measurements as assigned by the TSC/ EOF as follows:
NOTE l Whenever possible, an ion-chambed instrument (such as the Eberline R0-series) should be used for making dosc rate measurements. An instrument with an energy- compensated GM probe with the beta window closed (E530/HP270) is an acceptable substitute. NOTE For Site Area or General Emergencies, radiological monitoring will be control-led from the Emergency Operations Facility (EOF) and survey data should be ! reported to the EOF. For lesser emergencies, report data to the Technical Support Center (or Control Room). l O O Issue 7 Rev. O
gD.r; EPP/IP-2.3 3p Page 4 of 7 D O mm LW, 7.1 Moving Dose Rate 7.l.1 While enroute to the first assigned survey location, and at any other time while moving about offsite, have the survey instrument turned on, and the probe extended outside of the vehicle window, if weather permits. Read the survey meter and report any readings significantly higher than the average to the TSC/ EOF, and record these readings on the survey map. If a level of of 1.0 millirem per hour or greater is observed, immediately notify the TSC/ EOF. 7.1.2 If significant readings are noted at locattons other than those assigned, request concurrence of TSC/ EOF to stop at that location and obtain stationary survey data. 7.2 Stationary Dose Rate Survey 7.2.1 lloid the GM probe parallel to and about 3 feet (waist height) above the ground. 7.2.2 Take a reading. Allow sufficient time for the meter response to stablize. Document the reading, in mR/hr on the EPP Survey Log (Attachment 1). 7.3 Airborne Activity 7.3.1 Place a clean particulate filter and a charcoal cartridge (o r silvet- zeolite cartridge as directed by TSC/ EOF) in the air samp le r . The filters are positoined so as the air flow passes through the particulate paper filter first. NOTE EA 6 DP personnel will determine which iodine sampling cartridge is appropriate 3 EA 6 DP personnel may also change the sample volume f rom 10 f t to another volume consistent with radiological conditions. 7.3.2 Note the flow rate (cfm). On the DC powered samplers, this is normally 1.0 f t . Calculate the time necessary to obtain a 10 ft sample. O Issue 7 Rev. 0
h*. EPP/IP-2.3 33pT Page 5 of 7 D n*wsre (1;ht O Q Sample Time, minutes = Sampler Flow Rate, cfm 7.3.3 Position or hold the sampler such that the intake is not touching nor in close proximity to potentially contaminated surfaces. Connect the sampler to the power supply, or for 12 VCD samplers, to the battery of the vehicle. Keep the engine running when drawing power from the vehicle battery. 7.3.4 Turn the sampler on and record the time on the Air Sample Record Card (Attachment 6). 7.3.5 When approximately 10 ft have been collected, turn the sampler off and record the time on the Air Sample Record Card. 7.3.6 Remove the filters from the sampler. 7.3.7 Count each filter separately, using an E140 with HP210 probe. Place the filter on a clean surface and position the HP210 probe about one-half centimeter from the filter. f1 V NOTE Ensure that the RESPONSE control on the E140 is set for the slowest j response. This is necessary to maintain an adequate minimum detect-
- able activity (MDA). The MDA for typical backgrounds are listed below. If the background is higher than that listed below, move to another location with a lower background. If laboratory-type instruments (such as SAM-2), are available, these instruments may be used to assess the samples in accordance with the BVPS RCM.
l Background MDA Background MDA (cpm) (cpm) (cpm) (cpm) l l 200 70 3000 275 l 500 110 5000 360 1000 160 10000 500 1500 195 20000 710 2000 225 30000 870 7.3.8 Record readings, location, and time on the EPP Survey Form. O V l Issue 7 Rev . 0 l
idil, EP P/IP-2. 3 Thps Page 6 of 7 Dnmlhtx 7.3.9 Report any radioiodine sample which exceeds 100 cpm above back-ground. 7.3.10 Place the samples in a plastic bag with the Air Sample Record Card. At the end of the survey return all samples and EPP Survey Logs / maps to the Station, or to another location designated by the TSC/ EOF, for laboratory counting. 7.4 Alternate Radioiodine Determination NOTE In the event iodine sampling by other means is not feasible, a conver-ative estimate may be made from the measured gamma dose rate. EA & DP personnel will decide if this method is appropriate and direct monitoring teams appropriately. Perform this section, only if directed. 7.4.1 Close the beta shield on the hand probe. 7.4.2 Hold the GM probe parallel to and about 3 feet (waist height) above the ground. 7.4.3 Take a reading. Allow sufficient time for the meter response to stabilize. Document this reading in the block labeled " Closed Window", and report the reading to the TSC/ EOF along with the other data. 7.4.4 EA & DP personnel will convert the observed dose rate to projected whole body and thyroid doses using Attachment 7 of EPP/IP-2.1,
" Emergency Radiological Monitoring".
7.4.5 When reporting the results of this determination, ensure that EA & DP personnel are aware that the alternate method was used.
- 8. Af ter all of the required data have been collected at the first survey locat-ion, establish radio contact with the TSC/ EOF and report the following data:
O 1 Issue 7 Rev. 0
SYYL "P EPP/IP-2.3 a Page 7 of 7 DnrS m LW., g) 8.1 Survey location and time
'N / 8. 2 Air sample volume
- 8. 3 Rate Meter background count rate
- 8. 4 Rate Meter gross counts for particulate sample
- 8. 5 Rate Meter gross counts for radiciodine cartridge (Identify if silver zeolite
- 8. 6 Radiation readings taken between survey points.
NOTE If contact cannot be made with the TSC/ EOF by radio use the nearest telephone enroute to the next survey point to report the data (TSC 412-643-5507 EOF 412-643-5502 CR 412-643-8000).
- 9. Proceed to the next survey point and repeat steps 7 and 8 for each survey location.
- 10. Periodically, read your pocket dosimeters, and have other personnel in the monitoring team read theirs. Report these readings to the TSC/ EOF at least every 30 minutes, or when accumulated exposure reaches 100 mrem.
- 11. Af ter reporting the marvey data f rom the last survey point, request further instructions from the TSC/ EOF. Prior to returning to Station, ensure that all p documentation is complete.
V E. REFERENCES
- 1. Beaver Valley Power Station Emergency Implementing Procedure EPP/IP-2.1,
" Emergency Radilogical Monitoring"
- 2. Beaver Valley Power Station Radiation Control Manual F. ATTACEMENTS
- 1. EPP Survey Log j 2. NW Off site Survey Map 1
- 3. SW of f site Survey Map
- 4. SE Of fsite Survey Map j 5. NE Of f site Survey Map 1
- 6. Air Sample Record Card
)
Issue 7 Rev. 0 L _
y Oem u::1 i I e O O 6 e e 9 Ih'IENTIONALLY BLANK O e e e S l
- +- -- - .... , . , ,
e 5 9 O l I 1 l l l
e
<MM MMwe EPP/IP-2.3 Attachment 1 l
L i I I l 2
- ~
> z N W d I as I O
< G
< u e c ,
t E l N , m C 1 5 < t E N e I I ;
; < i e
g b
~
c i lE g 5 E 3 d
,, z = i s l
< b b i :
< z 5 g O ,s l .. N 3 W . c. l.. .. .. .. l.. ,. ,, e. .. .. .. ,. .. g p ..
g ..
..l..l..
3 L
> T e !. N < 's iN <
N
< Cl4 N N 1N 4
N N N. 5 Ns N
< N<
N N s N N N N
<t Ne N s s N
N CJ Mi N N: N t t
% p Q I M jM M M M j'A M M A M M M M M M M M M m;M Me A Mj Ml M =
= M
% - 3 c l
$ o EI O
$$s' z
= .t y
~
C
, < l g W M -a c l ! '
i
- M
! o=
- r- -L l l 3 m MS:
3 E < W ~O-E
< a.****
A* l 5 K D <7 . l - C F M$ 1
< 5c W
- = E.a Q . 9E ,
< g !
; H = i i i a
x 3 e - . . N 8 *'-, !
<> l .
h . l i d n!w:
- 3 .m C .
E 5 S i =E : w .:. GE c w 1
- a E * < < l 1 l
2 S g M i l l 0 W a; 3 . l E l a . N k "- I l l 2
.. z z
aa
, . . i , i
- 3 ' :
y 3 e g { E a 2 - . l' . l l' N < w = : .s . l l 8 l
- . - l l
. t. f i l
1 Issue 7 Rev. 0
WL "A N D"V_m L.hf:t S 9 0 4 O O
EPP/IP-2.3 Attachment 2 Pa8e L of 3
. dl f ..,,., ,
3, - i / ( G o.u .,
.w, y p N
il 1 e.ua as 1
~
Fredericktown e .,, [ i I y ,
& '( s M
O '
$$ (
_\ t
~
3@ E ' .k,_ 0% die R32
\ \
P S,1 as.,\ (iit [ c.,,m 7 > I
/ j P.7.1 3, ,
f
# o,4,3
/
l J . m
/
)
s i
<,g '
/ c .,
j
- e. r.m '
,, _\o g;/ /
if.2."f y'i mnk 8,p J., ,_,, 4 0 . Issue 7 Rey, o l ___ _
nea ts s s!LE acun EPP/IP-2.3 Radio Attachment 2 point Location C: ,unication Page 2 of 3 F.1.1 Plant Entrance Good 0.3.1 Intersee:1on of Et's 168 L 68 Good ! P.S.1 Intersecticn of Rt. 68 and Calcutta-bith Ferry Rd Goco - P.6.1 Too of Mill Calcutta-Smith Ferry Ed Good N.6.1 Intersection of Fisher Ro & Chio Rt. 39 Poor NCRTWEST 10 M!LE ROUTE Radio Point Location Comunication F.1.1 Plant Entrance Good 4.1.1 Rt. 168 bridge on the Midland sice of Onio River Good 0.3.1 Intersection of Rt. 168 & 68 Good 0.4.1 Entrance to Meadowbrook Estates Good C.5.1 Ohioville Vol. Fire Deot, off Rt.168 Good R.S.1 Intersection of Rt. 168 & Lisbon Rd Good R.10.1 Intersection of Rt's 251 & 168 Poor R.11.1 Intersection of Rt. 251 & State Gamelancs Rd Poor R.11.2 Intersection of Rt's 170 & 251 Poor . C.11.1 Intersection of Rt.173 & Clarkson Pancake Rd Fai-0.11.: Intersection cf Rt.170 & Entr. to Saaver Creek State Park Good 0.5.1 Intersection cf Rt. 170 & Fredrickstown Rd Poor P.9.1 Intersection of Rt.170 & Calcutta-Smith Ferry Re Poor P.10.1 Intersection of Rt. 267 & T928 (Irish-Riege Rd) Poor N.9,2 Intersection of Rt's 257 & 29/7 (Seneol) Poor N.7.2 Emergency stopping area before Ohio /W.Va. bridge Rt.30 Good P.5.1 Intersection of Rt. 68 & Calcutta-Smitn Ferry Rd Gooo . , , _ . d'--"** ~ e
=. _ _ _. __
i se m .tst acuTt EPP/IP-2.3 Attachment 2 Sein: Page 3 of 3 Location uni:stien i 8.1.1 Pla-t Intrance G:o l 4 .
- A.1.1 Rt. 168 tric;e on tne Miclanc side
- f Cnio River 3cca O.3.1 Inte section of Rt. 153 & 65 Goco ,
".4.1 Entran:e to Meaccatr:ck Estates, Ete. 155 Good R.5.2 Interse:tien of 7;scarawas Rd. and Rte. 166 Good G.S.1 091oville Vol. Fire Cest. eff Rt.168 Go:d R.E.1 Inteese:tien cf Rt. 158 & Liscon De Good
- R.10.1 Intersect 1
- n of Rt's 251 & 158 Poor 2.11.1 Intersection of Rt. 251 & State Gamelands Rd Poce R.11.2 Intersection of Rt's 170 & 251 Peor Q.11.1 Intersection of Rt.170 & Clarkson Pancake Rd Fair 0.11.2 Intersection of Rt.170 & Entr. to Seaver Creek State Part Good C.9.1 Intersection of Rt. 170 & Frecrickstown Rd Poor 2.9.1 Intersection cf Rt.170 & Calcutta-Smith Ferry Rd Poce P.10.1 Intersection of Rt. 257 & 7925 (Irish-Ricge Ro) Poor N.9.2 Intersection of Rt's 257 & 39/7 (Scnool) ocer N.7.2 Eme*;ency stopain; area before Chic /W.Va. tric;e Rt.30 Goco 2.5.1 Intersection cf Rt. 65 & Oalcutta-3 ith Ferry R Go:d 8.6.1 Tc; cf n111 Calcutta-Smitn Ferry Rc G0c:
i 8.7.1 Cai:atta nur:n (Cal:utta-Smitn Ferry 40) Geoc l
;/
J J Issue 7 Rev. 0
. . . , , - - . . - - - - . . ,, - - , - , . - . . . - - - - . - . , . , _ . , , , - . - - - - - . - - ,--m ,- , , - - - - - , , _ , . - . . , - - - - - -
T "A F D 7 m LW, - O
- IhTEhTIONALLY BLAhT O
s e e e 4 O e
~'O Att ent 3
%I y 8e l o l
l h w% , i
#5, Co .
? >
1 k / ) N a
/ 6 x
2 i 1)@v 3
~ "
?
; i # j/
~
N l 3 Y
\'5 \
p ,8 [
~
1- x. ' j [' 8
' 'k
%,~ ~
d
.-e
& *Sz ,
5'
* ' %~ / *y /
,s 3Q~ /
l 91 ) '
,- ~ i i
( _.E# [
/
j/
*o n\=_ -.
9 7
'k 5 v f
2 ~.
/> 'N \ "
O 2 y(k m , Issue 7 g, w- -
EPP/IP-2.3 scurxv!!! ! *fLE 20'J7! . Attachment 3 Reato Page 2 of 3 8:1.: Le:ation C:mrunicatien
/
F.1.1 Plant Entrance . Go:: I L.3.1 Ma':r Interse:ti:n in Hecks:c n Goo: L.4.1 Intersection Of Rt.168 L Rt. 30 Goe: J.4.. Intersection :f Rt. 30 L Rt.151 Good H.i.1 Interse::1en of Rt. 151 & Rt. 13 Goce
,.6.2 Interse:: ten :( Rt. IS & Rt. 30 Good V. 5.1 .es on Rt. 30 1.2 miles Past L.4.1 cr East en Geo:
At. 301.2 miles Past M.6.1 M.6.1 Interse:1cn cf Rt. 30 L Rt. 8 Gecd N.7.1 best Jirginia-Onic Bric;e, Rt. 30 Good N.5.1 Intersection of Rt. 39 L Fisher Rcad, Winkys Good 0.2.1 Entrance to Crucible Steel, Rt. 62 Midland Gecd A.1.1 Miclanc Sice of Rt. 158 Bric;e Goed SOUTHWEST 10 MILE ROUTE Radic 3:imt Lc:stio9 C ensurd :s tien
~
F...; Plant intran:e Good
'. 3.1 Major Interse::1on in hoecste.n Geo:
. 4.; Interse::icn of Rt. 163 anc Rt. 30 Gece 0.4.1 Interse:: ion of Rt. 30 L Rt.151 Goca
.i.1 Inte-section cf Rt. 151 & Rt. 1E Gocc M.5.2 Intersecti0n Cf Rt.15 L Rt. 30 Good 0.10.1 Inte se: tion cf Rt. IS & Rt.158 Good 0.c.1 En:rance to Youtn F:restry Camo Good K.7.1 Interse:: ion cf Hanover Road & Rt.18 2.7 mile from Good J.9.1 or 3.3 r11ey from L.A.1
%.S.; Inte-section cf Rt. 7 L Rt. 24 Poor L.10.2 Intersee:icn of Rt. 7 L Rt. 25, Se. age Lif t Station Poor L.11.3 Interse::icn cf Rt. 2 L Rt. 7, Substation Pocr L.11.2 Interse::icn of Rt. 2 L Rt. 8 Peer M.11.4 Bric;e cf 7emlinson Lake, Rt 2 Peer M.11.5 Interse::1cn cf Rt. 2 L Rt. 2C5 Pocr
. 1".5 Inte-section cf Rt. 2 L Rt. 3/5, R.R. Crossing Peer p.9.1 Interse::1cn of R:. 2 L Rt.1, Value King Fair
'; . 7 .1 .est Virginia-Onte Sric;t, Rt. 30 Good
'.5.1
. Interse: tion cf R . 39 L Fisher Reac, Wintys Gce:
~.1.1 Ertrance :: Cru:ttle Steel, Rt. 6E Midland Geoc
4.1.1 Midlan
Site of Rt. 15E Bri:;e over Chio Gec: L.4.1 Interse::1cn cf Rt. ISS & Rt. 30 G cd O Issue 7 Rev. O
EPP/IP-2.3 Attachment 3 503%!si so'JTE Page 3 of 3 Radio Potat Location C ,municatien F.1.1 Plant Entrance Geos L.3.1 Maj:r Intersection in kcckst: n Goes L.4.1 Intersection Of Rt. 163 & 30 Gccc J.4.1 Interse: tion cf Rt. 3G & Rt. 151 Gooc 4.5.1 Intarsection :f Rt. 151 & 13 G c: H.6.2 Intersecti:n :f Rt.13 & Rt. 30 Good J.10.1 Intersection of Rt. 13 & Rt. 153 Go:d J.9.1 Entrance to Youtn Forestry Camp Good K.7.1 Intersection of Hanover Road & Rt.13, 2.7 mile from J.9.1, G:cd 3.3 mile from L.4.1 M.5.1 aest on Rt. 30 1.2 miles Past L.4.1 or East en Rt. 30 1.2 Good miles Past M.6.1 M.6.1 Intersection of Rt. 30 & Rt. 8 Good 4.7.1 'aest Virginia Chic Bricge, Rt. 30 Good A.1.1 Micland Side of Rt. 168 Bridge Gooc Q.2.1 Entrance to Crucible Steel, Rt. 68/158
- Good N.6.1 Interse: tion of Rt. 39 & Fishe- Rd, Wintys Good
'i.:.1 Second Eric;e Dast Hoccst:an *nterse: tion P :r 8.4.1 Oravo, Keystene 01 vision Fair N.3.1 Tc: cf Hill Next to OLOO Ra:13 T e- Ge:c . 7.; Inte-section :f Rt. 5 & Rt.14 Gcc:
L.9.1 Inte-se:tice of Rt. a & Rt. 5 3:c: L.10.1 Tomlins:n Run Stats 2 arc Entrarce, Et. S Fatt L.11.1 Intersecti:n o' Rt. 8 & Rt. 3 Fair L.9.2 0a4 Glen Hign Senoc1, Rt. 33 Fair L.7.2 Intersection of Rt. 33 & Rt.14/2 Good N.9.1 Intersection of Rt. 2 and Rt.1, value Kin; Fair N.11.5 Intersection of Rt. 2 & Rt. 3/6, RR Crossing Poor M.11.5 !*. terse:tien of Rt. 2 & Rt. 203 Pc:r M.;;.: Briege Ove- T:mlinson Lane, Rt. 2 Pece
'.11.2 . Intersection of Rt. 2 & Rt. 8 Poor L.11.3 Inte-se: tion f Rt. 2 & Rt. 7, Su:stati:n Peer L.10.2 Interse: tion of Rt. 7 & Rt. 25, Sewage Lif t Station Poor K.9.1 Interse: tion of Rt. 7 & Rt. 24 Pc r M.10.1 Inte section of Rt. 3 & Rt. 203 2cor N.5.1 Interse: tion of Rt. 3/2 & Rt. 5 Peer M.5.1 Interse: tion cf Rt. 5 & Rt. 205 ?
o Issue 7 Rev. O
M a v me uit ' i l l 1 1 4 1
. Ih"IEhTIONALLY BLtdE s
et e W S
,% -[ /
n. Page l Of 3 epp/IP-2 3
~
' Attachment 4 o(gi f # ~
lm s h
\s_ /a~ '
e i '/;sP4 g% 3 1 a x \
}>l / g;,g s ni .
\ .
ar gin k 8
/y/k a - np : h ~
' D
\ %
e
~1; /- '
e ' G
\
, 3, ! y
~ ,,, . "
9 [ a Q l \z sh D kk
\
e.r hb+',
's <
; w '
,A 1
'/I' I .
s fx n>, y t) i y,k/ # 5 i kl 14
\
~f l
[ \ - >h \f ' \ \/.
'o 2/ ' //
l
*\ .~
q\ [i' 14 D 4 J j ggge 7 ReV. 0 l l
EPF/IP-2.3 Attacht:1ent 4 50 m iasi 5 w!LE =0JTE Page 2 of 3 Ra:10 Petet Lecation Co ,unicatien F.1.1 Plant Enteance , G:cc , 0.2.1 Bruce Mansfield Plant Entrance Goed F.2.1 Intersection of Rt.13 & Green Gar en Re. Gec E.3.1 Interse: tion cf Rt.18 L helt Rc.1.1 mile from F2.1 Gcod 3.4.1 "Y' in reac at Rt. la and Mowry Rd Ge:d 0.5.1 Main Flant Entrance ARCD/ POLYMERS, Rt.18 Poor D.6.1 St. Jce Mineral Entrance, Rt. la Geoc E.7.2 Center Exit of Rt. 60 Goed E.S.1 A11 gut;pa Exit of Rt. 60 Good F.6.1 Inte:Section cf Penny Mollow Park Rd & Green Garden Rd Good F.4.1 Intersection of Green Gar:en Rd & Patterson Rd Good G.3.1 Superier Met 11e Homes, Rt. 18 Good d.5.1 Interse: tion of Rt's 18 & 151 Gooc J.4.1 Interse: tion of Rt's 30 & 151 Good L.3.1 Main Intersection in Hookstown - Good
, SOUTwEAST 10 MILE ROUTE Radic Fe'at Locatien Communication F.1.1 81 ant Entrance Gcod D.2.1 Bruce Mansfiele Entrance, Rt.16 Gooc F.2.1 Intersection cf Rt.1B & Green Garcen R: Good E.2.1 Irtersection cf Rt.18 & Holt Rd Good D.4.1 "Y" in Road at Rt.18 and M0 wry Rd Good 0.5.1 Main Plant Entrance to ARCD/ POLYMERS, Rt. IS Poor 0.5.1 St. Joe Mineral Entrance, Rt. la Gecd
0.3.1 Inteese
tion of Rt's 12 & 51, Seaver Valley Mall Geoc C.S.1 Gee Bee Shepping Center, Rt.18/51 Good 0.10.1 Dheonix Glass Parking Let, Penn Ave Mena:a Tair 3.10.2 Intersection cf Constitution 51ve. anc Monaca Rd Poce E.11.1 Entrance t: West Alicuipa, Constitution Sivd. Peer E.10.1 Entrance to Alicu1;pa f ecm Constitution Elve. Pee-E.10.2 Intersection cf Mona:a Rd & Franklin Ave, Alq. Good f.11.2 ,ic:ric;e - Alicui::a Briege, Constitution Blvd. Poce F.11.1 Philips Power tatien, Constitution Blvd. Poor
. 11.2 Intersection of 8t's 51 & 151 Pocr 5.10.1 Interse: tion of Rt's 151 & 60, 60 overpasses 151 Pect G.10.1 2nd Intersection past Bocutown (cff Rt.151) Poor M.11.1 Interse: tion of Reac 04069 & Rt. 30 Poor H.9.1 Ra:ccon Park Entrance, Rt. 30 - Peer J.10.1 Intersection of Rt's 13 & 158 . Good H.6.2 Intersection cf Rt's !! & 20 Fair J.4.1 Ir. terse: tion of Rt's 20 & 151 Geoc L.2.1 Main Intersection in ncetstown G::
( g Issue 7 Rev. O
EPP/IP-2.3 Attachment 4 scurwEssi o0urr Page 3 of 3 Radio j Peint Lecatien Cc9munication l F.1.1 Plant Entrance Go:d 0.1.1 3ruce Mansfield Entrance, Rt. 13 Geo: F.2.1 Intersection of Route la and Green Garden Rd Good E.3.1 Intersection cf Rt. IS and Holt Rd Go:d O.4.1 'Y" in Rd at Rt.12 and Mowry Rd Good 0.5.1 Main Plant Ent-ance to ARCO /PO. YMERS, Rt.15 Good 0.3.1 Ir.tersecticn of Rt.13 and Rt. 51 Seaver Valley Mall Good 0.9.1 Gee See Shopping Center, Rt.18/51 Good 0.10.1 Pheonix Glass Parking Lot, Monaca Penn Ave. Fair 3.10.2 Intersection of Constitution Slvd. and Stoso Hill Rd Poor E.9.1 Intersection of Rt. 51 and Green Garden Road Poor E.11.1 Entrance to 'aest Alicut;on, Constitution Blvd Poor E.10.1 Entrance to A11culppa from Constitution Blvd Peor E.10.0 Franklin Ave. Aliculppa, Catry Queen Good E.11.2 Ameridge-Alicuipoa Bridge, Constitution Blvd Poor
~
F.11.1 Philips Pcwer Station Constitution Blvd Poor j F.11.2 Intersection cf Rt. 51 and Rt. 151 Poor F.10.1 Intersection of Rt.151 and Rt. 60 SC overpasses 151 Peor H.11.1 Intersection cf Rt. 30 =ttn Ca069 Rd Poor H.9.1 Raccoon Park Entrance Rt. 30 Peor J.10.1 Intersection of R:s 12,158 Goc: G.3.1 Steel Sric;e on Rt. 151 Peer ]
,' n.6.1 2 miles east fr:m la & 151 intersection o* 2 miles nest Gooo
. on Rt. 151 frem G.3.1 H.5.1 Intersecticn of Rt's 151 & 12 Gose H.6.2 :ntersection of Rcutes 13 & 20 Fair G.3.1 Superior Mootle Homes, Rt.18 Good
! J.4.1 Intersection cf Rt's 30 & 151 Good L.3.1 Main Inte-section in Hookstown Good 0.7.1 Entrance to Ce,nunity College cf Beaver County, Rt. 51 Good E.7.1 KMART Snecoing Center off of Rt. 51 Good E.7.2 Center Exit of Rt. 60 Gcod F.9.1 Bridge on Rt. 60,1.6 miles from E.7.2 & F.10.1 Fair E.3.1 Aliquiosa Exit of Rt. 60 Fair F.6.1 Penny Mallow Para Rd & Green Garcen Rd Good F.4.1 Intersection of Green Garcen Rc & Patterson Rd Good , 3.10.1 2nd Intersection past Bockto-n (off Rt.151) Peor 1 1 1 O O Issue 7 Rev. 0
h D m m lhti - O O O 6 9 9
- INTENTIONALLY ELAhI O
e G G
~~ * - - - . . _ _ . . . _ =
0 G l 1 0 l
E?P/IP.2,3
! Attachment 5 C yj w a:,
Page t ag 3 3 [Q
\
1%, .. m NH a
'N .i
=
w,ir "
- 3 YE
,S'" N' ta ,.
ai
'a
$m '~.
\f U
*~
>d
$g ~ aY *f .
~
0 .o ,' ? { . W e,,,, .< g km , m / j N I O
!:'i; m O /
- N ._
5
-m-
.=,
Jr Ja sl /-dl A, g+
' s , , ,c, 2 $f *-
to / .;;.:: O ~ C
+
$;5
\
l g[ \ O jf [ f 3
/a <, - /
i i ; %v # <
\ ;
~ ,,..
\
3/$s-
\<
~} :
'l
-i e
.:E /
/
~'
. ,: c ,
d , S' /
-m 9 y y d v v
F _ 4 O C
\ $
i os :- \ l
.- G
- l Issue 7 gev. 0 l
r;t :s; s v:t! :0UTE EPP/IP-2.3 Attachment 5 Racie . Paga 2 of 3 Peint '.e ation C omunica ti en F.1.1 Plant Entrance Geoc Rt. 153 Eric;t en tre Miclanc sice of Chic Rive
- R.I.1 Good 5.2.1 Rec Erick 513; nn left sice :f Rt. 63 1.5m fr:m A.1.1 Gc C.3.1 Interse: tion f Rt. 63 & Industry-Fairview Rd Good 0.4.1 Intersection cf Rt. 63 & Sar: lay Hill Re Geoc
.5.1 T:: cf Mill from Rt. 65 on Barclay Hill Rc. Good S.6.1 Ir. terse: tion ,cf Barclay Mill Rc & Tuscarawus Ec Gooc A.6.1 Intersection cf Lisbon Rc and Tuscarawas Rd Ge:c R.S.1 Intersection of Incustry-Fairview Rc & Tuscaramas Rc Gooc R.S.2 Intersection of Tuscarawas Rc & Rt.168 Good C.a.1 Intersection en Rt. 168 1.7 miles frem R.5.2 Goco Q.3.1 Intersection of Rt.162 and Rt. 68 Good
, NOR3 EAST 10 MILE ROUTE Radi:
- e t e.t Lecation Comunication F.1.1 Fiant intrance Gcoc A.1.1 Rt.165 !*tc;e en the Midlan: sice cf Cnio River Gooc 5.2.. Rec Bri:t Ele; en laf t sice Of Rt. 651.5 miles from A.1.1 Geoc C.2.1 Intersectio. cf Rt. 65 & Incustry tairvie- Rc Gooc
- .4.1 Interse:tien cf Et, 65 ar.c !ar: lay .4111 Read . G cc
- .7.1 Ir. terse: tion of Rt. 65 & Rt. 60 Rt. 63 cverpasses Rt. 60 Fair
- .5.1 Beaver C:anty Ocurtneuse Rt.62 Fair
- .10.1 Intersection cf Rt's 62 & il, 63 overpasses S] Fair C.10.2 Muntsman Funeral here at rignt angle tend in Rt. 68 Geoc C.11.1 inree =ay Ia.te-section at bcttom of Marion Hill Fair C.10.3 Intersecticn of Marion Hill Rc anc Rt.15/65. Ne= Brignt:n Peor
- .11.2 Mare:w Forc a:rcss Ortege eve'r leaver River Rt.18 Peer 3.11.1 Intersection of, Rt's 18 L SBS Peor 3.11.3 1.nterse:: ton cf Rt's 60 & 51 (enc cf Rt. 60) Poor A.9.1 Bla:knaak Pa:lic Golf Course, Rt. 251 Poor R.10.1 Inteese::1cn cf 4t's 251 & 16B Poor R.5.1 :nterse:ti:n of Listen Rc & Rt.162 Good 0.5.1 Cni:ville V:1. Fire Dept. Rt. 152 Good G.4..
- Inte-section en Rt.16E 2.3m from 0.5.1 Gooc
0.2.1 Interse
tion ef Rt's 16a & 63 Miclan: Good ( Issue 7 Rev. 0 -
EPP/IP-2.3 n;aist4ST RCuTE Attachment 5 Page 3 of 3 8ete L::stien Cemanic ati en C Plant Entrance Jcco A.;.; Rt.163 3ri:;e on :ne *dislan: Sice :f Oni: Rive- Gooc 1.2.1 Re: Bri:k 31:;. :n lef t side of Rt. 621.5 niles from A.1.1 Good 0.3.1 1-tersecti:n of Rt. 68 an: Fairview Re::. Gcod 0.4.1 Intersection f Rt. 63 anc Bar: lay Mill Goce 0.7.; Inte section of Rt. 63 & Rt. 60 over: asses St. 60 Fair C.9.1 Staver Ocunty 0:urtn:use, Rt. 61 Faia 0.10.1 Inte se:tien of Rt's 53 & $1 65 ove ; asses $1 F air 0.10.2 Muntsman Fune al heee at rignt angle tend in Rt. 6S Good C.10.3 Inte-section of Marion Hill Rd. and Rt.19/65 Poor l C.11.2 Marrow Ford Acrcss Bridge over Beaver River Rt.19 Poor B.11.1 Intersection of Rt's 18 & 588 Poor S.11.2 Intersection of Rt's 588 & 51 Poor 3.10.1 Tcp of Falston Hill Golf Course Good C.10.4 Intersection cf Rt. 51 and Baner Hollow Re. Poor C.5.1 Tc cf Hill on Tuscarawus Rd at Walingt:n Estates Good C.7.2 Intersection of Tuscarawus Rd. and Rt. 60 Good ) 0.5.1 Teo of Hill from Rt.6S on Barclay Hill Roao Good 3.6.1 :nterse:tto. cf Sar: lay Hill Rd anc Tus: ara as Ac. G:ce
* . 6.; Inte*section o' Tuscarawas Roa: anc Lis00n Rc. Good 4.7.1 Inte sectice on Listen Re 2.2 miles from B.5.2 Poca R.E.; Interse::1cn sf '. iston Rd. & Rt.155 Good R.10.1 Inte-se: tion cf Rt's 166 & 251 Poor
* . 3.; 314:kr.a k Pu:lic Gcif Ocurse Rt.ZE; 2:or Q.5.; Oniov111e Vcl. Fire Dept. on Rt. 153 Good 0.4.1 !ntersectten en Rt.163 no lancmars (2.3m fr:m 0.5.1 er Goce 1.7m frem R.5.2) 0.3.1 Intersection of Rt's 168 & 68 Good S.11.3 Intersection of Rt's 60 & 51 Pocr 3.9.; 3ric;e on Rt. 60 over 3 racy's Run County Pa-k Pocr i,7.; Inte-settien of "ut:n Rid;e Ed an$ Rt. 50 Good 0.7.2 Intersection of Tuscaranus Rc anc Rt. 60 Good 3.2.1 =estern Beaver Hign School Good i :.9.2 Seaver County Medical Center--Out:n Ric;e R: Good R.E.1 Inteesection cf Incustry Fairvie R: & Tus:arawas R: Good
".t.1 :nterse: tion of Tuscarawas Rc and Rt.165 Good t
I
; Issue 7 Rev. 0
w@A utt O t
.ItiTENTIONALLY BLANK e
S
*s e
M O
EPP/IP-2.3 ! Attachment 6 O AIR SAMPLE RECORD CARD Air sample location: Date: Surveyer: Sampler ID # Sampler flow rate ft3 : Sample time: (10 ft 8/ Sampler flow rate) = Sample start time: Stop time: Sample volume: O 4 O Issue 7 Rev. O
a%
'A D e m@U$t -
O e IhTENTIONALLY BLANK O O O l 1 \
[J$ $ $ $ QC 'EP/IP-2.4 % . BEAVhR VALLEY POWER STAT!CN Page 1 of 4 ,\ * ^ EMERGENCY PREFARECNESS PLM y EMERGENCY, IMPl.EMENTING PROCEDURE- / y 0FFSITE MONITORING FOR LIQUID RELEASE
~
A. OBJECTIVE % This procedure provides instructions for monitoring team personnel for per-forming of fsite radiological monitoring in the event of a release of radio-active material to the Ohio River. Offsite monitoring is directed and coordinated by the EA&DP Coordinator and/or the Emergency Director in accordance with EPP/IP-2.1, " Emergency Radiological Monitoring". B. PREREQUISITES / INITIAL CONDITIONS
- 1. A release of radioactive materials has occurred and has entered the Ohio River and the EA&DP Coordinator and/or the Emergency Director has requested an of fsite survey.
- 2. TSC/ EOF personnel have provided monitoring team members with specific instructions on sample locations, samples desired, and requirements for protective clothing and respirators, as applicable.
- 3. Sampling kits are available.
C. PRECAUTIONS
- 1. Monitoring teams must remain alert to their own exposure and request re-lief if their cummulative exposure approaches a BVPS administrative con-trol level. The Emergency Director and/or the Radiation Control Coordi-nator may authorize exposure limit extensions, if necessary. Pe riodically, monitoring personnel shall read their dosimeters and report the readings to the TSC/E0F at least every 30 minutes, o_r rwhen accumulated dose reaches 100 mrem.
- 2. Communications between the monitoring team and the TSC/E0F will normally be via telephone, however, it may be necessary to use DLC radio. Since radio communications at this frequency can be intercepted by commercially available scanners, all communications related to reporting survey data must be brief and factual, and free of exclamatory or alarming expressions.
m Issue 7 Rev. 0
~
elie - ,
= n
'A IO EPP/ IP-2. 4
>~w NM Pwe ? nf 4
- 3. Monitoring team personnel shall not supply raw data (if avaliable) to members of the general public or to news media personnel. Monitoring team
(-['" , personnel should courteously explain that the survey is a precautionary
, _. measure, that the survey data is raw data that hasn't been evaluated, and that significant final data is reported to State and local authorities.
Refer all questions to DLC PID or to PEMA/BCEMA/CCDSA/HCOES.
- 4. Since implementation of proper protective actions onsite and offsite, and subsequent reconstruction of the event requires accurate information, obsers the following guidelines:
4.1 Carefully word data transmissions to the TSC/ EOF to minimize pocsible
, confusion.
4.2 Accurately document all survey data. Ensure that units associated witl the data are clear. Enter the date and time on all survey records. D. PROCEDURE
- l. Obtain the appropriate sampling equipment from monitoring team kit (s) located in the Control Room. Obtain and re-zero assigned dosimeters, if applicable.
- 2. Obtain a Hi-band "Handie-Talkie" and check operation before leaving the Station. Keep the radio operational at all times while offsite in order to maintain communications with the TSC/ EOF.
- 3. Prior to leaving the Station, ensure that you have necessary monitoring equipment and understand the sampling assignment. Leave the Station via the guardhouse. Retain your TLD and dosimeters while performing radi-ological monitoring offsite.
l 4. Don protective clothing and/or respirators if directed by EA & DP personnel. Such protective measures may be necessary if a significant airborne release I has occurred concurrent with the liquid release. 1 O Issue 7 Rev. O _,
d% EPP/IP-2.4 7qpy pgg Page 3 of 4 [) v
- 5. Obtain a DLC vehicle, if available. Otherwise, use any available privately owned vehicle. Note gas tank level. Ensure that there is at least 1/2 tank of gas. Obtain another vehicle if necessary.
- 6. Proceed to the Midland Water Treatment Company as soon as possible. Maps showing the location of this and the East Liverpool water treatment plant is provided as Attachment 1.
- 7. Identify yourself as Duquesne Light Company employees with DLC identification card. Contractor personnel identify yourself with your DLC TLD badge.
- 8. Remove the proportional sampling pump discharge hose from the environmental sample bottle at the discharge of the treatment plant and place it in a clean 1-liter bottle. Override the sampler timer with the toggle switch to start the sample flow (Moving the toggle from ON to 0FF and back to ON will cause the sampler to initiate a sample cycle. Repeat as necessary) . Cap and label the environmental sample bottle as to sample location, time, and date.
- 9. When the first sample is complete, place the discharge hose in another clean 1-liter bo ttle. Return the sample pump to normal operation. Also label that I j bottle as to sample location, time of sampling, and date.
\_/
- 10. If a runner is available, send the environmental sample and the first sample back to the Station (or another designated location) for analyses.
- 11. Draw additional 1-liter samples every fif teen minutes until otherwise directed by the TSC/ EOF. Leave the sampling pump in the normal operation mode when not drawing 1-11ter samples.
- 12. As directed by the TSC/ EOF, secure special sampling at the Midland Water Treatment Plant and proceed to the next water treatment plant, or return to the Station.
- 13. Before leaving cay treatment plant, return samplitg systems to normal operation.
O 6 s \_ ) Issue 7 Rev. 0
d% EPP/IP-2,4 pn g Paga 4 of 4
- 14. If directed by the TSC/ EOF, obtain a river sample upstream of the BVPS site for background activity determination.
E. REFERENCES
- 1. Beaver Valley Power Station Emergency Implementing Procedure EPP/IP-2.1
" Emergency Radiological Monitoring".
- 2. Beaver Valley Power Station Radiation Control Manual
- 3. Beaver Valley Power Station Chemistry Manual
- 4. Beaver Valley Power Station Environmental Monitoring Manual F. ATTACHMENTS
- 1. Figure 2.4-1, Water Treatment Plants
- 2. Midland Water Treatment Plant Floor Pians 0
O Issue 7 Rev. O
~
- EPPMP-2.4
. Attachment 1 Ohio j PA O EAST LIVERPOOL i i
" " " - I- @ l
} ~
7 0 t ,U i i
~
/_
A x. s - A *E h O TREATMENT PLANT MIDLAND . M k r Ma@ O
~
O e
-k:{91.
b O .. 6,,ss se . r%'~ Issue 7 Rev. 0
EPP/IP-2.4 l Attachment 2 I MIDIJJ:D WATER TREATING PIAin O Upper Level Sample Sink LAB f. WELL 3 ' l -- Idd* I I Front OFFICE Door j \ s.
. O
-t+---
Sample Valve T Inlet' Pipe ; Basement l i_ Pu=ps ! I 1D09111
+
0 Issue 7 Rev. 0
-MCU33E9 3 EPP/IP-2.5 BEAVbR VALLEY POWER STATICN Page 1 of 3 EMERGENCY PREFARECNESS PLAN EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE
/] EMERGENCY ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING V A. OBJECTIVE This procedure provides supplementary instructions for the collection of environ-mental samples (other than drinking water) in the event of a release or radioactive material to the environment during an emergency. This procedure is intended to adapt 'the existing environmental monitoring procedures to emergency environmental monitoring. All of fsite monitoring is directed and coordinated by the EA & DP Coordinator and/or the Emergency Director in accordance with EPP/IP-2.1, "Emer-gency Radiological Monitoring". B. PREREQUISITES / INITIAL CONDITIONS
- 1. A significant release of radioactive materials to the environment has occurred; and the EA & DP Coordinator and/or the Emergency Director has determined the need for additional or accelerated environmental monitoring.
- 2. EA & DP personnel have provided monitoring team members with specific instruct-ions on sample locations, samples desired, and requirements for protective clothing and respirators, as applicable.
C. PRECAUTIONS
- 1. Monitoring teams must remain alert to their own exposure and request relief if their cummutative exposure approaches a BVPS administrative control level.
The Radiological Controls Coordinator may authorize exposure limit extensions above administrative levels. The Emergency Director may authorize exposure limit extensions in excess of 10 CFR 20. Periodically, monitoring personnel shall read their dosimeters and report the readings to the TSC/ EOF at least every 30 minutes, or when accumulated dose reaches 100 mrem.
- 2. Communications between the monitoring team and the TSC/ EOF will normally be via DLC radio. Since radio communications at this frequency can be intercepted by commercially available scanners, all communications related to reporting survey data must be brief and factural, and free of exclamatory or alarming expressions..
O' \ ) Issue 7 Rev. O
dP,g EPP/IP-2.5 V Page 2 of 3 D O
- erie @
- 3. Monitoring team personnel should not discuss details if the emergency with members of the general public or to news media personnel. Monitoring team personnel should courteously explain that the enerling is a precautionary measure, that the samples will be analyzed and significant sample results will be reported to State and local authorities. Refer all questions to DLC PID or to PDIA/BCEMA.
- 4. Since control of the emergency and subsequent reconstruction of the event requires accurate information, observe the following guidelines:
4.1 Carefully word data transmissions to the TSC/ EOF to minimize possible confusion. 4.2 Ensure that all samples returned to the Station, or other designated analysis location, are clearly identified as to sample location, sample type, and date/ time. 4.3 In the event of a severe release, environmental surfaces may be signifi-cantly contaminated. Take appropriate precautions to minimize inadver-tent contamination (and cross-contamination) of samples, particularly foodstuffs and milk. D. PROCEDURE
- 1. Obtain the appropriate sampling equipment f rom monitorin,, team kits (s) or other supply locations. Obtain and re-zero assigned dosimeters, if applicable.
- 2. Obtain a Hi-band "Handie-Talkie" and check operation before leaving the Station. Keep the radio operational at all times while offsite in order to maintain communications with the TSC/ EOF.
- 3. Prior to leaving the Station, ensure that you have necessary monitoring equip-ment and understand the saepling assignment. Leave the Station via the guard-house. Retain your TLD and dosimeters while performing radiological monitor-ing offsite.
O
$J hl EPP/IP-2.5 lhp3 Page 3 of 3 D 9 % U:fX N 4. Don protective clothing and/or respirators if directed by EA & DP personnel.
s/ Such protective measures may be necessary if a significant airborne release has occurred.
- 5. Obtain a DLC vehicle, if available. Otherwise, use any available privately owned vehicle. Note gas tank level. Ensure that there is at least 15 tank of gas. Obtain another vehicle if necessary.
- 6. Proceed to the assigned sampling locations and obtain samplea as directed by the TSC/ EOF and in accordance with existing environmental monitoring proce-dures.
- 7. If it is necessary to enter private property, identify yourself as Duquesne Light Company employees with DLC identification card (contractors-use your DLC TLD badge), and briefly and courteously explain the reason for the special sampling. (See Step C.3 of this EPP/IP.)
- 8. If a. runner is available, send initial samples back to the Station (or other designated location) for analysis.
- 9. Continue collecting samples until all of the samples have been collected or as directed by the TSC/ EOF.
[nL/]' E. REFERENCES
- 1. Beaver Valley Power Station Emergency Implementing Procedure EPP/IP-2. l
" Emergency Radiological Monitoring".
- 2. Beaver Valley Power Station Radiation Control Manual
- 3. Beaver Valley Power Station Environmental Technical Specificatons
- 4. Beaver Valley Power Station (Environmental Monitoring Procedures)
F. ATTACHMENTS
- 1. Environmental Sampling Locations v
Issue 7 Rev. 0
M
%s M .ee:rs t2;*
O G e O e
dP,r. EPP/IP-2.5 Thp3 Attachment 1 Dom @ f-~g Type of Sample Sampling Point i ,/ Sample Point Description Surface Water **2 Station Discharge (outfall) 2A BVPS Discharge 3 Shippingport Station Discharge 5 East Liverpool Water Plant (raw) 49 Upstream Side Montgomery Dam 49.1 ARCO Plant Drinking Water 4 Midland Water Plant (treated) 5 East Liverpool Water Plant (treated) Fish 2 In or Near Station Discharge 49 Upstream Side Montgomery Dam Bottom Sediments 2 In or Near Station Discharge 3 Near SAPS Discharge 49 Upstream Side Montgomery Dam 50 Upstream New Cumberland Dam Well Water 11 1 Well in Shippingport, PA. 13 Well at Meyer's Diary Farm 14 Hookstown, PA. 15 Geo rge town, PA. Soil 13 Meyers Farm 32 Mid land 22 South of Site 46 Industry 27 Brunton Dairy 47 East Liverpool 29A Nichol's Dairy 48 Weirton, WVA L/ Farm 30 Shippingport 51 Aliquippa Milk 25 Searight Dairy 27 Brunton Dairy 29 Nichols Dairy 96 Windsheimer
*** 61 C. Allisons
*** 62 Lyon's
*** 65 Straights Air Particulate 13 Meyers Farm 27 Brunton Dairy 28 Sherman's Farm 29B Beaver Co. Hospital 30 Shippingport, PA 32 Midland, PA 46 Industry, PA 47 E. Liverpool, OH 48 Weirton, WVA 51 Aliquippa, PA.
Feedstuff 25 Searight Dairy Fooderops 30 3 Gardens, (1 Shippingport Boro) 46 Industry A 15 Georgetown (V A Issue 7 Rev. O
SE kl EPP/IP-2.5 Tars Attachment 1 D "'M.8 @ Pace 2 of 2 O Thermoluminescent 70 Western Beaver School Dosimeters 71 Brighton Twp School 72 Logan School 73 Potter Twp School 74 Community College-Center Twp.
*33-44 Site Periphery 75 Hold Road 10 Shippingport Boro, PA. 76 Raccoon Twp School 13 Meyer's Farm 77 Green Garden Road 14 Hookstown, PA 78 Raccoon Municipal Bldg.
15 George town, PA. 79 Rt. 18 & Rt. 151 27 Brunton's Dairy 80 Raccoon Park 28 Sherman's Dairy 81 Southside School 29B Beaver County Hospital 82 Hanover Municipal Bldg. 30 Shippingport, PA. (S.S.) 83 Mill Creek Rd. 31 Onsite West 84 Hancock Children's Home 32 Midland, PA. (S.S.) 85 Rt. 8 & Rt. 30 45 Mt. Pleasant Church 86 E. Liverpool Canills House 45.1 Raccoon Twp, PA (Kennedy's 87 Calcutta Road Corner) 88 Midland Heights 46 Industry (church) 89 Ohioville 46.1 Industry (tire co.) 90 Fairview School 47 East Liverpool Water Co. 91 Pine Grove L Doyle Rds. 48 (a) Weirton Water Co. 92 Georgetown Rd. 5t Aliquippa, PA (S.S.) 93 Sunset Hills-Midland 59 Iron's Farm 94 McCleary Road, Wilson 60 Haney's Farm
*Not Required by BVPS ETS NOTE This table represents the environmental measures performed at the time this document was prepared. The current environmental monitoring program, including:
locations, periodicities, and analyses performed is described in Appendix B to the Beaver Valley Power Station FSAR.
** Not an Environmental Sample - Ef fluent Sample I
, *** These three dairies are dependent on highest deposition factors. l l O 1ssue 7 Kev. u
55.- 3 EPP/IP-2.6 BEAVkR VALLEY POWER STAT!CN Paae 1 of 7 EMERGENCY PREFARECNESS PLAN EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE A DOSE PROJECTION A. OBJECTIVE This procedure provides guidance and instructions for estimating of fsite doses resulting from an unplanned and/or unmonitored airborne release of radioactive material. The main body of this procedure identifies criteria and guidelines for dose projection, such as when is it required, how of ten should it be performed, and which dose projection to use. The attachments to this procedure (tabs) provide instructions for performing dose projection using the various dose projection methods. A multiple of methods is provided to cover possible contingencies such as offscale monitors, inoperative meteorology instruments, etc. The EA and DP Coordinator is responsible to ensure the actions outlined in this procedure are implemented, if necessary. B. PREREQUISITES / INITIAL CONDITIONS
- 1. An emergency condition has been declared at the Beaver Valley Power Station as provided in the BVPS Emergency Preparedness Plan.
- 2. A release of radioactive material in excess of environmental tech-nical specifications (ETS) has occurred or is suspected to have occurred.
C. PRECAUTIONS Precautions are specified in the text of the applicable tab (s) . l l D. DISCUSSION
- l. Classification of Release 1.1 The dose projection calculation method chosen for use depends .
partly on the type of release. Categorize releases as follows: l Rx. Bldg. & SLCRS Vent (Atop Containment) RM-IVS-107 Ground Level Ventilation Vent (Atop Auxiliary Building) RM-IVS-101 Ground Level Process Vent-Gas. Waste Sys. (cooling Twr) RM-lGW-108 Elevated Release All Other Airborne Releases Ground Level O Issue 7 Rev. O l
$$y( EPP/IP-2.6 ?q Page 2 of 7 D_r,_p5 me [gx
- 2. Dose Projection Methods 2.1 General This procedure provides several different calculation methods for performing dose projections. The method (s) used will de-pend on the nature of the release, the availablility of re-lease and meteorology information, the operability of the meteorological monitoring computer, and the time available.
Procedures for each of the methods is provided as Tabs 1 through 12 of this procedure. The tabs are arranged in two general categories. The initial tabs describe different methods of obtaining X/Q, while the latter tabs describe dif-ferent means of calculating the estimated offsite dose. (The X/Q calculated by any one method is suitable for any of the dose projection calculations, providing the meteorological conditions are unchanged). The Emergency Director (Shif t Supervisor initially) will determine which method is appro-priate and perform the dose projection calculations until such time as the on-duty staf f is augmented and a designated En-vironmental Assessment and Dose Projection Coordinator is available. At that time, the EA & DP Coordinator will de-termine which method in this procedure, or which additional methods, are suitable. To facilitate the selection of the proper method, each of the methods, and their prerequisites and limitations is discussed below.
- 2. 2 Meteorological Monitoring System TAB-1 The meteorological monitoring system is a computer-based system which monitors meteorological conditions at the Beaver Valley Site. The system monitors meteorological conditions b continuously over a fif teen minute period, averages the para-meters, calculates the X/Q for elevated and ground level re-leases, provides a print-out of the fif teen minute average data, and repeats the cycle. The X/Q for a ground level release is l calculated to the site boundary. The X/Q for an elevated re-lease is calculated to the each of ten discrete distances, and tne maximum X/Q and associated distance is printed out.
Issue 7, Rev. O O
SITA EPP/IP-2.6 D lh
-' p3 m Utd Page 3 of 7 This method of determining X/Q is the most rapid method avail-()v able as it requires no calculations on the part of the operator (assuming the system is on-line). Its limitation is the limited number of distances which can be evaluated. It will be neces-sary to use other methods to calculate the projected dose at locations futher than those provided.
2.3 Xu/Q Tables Method TAB-2 Tab-2 provides a X/Q determination method based on selecting a value corresponding to the observed stability class and desired distance from a table or graph. The X/Q value is then deter-mined by dividing the Xu/Q value by the wind speed. This meth-od involves only minimal calculation, provides for user chosen distances, and can be performed rapidly. Only ground level re-leases are addressed. 2.4 Xu/Q Overlay Method TAB-3 Tab-3 provides a X/Q determination based on transparent overlays which are positioned over a cap of the emergency planning zone.
-s Overlays are provided for various wind speeds and stability Ns ,) classes. Although this method involves no calculation, the meth-od is not as accurate as that provided in Tabs 1 and 2, 2.5 Xu/Q Alternate Methods TAB-4 Tab-4 identifies alternate sources of meteorological information and provides guidance on using this data for determining Xu/Q if Station meteorological data is unavailable from site instrument-ation.
2.6 Supplementary Meteorological Parameters TAB-5 This tab provides a means to determine the plume width and height, and the plume transite time. These parameters aid in the evaluation of meteorological data and in the application of protective action assignments downwind. 2.7 Dose Projection by Hand Calculation Based of FSAR Accident Analysis Tab-6 This method calculates the whole body and thyroid doses for the event in which no specific release data is readily available. The / f N LJ Issue 7, Rev. O r
3)bi, EPP/IP-2.6 lhp5 Page 4 of 7 D r,m lifx meth.od is based on the FSAR accident analysis. Since it is unlikely that the actual accident parameters will be the same as the accident analysis assumptions, this method is at best conservative. f 2.8 Dose Projection by Hand Calculation Based on Monitor Reading TAB-7 This method is suitable for rapid determination of whole body and thryoid doses based on gross beta or gross gamma effluent monitor reading. Correction factors are provided to adjust the monitor response for expected radioisotopic mixes for various accidents. Calculation worksheets provide an option of using numerical or graphical methods for this calculation. In order to use this method, the monitor reading, the source of the radioactivity (type of accident), and the flow rate through the monitor must be known. 2.9 Dose Projection by Hand Calculation Based on Known Isotopic Release Rate The method described in this tab calculates the whole body and thyroid doses resulting from a known isotopic release rate. (For example: 1 E-4 pC1/cc of Kr-85 to be released at 15,000 ll cfm for I hour.) This method is more accurate than the pre-vious methods, but will require more extensive calculations by the Emergency Director or the EA & DP Coordinator. Thus, this method is more suitable for planned releases, or releases which have not commenced, and for which time is available to perform the calculations. 2.10 Dose Projection by Hand Calculation Based on Known Release TAB-9 This method calculates the whole body and thyroid doses resulting from a known release of radioiodines and/or noble gases. (For example: 10 Ci of I-131 have or will be released.) As with Tab-8, this' method is more accurate, but also more time consuming. 2.11 Dose Projection Based on Field Measurements TAB-10 This method calculates the whole body and/or thyroid doese from an unmonitored release by measuring the actual dose rate in the l I field and working backwards to calculate a source term to be used in the other calculations addressed in the other tabs. An alter-nate method provides for back-calculation of the radiciodine re-1 I Issue 7, Rev. O
S T*. EPP/IP-2.6 I1rN Page 5 of 7 D_o_m lhtt tr.ase source term. Due to the significant time delay necessary (_) t.o dispatch a monitoring team and gather necessary information, this method should be used only as a last resort. 2.12 Dose Assessment Based on Environmental Measurements and Samples Tab 11 is a compendium of dose assessment methods which can be used to correlate environmental sample media analysis results to a dose commitment. This Tab includes 6 parts: Part 1 Child thyroid dose from field measurements on air samples Part 2 Child thyroid dose for lab analysis of air samples Part 3 Child thyroid /whole body dose commitment due to in-gestion of contaminated water, milk, food Part 4 Child thyroid dose commitment due to ingestion of contaminated milk--alternate method Part 5 Whole body dose rate from standing on contaminated ground Part 6 Estimation of of f-site surface contamination based on release parameters s_,) 2.13 Integrated Dose Assessment Tab 12 provides a capability to. integrate all exposure pathways into a single integrated dose and to perform trend analysis on these results. The methodology encompasses projected dose, measured dose, survey results, ingestion results, and inhala-tion results at various locations.
- 3. Deriva tion
! The derivation of the methodologies used in this EPP/IP is documented in Annex G of the EPP/IPs. E. PROCEDURE
- l. In the event of a known or suspected airborne release of radioactive materials greater than BVPS Technical Specifications, immediately as-certain if a release did in fact take place (or will take place im-media te ly) . If a release did take place, or will take place, proceed j vith the remaining steps in this procedure.
1 l 2. Determine the approximate magnitude of the release. Further dose l O'l t
\~J projections should be performed based on these preliminary' estimates and the following criteria:
Issue 7 Rev. O i
EPP/IP-2.6 Da M Page 6 of 7
-._xsne l W.,..
2.1 For all monitored releases in the Unusual Event emergency clas-sification, dose projections in accordance with this procedure need not be performed as a general rule, due to the minimal off-site significance of such releases. Post-accident evaluation of off-site doses for releases in the Unusual Event category may be necessary to comply with environmental technical specifica-tions. In these cases, the off-site doses =ay be calculated using the methodology contained in th BVPS Of f-site Dose Cal-culation Manual (ODCM).
- 2. 2 For all other releases, dose projection shall be performed.
- 3. Based on the known parameters about the incident, availability of data, and available time, choose the most advantageous X/Q and dose projection calculation method. Use Section D of this procedure for guidance as necessary.
- 4. Determine if the release is elevated or ground level.
- 5. Determine meteorological parameters. If meteorological instru-mentation is inoperative, refer to Tab 4 for alternate data source.
- 6. Determine the X/Q value at the chosen distance in accordance with instructions in the selected tab (Tabs 1 through 4) .
- 7. Determine the whole body dose and child thyroid dose in accordance with instructions in the selected tab.
NOTE (Adult, infant, and teenager thyroid doses may be calculated if time permits, but all protective action recommendations will be based on the child thyroid projected dose, and the whole body dose.)
- 8. Document all calculations on supplied data sheets. Ensure that the date and time are clearly identified on the calculation sheet.
- 9. Continue dose projection activities as long as release is on-going or imminent, refining earlier projections if possible, l
- 10. Report dose projection results to the following authorities as part of the initial notification and follow-up notifications. These authorities should be notified immediately of any significant change (ie: greater then 100 mrem) in subsequent dose projection .results.
Issue 7, Rev. O
S k EPP/IP-2.6 bf Page 7 of 7 Do m LW
- 11. Once the EA & DP area is activated and the off-site agencies are I
( , activated, EA & DP personnel will relay significant changes to the following agencies on a continuing basis, with a periodicity con-sistent with the rate of change and/or the magnitude of the change in assessments. When this interface is established, the agencies listed above will be kept apprised by their respective state agency. Significant dose assessment results and protective action recommend-ations will continued to be incorporated in initial and follow-up notifications. 11.1 DER / Bureau of Radiation Protection (White phone) 11.2 Ohio DSA/0hio Dept. of Health 11.3 West Virginia OES/WV Dept. of Health
- 12. Discontinue dose projection activities when:
12.1 The release has been terminated and there is no further release expected, and 12.2 The emergency condition has been terminated by the Emergency Director or Emergency / Recovery }bnager. p) \~.- F. REFERENCES
- 1. Beaver Vally Power Station Emergency Preparedness Plan and Imple-menting Procedures
- 2. Title 10 Code of Federal Regulations Parts 20 and 50
- 3. "Duquesne Light Company thteorological Monitoring System" NUS-1539, Volume 1, Revision 3
- 4. EPA 520/1-75-001, "USEPA Manual for Protective Action Guides and Protective Actions for Nuclear Power Plant Incident.o"
- 5. Beaver Vally Power Station FSAR Chapter 14
- 6. NUREG-0654/ FEMA REP-1 " Criteria for Preparation and Evaluation of Radiological Emergency Response Plans and Preparedness in Support of Nuclear Power Plants."
G. ATTACHMENTS
- 1. Tabs 1 through 12 O
(J Issue 7 Rev. O
dPs
'A O e m@w O
e 4 Y 4 O
EPP/IP-2.6 TAB-1 Page 1 of 2 X/Q BY METEOROLOGICAL MONITORING SYSTEM h O A. PROCEDURE The Meteorological Monitoring System is normally on-line, reporting data to the central computer and to the remote terminal located in the BVPS Control Room. Normally, no operator action is required to obtain data from the system other than looking at the most recent printout. The Control Room terminal (Terminet-300) prints out the following data every fif teen minutes when the Terminet is on-line: o Wind Speed at 35, 150, and 500 feet o Wind Direction at 35, 150, and 500 feet o Wind Direction Standard Deviation at 35,150, and 500 feet o Temperature at 35 feet o Temperature difference at 35,150, and 500 feet o Dewpoint o Rainfall (inches) o Maximum X/Q at 2000 feet for a ground level release and direction of release o Maximum X/Q for an elevated release and distance and direction away (} \- > from the site. (Possible distances: 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900,1000,1200,1500, and 2200 meters) o Delta T-150-35 feet o Delta T-500-35 feet B. ALTERNATE PROCEDURE Normally, the Terminet and the monitoring system operate without operator interaction. If the Teminet has been taken off-line, restore system oper-ation as follows:
- 1. Stating the Terminet 300 1.1 Depress the ON/0FF rocker switch on the right rear of the printer to the ON position. The alarm tone will beep and the STANDBY and READY lights will be on. If the INTERRUPT light is on, see Step 1.4.
1.2 Check the following switches in the designated positions: TRANSPARENCY - 0FF INHIBIT - PRINT RATE - 10 LINESPACE - 1 ( ALL CAPS - ON AUTO LF - 0FF Issue 7, Rev. 0
EPP/IP-2.6 TAB-1 Page 2 of 2 1.3 The Terminet is ready for on-line operation. 1.4 If the INTERRUPT light is lit at anytime, the printer will f not work with the computer. The INTERRUPT light indicates a hardware problem with the monitoring system. The system should be tagged OOC, and a work request submitted for repa irs . 1.5 Every fif teen minutes the Terminet will go "on-line" and printout the meteorology report. If the Terminet does not printout and the INTERRUPT light is not lit, the report routing may have been inadvertantly changed. Proceed as follows: 1.5.1 Press the ON-LINE pushbutton. The motor will start and the printer will print an asterisk. NOTE The printer is automatically placed in the STANDBY mode at the end of each interactive se-quence. If at any time in an interactive sequence the printer goes into the STANDBY mode, simply press the ON-LINE pushbutton. The Terminet will return to standby if an entry (or an additional character) is not made within 30 seconds. 1.5.2 Type in " SEND _P_B_7" (where_= a typed space) , car-riage return. If the entry is correct, the Teminet will respond with the work " VALID" and an asterisk. 1.5.3 If a typing error is made, press ON-LINE. The Terminet will print an asterisk signifying its availability for new entries. 1.5.4 If the Terminet does not respond as described, a hardware problem exists and the system should be placed OOC.
- 2. CALIBRATION An automatic routine calibration check is performed daily. Non-routine calibrations are performed in accordance with the monitor-ing system operating raanual.
C. ATTACHMENT
- 1. Typical Printout.
Issue 7, Rev. 0
EPP/IP-2.6 TAB-1 Attachment 1 , A 20 AUG 1974 it ?!1E LEVEL ----48 I N D----- --T EliP ER AT UP E-- --S T A T U S--
\,_/ -1,.i;- - 1.i D - -SD- -AT1P- DIF- DUPT PRIN 84.tC ADDR-GT C-h, MFH DEG. DEG. FAP. FAR. FAD. IN. _ S DDi1Floh i- 1600 35 XX.X XXX XX.X XXX.X XX.X XX.X XX.X RA-A-AA-AAAA lj 150 XX.X XXX XX.X XX.X AA--S------
I, 500 XX.X XXX XX.X XX.X A A -- A --- -- - e.
+
L: L MAX X/0 AT 2000 FT FCA A GPCUND PELEASE =+X.XXXXXX-XXX $ Arid +XXX.X DEGFEES AWAY FFDM THE PLANT. tiAX X/O FOR ELEVATED F ELEASE IS +X.XXXXXX->"<X AND OCCUPS +XXX. X DEGREES AWAY FRCM WE PLANT AT +XXXX.X METERS. DELTA T 15 0-35 FT A- AA A------- A p DELTA T 500-35 FT R-A-- -
--A l 1615 35 XX.X XXX XX.X XXX.X XX.X XX.X X.XX AA-A-AA-AAAA 150 XX.X XXX - XX . X XX.X A A -- A----- -
500 XX.X XXX XX.X XX.X A A -- A - ----- Io + MAX X/O AT 2000 FT FDP A GPOdND PELEASE =+X.XXXXXX-XXX I - AND +XXX.X DEGFEES AIJAY FPGM THE PLANT. [ MAX WO FCP ELEVATED PELEACE 10 +X.XXXXXX-XXX [ AND DCCUPO +XX:'. '. DEGREES RidAY FPCM THE FL ANT AT +XXXX. X f ETEP5. l DELT6 T 15 0-35 FT A- AA AA AAAAAAA - DELT A T 50 0-35 FT A- AA AA. AAAAAA A 1 6 I I L 4 L I l l E i i EEAVER VALLEY 15-MINUTE REPORT (Shown for two 15-minute printouts) l l 1 NOTE: W r r X = numeral (0-9) A = letter i l l. M
).
issue 7 Rev. 4
94 l
%r5 i Dmmlhti l O
e Y 9 3 0
2pbi. EPP/IP-2.6 Ta Tab 2 D r'r3'a97e ld N Page 1 of 2 ( X/Q VALUES BY Xu/Q TABLES V) A. PURPOSE This tab provides tabular methods for determining the X/Q value at any given distance under various conditions of wind speed and stability calss. There is a worksheet provided for ground level release calculations. A method is not provided for elevated releases due to the lower significance of these pathways at BVPS. If an elevated release does occur, the ground level calculations will provide a conservative estimate of downvind dispersion (overestimate), and could be used if the nature of the release can be considered as being eleveated (ie: high energy containment failure). B. PREREQUISITES
- 1. The following meteorological parameters must be known:
1.1 Wind speed (mph) at 35' (analog recorder SDR-MT-600 or Terminet) 1.2 Wind direction at 35' (analog recorder SDR-MT-600 or Terminet) l.3 Delta-I for 150-35' (analog recorder XR-MT-20l black trace or Terminet) 1.4 The release parameters, as measured on effluent nonitors, and/or the O) g m; accident classification must be known. C. PRECAUTIONS
- 1. The wind direction as indicated on the analog recorders or the Terminet, and as used in reporting meteorological data between the station and offsite agencies is the wind direction from which the wind is coming. It is not the direction 1
I to which the plume is headed.
- 2. Meteorological parameters (ie: wind speed, wind direction, delta-T) at elev-ations other than those specified herein, cannot be substituted for the parameters at the specified elevation without error in most cases.
l ) 3. Because of the complex terrain surrounding the Beaver Valley Power Station, it l 1s extremely difficult to calculate "true" atmospheric dispersion in a hand I calculational method. This method expressed in this tab is generally based 1 on the guidance of Regulatory Guide 1.145 and incorporates a straight-line Gaussian model. Since plume transport is unlikely to be " straight-line" because of the terrain, this method establishes the upper limit of the s dispersion value, regardless of direction. The actual X/Q value applicable ( (Na ) l to any given point would likely be lower. , l l Issue 7 Rev. O
dk EPP/IP-2.6 31 [ Tab 2 D *' M M Page 2 of 2 D. PROCEDURE O
- 1. Ustag attachments 1 and 2 to this tab, determine the appropriate ground level dispersion factor (X/Q) for the site boundary initially, and other downwind distances as necessary based upon consideration of the wind speed, magnitude of the release, precipitation, population density, etc.
If the site boundary dose commitment calculated using the derived X/Q exceeds the protective action levels of EPP/IP-4.1, the X/Q (and associated dosecomml.tment)at the 2 mile radius, and other distances as necessary, shall be calculated.
- 2. If the 150-35' delta-T is unavailable due to instrument malfunction, refer to Tab 4 of this EPP/IP for sources of alternative meteorological data.
When such data is obtained, determine the equivalent delta-T as follows: (Tempe ra ture - Temperature ) X 15 , Delta-T 115 "( ) ( -
)
( -
)
Where: Tempe ratu re = temperature measured at elev ;hTemperature = 79 temperature measured at elev y.
- 3. Document the X/Q value determined oc the worksheet. This value can be used in one of the dose calcualtion methods provided in latter tabs to this EPP/IP.
O Issue 7 Rev. 0
A EPP/IP-2.6 A@ TAB 2 ND Attachment 1 Page 1 of 2 g/ X/Q WORKSHEET Observed 35' wind speed: (analog recorder SDR-MT-600 or Terminet) Observed 150'-35' Stability Class: (See instructions below, or Terminet) Xu/Q Values for Selected Distances Stability EAB 2 mile 5 mile 10 mile ABC 1.2 E-4 4.5 E-6 7.2 E-7 1.8 E-7 D 5.5 E-4 4.7 E-5 1.2 E-5 4.4 E-6 E 9.3 E-4 9.9 E-5 2.8 E-5 1.1 E-5 FG l.5 E-3 2.2 E-4 6.7 E-5 2.8 E-5 EAB: divided by wind speed: mph = X/Q = sec/m 2.0 mi: divided by wind speed: mph = X/Q = sec/m p 5.0 mi: divided by wind speed: mph = X/Q = sec/m O mph = X/Q = 3 L0 mi: divided by wind speed: sec/m mi: divided by wind speed: mph = X/Q = sec/m INSTRUCTIONS
- 1. Observe and record the 35' elevation wind speed, in miles per hour, as indicated on the Terminet, or on analog recorder SDR-MT-600.
l l 2. Determine the stability class appropriate for the 150'-35' elevation. The stability class can be directly read off of the Terminet print-out. Alter-nately, the stability class can be determined from the multi-point alanlog recorder XR-MT-201, as follows: ( \
\ ) -
Issue 7 Rev. 0
dbi, EPP/IP-2.6 D% m,mp3lkfi Tab 2 Attachent 1 Page 2 of 2 2.1 Remove the plastic stability class overlay from the Shift Supervisor's 0 copy of this procedure. (Other copies have a paper reproduction of the overlay. If the overlay is not available, the delta-T range appropriate to each stability class is identified on the graph attached.) 2.2 Open the recorder bezel and place the overlay over the chart paper, aligning the zero on the overlay with the scale zero on the recorder paper. 2.3 No te the latest (topmost) black (pen 1) trace on the recorder in relation to the delta-T1 ) ( AT7 ) stability scale on the overlay. This is the stability class. Note The chart paper, recorder scale, and the overlay have two delta-T scales -- one for 150'-35' ( AT ) and one for 500'-35' (AT)* 2 ensure that the A T scale (-4 to +8) are being used.
- 3. Only four stability classes are used for emergency purposes. Terminet classes A, B, and C, are represented as class ABC. Terminet classes F and G are represented as class FG. Record the stability class.
- 4. For the site boundary (EAB) location initially, and for other distances if the site boundary dose commitment indicates the need, determine a value of X/Q as foilows. Note that the dose commitment is at a maximum at the site boundary and decreases with distance.
4.1 Using the stability class recorded in step 3, identify the values of Xu/Q for the distance specified from the provided, or for other optional distances using attached graph. Record these Xu/Q values in the spaces provided. 4.2 From step 1, record the current wind speed in the space provided for each distance to be evaluated. 4.3 Divided the Xu/Q value by the wind speed to obtain the value of X/Q. Record these X/Q values in the space provided for each distance. O i.s s u e i Kev. u
EPP/IP-2.6 Tab 2 Attachment 2 e. 1 e m ,
,- - ,1 kx v Y E : -
e . 4- -. j j waw.c.
.REs.MV M iiY#%bf.
a I '
.. _.s ~ . w e + =, . .
1..i_.:ir- ' _ _ _ _..___.A__f,
)
____.__ _ . ... _ _ _ . _ _ . _. . _ _ =______. _ : ==:_' =' Y a 5 - .n -
.;;g _ >
c .
,- a - - -- - a ' : , _-.,4_. ,
_- -- w -- i._
- i. i- .A r5 ~ ' . .:-6 -
._~z ..
m _ . 4 -i .:.b . . =- r = - .- =
-4. - .g - ; =4 :_
;___. . - ,_ _ :p.f. - -;--- - 9 i. !p - : =p- 9:=- -- -._ T.=L; ;._. .g_ _ j -E.J_;_ g __Z 2 g __. __ . . _ . _ . . _ . _ . . _ . . _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . _ _ _ _ _ .
, 3 g,
,I G 0
LX- _- . QO 1 n i b- i
.--s jg l 1 '
s-+._ En i _ ,. _ . . a - s g -g _ . . _ce r
.._.9 a
j, Un Q
. . -- - _ ._ v,w. . . . . y _- .. : _m.7 =: a= '
7 r;= :. -- =_7=.C T M ;\ : = Y
'-- = d --%= =[ d_ t .p iE= = . --_ = _ = _----- =s _ a 2,- ' ! 6
_cz ___ z .i. =a. _ _A-g -c1 & - __a=:_ ---- i _;_+g_. == = = = - _n _ ; : = =-
, ,0 g-@- %--" _%.-'-5 .- =.- _= ; z--- 3 - -
- ~ ~ - ~ ~ ~
j g
;g
==-r'
_ = ,_ : r .-. , . . T _ ;_ g -- t ,- U e , .- - , - _--- , c - - w .--g.2_ - E - w _ , _=M +-e &
@ i.J-i. == == 3 ag .:= g e '- .JF --= :T d i .r .; < i._-s -_ - - --- _ -- . -ae.m== #% r_; , 5
$ -- -' _ ~7CSL -~ic1M--\ -- 'ME=~ =_ .5 t J__-
_._ r_-- "EEF~-' - e
--- 1. = ._ -d -
=
5:)"= =% -- -- -' .~.'._- _. . _'EW _. 3 , Y. .- Q L
$. 3 i- X -\------A '
O. . m _s .- - I _s ---kN s-.s-1- m bUn 4.. .. . _ . __g>_. ...g . g. T m ___.
,. ,_ , g1 1 t+ =m ;= _. . , _ ' 3 _1_ : .. ._;g - . .X .: . ._. Y 2 +_=
>=
_ x ;., 2 -_p .- i a . 2 v_.a i= %.L y
= = _ - - .:: ._h =: ._, -- T- i .1.-, . . i. v. yq_.c =-Y .i _=
=== .
=g==i m. -E ___. -EE . =r;s. m._=
_--- _ 6 _ E _-# t -. eW _#=-m : = -Y_ =K = _==Ni&=J-i: -- =+==_: = = = ~~ ^ -t____.---s M s
. ==-+ :::D. _ . . . . =k --_d - _=-Y#. . - __-- _ __
- . _ . .. _ =- =.. Q m ._.4=_eg.=.g._,_
. - c:t -- _u _uwr-wn_= .ev-=- _ w ,_-e , -u-a _ .
_.m m.,e.=.u
= ~ g_ _ _, c . Ms. .. =2
=_= . ___, a -A . . . .w_=wr.;.-s_=1=rir = - = ~ - - =-+g.E_ _ _=a Q
-- __=_ e. :._ ..=.:: r: 1g: --_::- : f ;. - .;.__ t gr. -- - . _-. -.. =. _ _ _ _ ... =--.=-=:=-
mn
---: _2 1
- - . - -- a : _: :-=..._- . 2 =---- - =V - --
c r.- m ; . - -_ --
\ _ _ .+
-g i
. . c
. - - ~- - \ -- --\--- -%
,,, i.D e __ = s _s. xo . -u
-r x. . - : --. i _t - m A+__----
... c e g
- -= - ---- W._ s j ;{ g- .- . .. _j , ; a- \ 4 :1 .- _ d.g Y. --
s= f__sse _ _ r _ , =-- -- ..
---4 =e=.-, _ w _=w - r ;w_-c=-- m +e-c_ =_ =_=_ _,,y
_A . - d -- 4 4 d y g
- E
=- :- r --8s.3- =_ ;4-4 : _ : __
-d- 7=6_ -T2-C-5 M r\=-- --- '@~M- - Z -- '= M s -
g, u' n _._ . . . g. _ _= __ =. . _ . . . ._ _ . _.r .=_ - __ _- _= gs_ - - - _ _ - y='s _ ; - ; -" 4 a:
- ==. =- m - E IL r_ 2._--= --
. _ _ - Ur "
'sa: -i.b -- ,= . .-U C . _ I Al " a E D an=--. . - -- - -a ---n g. .n
. . w_--m-._=an . =ww-amya = r- - =m:s- m ,
5I _ ' " ' " _ ' - ' - '- - - - ! :-E = ~~~ _V g l= I- -=QDM =,, 3 - i ~=d ' ~ ~ ~ , . _ _ _ - - ~ - y
===____ _
^
_g= == ~== = : == = == &_ _- - -- - Q--=~: 9 -5'
._, 0 g
; - - - . . _ _ _ _ . - :: =g ..
- -. e N
4 ___ ___.g.
.v.
3 .-.. -- .g
-4 g g Q
. m __
.g . . .q_. __.%se g,._c _._
_ . _ - 1 ._ I
,_ ., T -Es -
-An- . - : .$
I
-. t:. . ( _
. ; = M--4 -- ? _ bem _M ti. t
-' 4 h *=i . - d. _ _,
? l I w .- =- ,- .a + . - - - - r - :
- e. --=4 Tr .-m .s r- r = - e-== =:= -4 e l --
=T45E= ~# s
-~
=- ~~; ~~_Ed = *.~== = _=:L.'- M -=____.__._=_=2--_.=-.- _=__u: 1 := _=~ -- 5W_=._=.===__r. _@ .-~--^.~~~Mh 4
-__p-_-_-------
l =._=-.
. w. . .. . : : . .- -
s l n .1-u a. .- e a
.: . = _
..~.--!=:==:- W-
.-" " - - 44 . . - .
l k.r$ 45 1] [ ?
~
u- _ - - _ = , -'M , - - M 5 1{ ^ .- - ~m e O -. =[ y l G_.=: ?i ^- ~~ :I -E=1 ^W-=_=- i-- - - :- ==15 = - ==T 5 -3 =^ = = E I EE. r_- i. F. :_ _=_ 1_-5 ~_-i= H- . '==" " : ==h-i :' T "* 'L\% d"= d ~~I ~= "* - , :_ . . . . :. _ Jug _;. ;_. ..... _ .r T I.--; ;
%.. __...__.W -
- m. -~ - - .-:_.__ ..._L. 2. M g._.-__L_\......_~._._-:
(qv) 1
-4 _ _ . . . _ _ _ . _ _ _ _ _ _ ._ . _... __ . . v . . -- .
_._.g -- . _g ._. . _ _ _ _ . . _ _ . _ _ . .
, o
, . * .s. , e a4 i s l ai 52 eo J l s 7 e l Issue 7 Rev. 0 l DOWNWIND DISTANCE w.ms
s'ca. 3.rs com e:re O 9 O
U LA EPP/IP-2.6 7@ 4 TAB-3 DOND Pm 1 of 2 p X/Q BY OVERLAY METHOD LJ A. PROCEDURE
- l. Read and record the appropriate T value (last 15 minute value) for the 500 ft to 35 ft interval.
=
( ) F (500-35) NOTE: If the 500-35 AT is unavailable due to instrument malfunction. Refer to Tab 4 of this EPP/IP for sources of alternate meteorological data. When such data is obtained, determine the equivalent AT as follows: (Temperature - Temperature Elevh Elev1 ) * (Elevh ~ El*#1) = AT (500-35) ( )x ( 465
)
=
( ) *F
- 2. Determine the Pasquilt stability class from the following table.
G class 0 (500-35)
- F, A -
Very Stable AT < -4.8 B - Moderately Unstable -4.8 1AT < -4.3 C - Slightly Unstable -4.3 1AT < -3.8 D - Neutral -3.8 1AT < -1.3 E - Slightly Stable -1.3 1AT < 3.8 F - Moderately Stable 3.8 1AT 1 10.2 G - Very Stable 10.2 <AT Stability Class =
- 3. Read and record the appropriate wind speed value for the 500 foot level for the same time period used to obtain the AT above. If the wind speed at the 500 foot level is unavailable use the wind speed noted at a level reasonably close to the 500 foot level.
p) ( Wind Speed (500 foot)
=
( ) mph Issue 7 Rev. O
d% EPP/IP-2.6 7,1 TAB 3 D rs% m [ *W., pygg g of 7
- 4. Obtain the package of meteorological overlays for the type of release (ground level or elevated).
- 5. From this package, obtain the overlays corresponding to the Pasquill Stability Class determined in Step 2 above.
- 6. Se lect the overlay for the windspeed closest to the last fifteen minute average windspeed reported by the Terminet.
- 7. Place the overlay chosen on the ECC Topographic map with the axis at the point of release and the arrow pointing in the direction from which the wind is coming.
NOTE: Wind direction is the direction from which the wind is coming measured in degrees closkwise from due north. Use the Unit I cooling tower as the center for elevated releases, and the Unit L containment for the center of ground level releases.
- 8. Locate the appropriate X/Q on tna overlay and record the value sec/m .
- 9. Determine the X/Q for other locations / distances as required.
- 10. Proceed to the appropriate dose projection method.
O Issue 7 Rev. O
SYYL EPP/IP-2.6 D l'4 TAB 4
=,_m r3 U:fi Page 1 of 3 ALTERNATE METEOROLOGY (I \~- The purpose of this tab is to identify alternate sources of meteorology data available in the BVPS environs that can be used in the event that the primary meteorological instrumentation fails.
A. Site Specific Instrumentation
- 1. The meteorological tower and supporting meteorological instrumentation trailer are located east of the site. Both digital (Terminet) and analog signals are hardwired to the Station. In the event of a failure of the communications links, without failure of the meteorological sensors / computer, meteorological data can be obtained from read-outs located within the meteorological trailer. The Shift Supervisor has custody of a key to this trailer. Since digital and alalog information are separately relayed, failure of the Terminet link will not affect the analog idsplays and vice versa.
- 2. The Shippingport Atomic Power Station has installed meteorological monitoring a
equipment. The wind direction, wind speed, and ambient temperature sensors are located (on the SAPS screenwall bridge (735'), and on the ridge south of the station (1135') such that there is approximately 400 feet difference () in elevation. These sensors are read in the SAPS Control Room. Access this data by calling the SAPS control room: PAX Phone 702/710 62102/62110 643-4600 DLC Radio 150 MHZ Note that the elevation difference is approximately 400', and that the delta T will need to be corrected before it can be used as described in Tab 2 or Tab 3. B. Bruce Mansfield The Bruce Mansfield Power Station maintains two meteorological stations in the environs of that facility. They are located: At the Fairview Substation located 1-1/2 miles east of Fairview on Tuscarawas Road. This station has wind speed and wind direction sensors located at approximately 1180' . At the Bruce Mansfield Substation located on the hill east of the plant. (adjacent to microwave tower. This station has temperature, wind speed, wind direction, and dew point sensors located at approximately 1250' . l None of the data is telementered to the Bruce Mansfield control room. Thus, BVPS personnel would need to be dispatched to the individual stations to gather this data, gjN i The keys to instrument enclosures are availabel through the Bruce Mansfield Control Room which can be contacted at 643-5000 (SWBD), or 643-5005 (direct 24-hrs). Issue 7 Rev. O
.NA. EPP/IP-2.6 31P3 TAB 4 CUC;Uesno @
p,y 9 nf 1 C. US Weather Bureau The National Weather Service operates a "first-order" weather station at Coraopolis (Moon Twnp). This station can provide meteorological data for the Beaver County Area, and could be called upon to bring tracking ballons to the site for release to assist with plume tracking. An Air Polution Meteorologist is assigned to this station and could assist with release tracking and prediction, if necessary. NOTE: The National Weather Service will normally report delta-T as " Temperature lapse rate". This is reported in terms of 'F per 1000' of elevation. This value must be converted prior to use as described in Tab 2 or 3. The telephone numbers are: NWS Forecast Of fice 1-644-2882 NWS Air Polution Meteorologist 1-644-5179 D. Meteorology by Observation
- 1. Pasquill Stability Class by Observation 1.1 Dispatch an individual to observe the following meteorological conditons depending on the time of day:
1.1.1 Sun strength (strong, moderate, slight) 1.1.2 Nightime cloud cover ( >50% cover, <38% cover) 1.l.3 Wind Speed at ground level (See Step 1.3) 1.2 Using Table 1, identify the Pasquill Stability Class. Nightime Wind Speed Daytime Sun Strength Thin overcast mph Strong Moderate Slight >50% cover <38% cover
<4.5 A A-B B 4.5 A-B B C E F 9 B B-C C D E 13.5 C C-D D D D
>l3.5 C D D D D From Meteorology and Atomic Energy, TID-24190 NOTE Stability class D is suitable for heavy overcast conditions day or night.
O Issue 7 Rev. O
d% Ta EPP/IP-2.6 TAB 4 Dn.f ml!?i Pace 3 of 3 O 1.3 If the wind speed is not obtainable, the following approximations my be used in lieu of more accurate information. Class Observation Approx. Wind Speed Calm Smoke rises vertically <1 mph Light Breeze Smoke drifts, wind vanes 1-3 mph don't move Slight Breeze Leaves rustle, wind felt 4-9 mph on face, wind vanes move Gentle Breeze Light flags extend, leaves 8-12 mph and twigs in constant motion Moderate Breeze Small branches move, 13-18 mph dust and dirt stirred up o Issue 7 Rev. O
0 v_r5 m u::t O 1 4 D G O
SEML EPP/IP-2.6 Yk M TAB 5 omuct / 'N SUPPLEMENTARY METEOROLOGICAL PARAMETERS ks_-) A. PURPOSE This tab identifies interim methodology for determining plume width and transit time, and optionally, plume vertical height. The plume width and plume heights are the dimensions of the plume beyond which the concentration is less than 10% of the plume centerline value. Since ground level dose is proportional to concentration, the dose drops off to less than 10% of the peak centerline value beyond these maximum dimensions. Transit time (relative to the ground) is based on the actual wind speed. B. PROCEDURE
- 1. Plume Width 1.1 Using the methodology of Tab 1,2,3, or 4, determine the Pasquill Stability Class.
1.2 Using Attachment 1, locate the stability class line and the downwind distance of interest. Read plume width. {} v 1.3 Repeat steps 1.1 and 1.3 for other areas of interest,
- 2. Plume Height 2.l Perform steps 1.1 through 1.3 using Attachment 3
- 3. Transit Time 3.1 Determine the current wind speed from the Terminet or from the analog recorders.
3.2 Using Attachment 2, locate the wind speed line and downwind distance of interest. Interpolate as necessary. Read transit time. 3.3 Repeat steps 3.1 and 3.2 for other areas of interest. O (,, - Issue 7 Rev. 0
EPP/IP-2.6 TAB 5 Attachment 1 PLUME WIDTH V5 DOWNWIND DISTANCE
- O C
10 9 8 7 i , , 1 1 1 i i i e i a i , ,i . . i i i 6 5 ; 4 - 1 1 1 1 ' r' r 1 a 3 _.
,'. =
1 > f m E . s' e: n' s' G i O
> 1 6
,if - .1 i
,e y s s i s
.s , 7 . s t N
I -
# f a si i i s i f i 1 6
' I I O /! / / \ s af A EE I T e e e / 9 /6- / t i / / i
- 4 * .
. .s. . .. pr, ./ o / . fi / . s . . *
$9 1' l 1 1' ,' _
,7 .,1 ,1 .,s ,1 ,.r-1 8
.,7 ,1 ,/ ,1 ,7 ,
7 , . s, s - / , s . s . /
' I I I / / '/ /~ ! / / -
3 4 . . r .
,'F ,'A I E 1'1 , ,' ,' ','F e ,1' ,
1,
,1' ,_
,7 1
7'
,. 1 2 1 7 s s 1 . s s . 7 _
r 1 s - 1 1 r 1 3
',,' 1" ,' -
2 .T - 1, 1-
- < 1 1 ,
f . s s s 7 1
&, .v' .
s s' ^ s 7' s s' .,r' s O e f 1 ' / / s s 1 . . . n
- + / i ! / / I ' -
O u ,s ' e-= - , .i r' e / i i '/ / / i i a e i e i i e i e i i i i . I y] c . . i ' /1 i if f f. I i e i e 6 i e e
~
,' . 1' 1' y o 9
/
; .,7 ,s mg 8 . 1 e s'
~ '
u$
- 2. 7 s'
/ .
,e , n i i , , i i
, if i i f a f i L 4 -
!e e.d s ',,-' .
Q31
, z' 4
Lus -
%8 I __ , _
- 1 2
. t
, . r t i 6 i I I t 6
p- i 9 {
. i i i .
gg . i i 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 i
.1 1 10 10 DOWNWIND DISTANCE, Miles O
*Beyond which the concentration is less than 10* cf the plume centerline concentration.
l Issue 7 Rev. O l
i
! EPP/IP-2.6 ! TAB 5 s ! Attachment 2 1
[ PLUME TRANSIT TIME VS WIND SPEED h
- I y e
W D a r 1 r 1r 7 z Ir W J f 7 1 / J f I / J g c 4-e
"$ l a
l r j
/
f
/
'/
/
f' f .
' f f i f
i
! I t i
' t ; i f f / f f f l
i e e .I i l 4 - I e*i 4 . I e e a - , , .je f' . ft. f. 6 fp. l if ; e F. * ' o - e
- 1 r a e' b p . l 7 1 1 1 5', 1 ? .1 . r 2 7 . 1 r 1 1 1 '1 's I l I I & I 1 /1 t 1 E / J J 3
~ ' "
1 F r n' P
. I Lv ' / .
. 1 . .1 . r . 7 /f I I I I 1 #
i 1 I .7 I '/ t J l f I l 1 1 m / A F' . A A i 1
.,r,,
l> w r / r es
/ , ,
s , s, f f -
,7 . .
! hf* I / .V ' f f t f
'I
.'f.
.F f
>( C p e > f .J '12 4s e f / . a f ,f,
,9 -
T . .i.. . . ../. . ./ i . .' ./6%/, ./ , /, i f f ,
, 6.s ..i- . , , . s . . sp... f 6.... / . s . ry , , g s . . ;. , , p,s.. .. p., js 4 CD 1 1
11 . 1 , 1 1 M 1 1 / 1 u- 1 7 1 l1 S I 1 t 1 t i
- t 8
. i i . , t
. /
/
. /
/
/
f
/
s
/
/.
I s / / . s J p i
/ .
/
/
f. I s r. 2 t 6 m/ , af
. /
i , A
/i I
s f Z e
. . f6 f
. s 1
f . i . i 4 - i s/ e 1
- l s 5 e ,
,.l,'
1 1 1 1 1 r i l6 1 - s 7 1 / r 1 1 --,/ n 2 1
' 1 :1
] /' . 1 /
lf' / 'l J . / / - / / r /
\
2
^
l', . 1-7 1 s' 1 1'
. n 1 1 . 1 m / / .7 s I / 7 s I r A . f . 1 A s 1
/ / / ' ' I / ' /l [ f /' l
* , , f s j f .r r - s .7
*$ a.- r c / / ! f' / f- . ? ! f i t i s UI C t I /' I t/i i I '- / i/! t i up W I /. / - t / / *.!- /. .t- 6s ./ / t l- * .6 . . l . i t yj r,n f . / - l/ 6 /6 e.6 / 6 +1 i . /. i.
/4'64 . 6a e e i i 6 i ne 1 1 , - 1 o -
,1 ,1 Nu ,- ,1 ,1 ,1 es a S ._s , / / . . . , . / . /.
u; 7 {.w m r' r' i
, f.
/
. 4
. f
.f.
i
. /,
f e f, i
,1 . i i
.i i . .i
, ,' i , i
-) -e 6 J
V tE.a., _- :
- g= s ~
I 0 wm a l . e 7 1 1 ,1 .1
,t
. ,A f A
== 3
,',, ,1 2
2 . g
. 1 l /
7
, t '/ i
. i . I 1 6
i i i i i i 1 . i i l if ? i ! ! r i t I e I t i I t i I /
- 3 ' '
I i ' 6 a i i , , . , i
", . . / 6,, i 6 , s. i , i. . i i e i . . ,
- a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 2 3 a 5 e ? 2 3 4 5 6 7 a 1 10 1 hr 891000 1 1 .
l TR ANSIT TIME, Minutes Issue 7 Rev. 0 t I e
EPP/IP-2.6 TAB 5 Attachment 3 PLUME VERTICAL HEIGHT V5 DISTANCE
- O E
f d I L i i i i i i e i 6 3 6 f. 4 6 4 5 4 l , 1 3
, i
. f.
t z' C M :/ i i
- r i r i Mr N i t i /i 7
e i i i i C i i i i i f . . , . T i i
- I .i j. ./ 4 44
. i .i
/1 i
, r=
6 i 9 1' 7 1'
,r 8 ,
r 1 E n t / /, 6 i
/ a l ! / 4 6 .,
5 J; 4
.'F,-
. 1 . 11
- - L , ,' f - 3 r
".,f -
3
-=.
,1
-/- 3 I /- I I ms== n 1
,s ,1 .
- _ 1 i i / #
W , i t ./ i f a 1 r 1 _h
!g i i 4 e r / 3 6
# , ! ! i i
.__ _ - i i 6 Vg aC i i t i 6 i i / ! ef. !
- I 6a g
- 6 ! ' i I ' i # ,
I
,# '
- i ' ' i e
,u o ; -
1 r 1 as S ~- e e . _ r-
' ' s us 7 s i i / # , #
1# i h *a8 I 6
! <# t #
4
~e
-a
--- '- f
/
a 3 1f b. e4 0
-m.-
r-'- r_ F V,J
+ 1 s' . -
v 3 - _ "f f 2 s
'-'-"s s
s s i 1 i i i i i I i ! i I i i e i s , i i t e
. . i g . .
; 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 3 4 5 6 7 e S .0 2 3 4 5 6 7 9
.1 1 10 1C v
DOWNWIND DISTANCE, Miles
*Seyond wnich the concentration is less than 10*. of the clur.e centerline ccncen: ration.
Issue 7 Rev. O
n 3... 12h33U3 MOI. EPP/IP-2.6 Tab 6 BEAVER VA1. LEY POV!ER STAT!CN EMERGENCY PREF.4RECNESS FLAN Page 1 of 2 EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE O DOSE PROJECTION BY HAND CALCULATION BASED ON FSAR ACCIDENT A. PREREQUISITES The following must be available for this method:
- 1. Source of Release (type of accident)
- 2. Meteorology information
B. PROCEDURE
- 1. Classify the type of accident which has occurred from the accidents identified on the worksheet. If no accident classification can be be made, choose the fuel handling accident.
- 2. Obtain a copy of the worksheet.
- 3. If not already done, enter the distance at which the whole body and thyroid doses are to be calculated in the spaces provided on the work-sheet.
- 4. From the X/Q worksheet (EPP/IP-2.6 Tab 2; EPP/IP-2.6.1 Attachment 1),
] ] transfer the X/Q value for the desired downwind distance in the appropri-ate space on the worksheet.
- 5. Multiply the X/Q value by the correction factor for that accident, for both whole body and child thyroid dose (if applicable), to obtain the projected dose rate at the EAB. Enter the projected dose (s) in the space (s) provided.
- 6. For each additional distance to be calculated, enter the distance (if not already entered) at which the whole body and thyroid doses are to be calculated and enter the appropriate dose factor in the spaces pro-vided on the worksheet. Repeat steps 4 and 5 for each additional distance. Use the reverse side of the form for any additional distances.
- 7. Enter the date, time, and initials of the person who performed the calculation in the spaces provided. Retain this form for subsequent l review and evaluation.
O Issue 7 Rev. 0
d% 31 EPP/IP-2.6 D r,p m@ Tab 6
- 8. If the thyroid dose to another age group is desired, multiply the child O
thyroid dose by the appropriate conversion factor below, otherwise ignore this step. (Child thyroid dose is ' reported to state and local authorities, and protective actions are based on the child thyroid values.) Multiply Child Thyroid Dose by: Accident Adult Teen Inf an t Main Steam Line Break 0.69 0.86 0.92 Fuel Handling Accident 0.73 0.90 0.91 LOCA 0.67 0.85 0.92 S/G Tube Rupt. 0.69 0.86 0.92 O O Issue 7 Rev. O
%g 0 EPP/IP-2.6 Tab 6 Attachment 1 -
Page 1 of 2 Date: Time: Name: Dese Factor DOSE. rem ACCIDENT X/QT wnole Body Whole Body Child Thyroid Child Thyroid 1.99 El Volume Control Tank Rupture X = Negligible negligible
" 1.68 Q Gas Surge Tank Rupture X =
n Negligible Negligible 1.42 E2 S/G Tube Rupture X ,
=
g 1.69 E3 f Main Steam Line Break X 2.87 E-2
=
( 2.3 E2
^
1.12 E4 5 Fuel Handling Accident X =
- 1.87 E5
'w 2.8 E3 b Loss of Coolant Accident X =
8.25 E4 Dese Factorl DOSE. rem DISTANCE X/QI W hole Body Whole Body Child Thyroid Child Thyroid 2 Mile X = 5 Mile X = 10 Mile X = l l l Other miles X = 1From TAB , I TFrom blocks above. ! I Issue 7 Kev. 0 1
A'7""* D EPP/IP-2.6 Tab 6 Attachment 1 (Reverse) Page 2 of 2 Date: Time: Name: _ Dose FactorI DOSE. rem DETANCE X/Q1- Whole Body Whole Body Child Thyroid Child Thyroid X = X = S X = X = X = X = X = X = X = X = 3 l X
- 1. From EPP/IP-2.6 Tao 2; EPP/IP-2.6.1 Attachment 1
- 2. From front Issue 7 Rev. 0
n _ EPP/IP-2.6 Lek,.,,CJ
% w y4y7'- Tab 7 BEAVER VALLEY PCWER STATION Page 1 of 6 EMERGENCY PREFARECNESS PLAN EMERGENCY IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE DOSE PROJECTION BASED ON MONITOR READINGS A. PREREQUISITES The following data must be available for this method:
- 1. Source of release (type of accident)
- 2. Ef fluent monitor reading (RM-GW-108B , -VS-101B, -VS-107B , -C4-110,
-VS-111, and/or -VS-ll2), in cpm.
- 3. Effluent flow rate (FR-C4-108, -VS-101, and/or -VS-ll2), in efm.
-or-
- 4. Steam generator relief valve release rate (RM-MS-100 A,B,C/RM-MS-101),
in cpm, or RASMOS print-out of uCi/sec. NOTE The result of this calculation is a dose rate, which when multiplied by the release time results in a projected dose. It is highly unlikely that the monitor count rate, in cpm, will remain constant through-out the release period. For this reason, it will be necessary to periodically repeat this calculation as the count rate changes. The sum of these individual calculated projected doses is the projected integrated dose ] p for the release. Avoid calculating doses on the basis of monitor spikes, ' ( unless the spike lasts long enough to have a significant release time associated with it. Average monitor readings are preferable in order to avoid over-conservative results. 1 B. DISCUSSION This tab provides a method to convert monitor reading into projected offsite dose for several postulated accidents. The release rate, in C1/sec, is determined first from monitor readings and effluent path flow rate. Graphs for this conversion are provided for the various classes of accidents and monitors available. Once the release rate is known, graphs of dose rate versus X/Q and release rate for the analyzed accidents convert the release rate to dose rate. For those analyzed accidents where radioiodine constitutes a significant portion fo the release, two graphs are provided--one for whole body, and another for child thyroid. Conversion factors within this procedure convert child thyroid dose to adult, teenager, and infant thyroid dose, should this be desired. The worksheets provide the numerical conversion factors upon which the graphs were based, and if the user prefers, these may be used in lieu of the graphs determine projected dose. k Issue 7 Rev. 0
glbe, 3 EPP/IP-2.6 gyp 3 Tab 7 ) D ,-,m g Page 2 of 6 C. b PROCEDURE If the graphical method is to be used, proceed to step 15, otherwise proceed as follows:
- 1. Classify the type of accident which has occurred from the accidents identified on the worksheet. If no accident classification can be made, choose the fuel handling accident. If fuel damage is suspected, use the LOCA conversions, regardless of the release pathway or initiating acci-dent.
- 2. Obtain a copy (s) of the worksheet appropriate to the calculation. There are three different worksheets and copies of each are available in the emergency cabinets in the NSS office and EA & DP area.
2.1 Attachment 24 For use with RM-VS107/GW108 2.2 Attachment 25 For use with RM-VS112/GW110 (LR) 2.3 Attachment 26 For use with RM-VS112/GW110 (HR) 2.4 Attachment 28 For use with RM-MS-100 A,B,C/RM-MS-101/RASMOS The above four worksheets have the appropriate conversion factors pre-printed on the form. The form below :.s a general form, without the pre-printed data, which can be used as a continuation to one of the forms above.
- 3. If not already done, enter the distance at which the whole body and thyroid doses are to be calculated in the spaces provided on the work-sheet.
NOTE The monitor and dose conversion factors are both based on the FSAR postulated source term for each particular accident. If release rates in C1/sec or similar terms, either gross or isotopic, become available from other indications or methods (ie: RE0P-1.1), Tab 8 should be used to project dose commitment.
- 4. Record the actual count rate on the indicated monior in block A on the worksheet.
O Issue 7 Rev. O
M% EPP/IP-2.6
%g3 Tab 7 D"wme Ofi Page 3 of 6 O 5. Record the actual release flow rate (cfm) as indicated on the specified instrument in block. If the flow rate is not immediately avaliable, assume the follow flow rates (based on test data):
Process Vent (GW-108) 1000 CFM Ventilation Vent (VS-101) 60,000 CFM Rx Vent & SLCS Vent (normal line-up) (VS-107) 33,500 CFM Rx Vent & SLCS Vent (Emerg, line-up) (VS-107) 42,500 CFM
- 6. Transfer the X/Q value applicable to the present meteorological conditions and the dose point of interest from the X/Q worksheet (Tab 2 Attachment 1-EPP/IP-2.6.1 Attachment 1) . Record this value in block e.
- 7. From the table on the worksheet, enter the appropriate monitor cpm to release rate conversion factor in block c.
- 8. Multiply the observed monitor reading (block. a) by the release flow rate (block b). Multiply the result by the conversion factor (block c),
and record the release rate in block d.
- 9. From the table on the worksheet, enter the applicable dose conversion j factors in the appropriate block f - the upper value for whole body, the bottom value for the child thyroid.
- 10. Multiply the calculated release rate (block. d) by the observed X/Q (block. e) . Multiply this result by the whole body dose factor (block f top) and record the dose rate in block g (top).
- 11. Multiply the block (d) x (e) value by the child thyroid dose factor (block f lower) and record the result in block h (lower).
- 12. Determine, or project, the duration of the release at the currant release rate. Record this value on the worksheet in block h. If a reasonable estimate of the duration is unknown, use one hour fo: the initial pro-jection, and update the projection appropriately as better data becomes available.
- 13. Multiply the individual dose rate (s) (block g) by the release duration (block h), and record the projected dose (s) in block 1.
v Issue 7 Rev. O
g-EPP/XP-2.6 Tab 7 Page 4 of 6
- 14. If the dose commitments for other downwind distances are desired for the same instrument readings, repeat steps 6 through 13, using the spare blocks, for each additional distance desired. If the instrument readings change, obtain a new worksheet, and rework the solution completely.
14.1 If the thyroid dose to another age group is desired, multiply the child thyroid dose by the appropriate conversion factor below, other-wise proceed to step 18. (Child thyroid dose is reported to state and local authorities, and protective actions are based on the child thyroid values). Multiply Child Thyroid Dose by: Accident Adult Teen Infint Main Steam Line Break 0.69 0.86 0.92 Fuel Handling Accident 0.73 0.90 0.91 LOCA 0.67 0.85 0.92 S/G Tube Rupt. 0.69 0.86 0.92
- 15. If the graphs are to be used, proceed as follows:
15.1 Locate the graphs associated with the identified accident and re=ove them from the procedure book. Each graph is marked on tha upper right hand corner with the name of the accident to which it applies and/or the monitor to which it applies. The table below can be used as a guide. 15.1.1 If the accident is a steam generator tube rupture, first determine the Ci/sec release rate using Radeon Emergency Operating Procedure REOP-1.2, " Emergency Use of the Atmospheric Steam Relief Ef fluent Monitoring System." Monitor to Ci/Sec Ci/see to Dose Rate Accident Type Monitor Graph Organ Graph Volume Control VS-107 Att. 1 Whole Body Att. 14 Tank Rupture VS-112 L/R Att. 7 VS-112 H/R Att. 13 Cas Surge Tank VS-107 Att. 2 Whole Body Att. 15 Rupture VS-112 L/R Att. 8 VS-112 H/R Att. 13 Main Steam Line VS-107 Att. 3 Whole Body Att. 16 Break VS-112 L/R Att. 9 Child Thyroid Att. 19 VS-112 H/R Att. 13 O Issue 7 Rev. 0
gy EPP/IP-2.6 vg Tab 7 p y, m g Page 5 of 6 Monitor to Ci/Sec Ci/see to Dose Rate {s Accident Type Monitor Graph Organ Graph b)) Fuel Handling VS-107 Att. 4 Whole Body Att. 18 Accident VS-ll2 L/R Att. 10 Child Thyroid Att. 21 VS-112 H/R Act. 13 loss of Coolant VS-107 Att. 5 Whole Body Att. 17 Accident VS-ll2 L/R Att. 11 Child Thyroid Att. 20 VS-112 H/R Att. 13 Waste Gas Decay GW-108 Att. 6 Whole body Att. 15 Release GW-110 L/R Att. 12 GW-110 H/R Att. 13 Steam Generator MS-100 A,B,C Att. 28 Whole Body Att. 28 Tube Rupture MS-101/RASMOS Att. 28 Child Thyroid Att. 28 15.2 Locate the monitor to release rate conversion graph for the monitor of interest. 15.3 On the lef t vertical axis, locate the monitor reading, in cpm. Sight across the graph to the oblique line associated with the observed flow rate. Interpolate between lines if necessary. Sight down to the lower horizontal axis and read off the release rate, in Ci/sec. Record this (y! value on the worksheet in block d. 15.3.1 If the monitor reading cannot be read on the lef t vertical axis, locate the reading on the right vertical axis, sight across to the flow rate, and then upwards , to the upper horizontal axis. The bent arrows located adjacent to the vertical axis indicate which hori-zontal axis is associated with that vertical axis. 15.3.2 If the release rate cannot be read off the graph, the Ci/sec per cpm per efm conversion factor is provided on the lower lef t hand corner of each graph. 15.3.3 Attachment 13 provides for all accident conditions. For this graph, it will be necessary to correct the indicated Ci/sec result by the actual flow rate. In addition, some of the accident lines provide multipliers by which the indicated C1/sec should be multi-plied for that particular accident. The conversions are: Corrected C1/sec - Graph Ci/sec ^ ' #* x Accident Multiplier x o e*
*From upper right hand corner of graph.
O rw.,, 7 o.. m o
g EPP/IP-2.6 -- Tab 7 Page 6 of 6 g 15.4 Locate the release rate to whole body dose rate conversion graph. 15.5 On the left vertical axis (paper short way up), locate the release rate in Ci/sec. Sight across to the oblique line associated with the horizontal axis and read off dose rate, in rem / hour. Record this value on the worksheet in block g in the top row. Refer to steps 15.3.1 and 15.3.2 if the desired values can not be found on the graphs. 15.6 Repeat steps 15.4 and 15.5 using the graph for thyroid dose if applicable to the accident of interest, recording the result in block g in the bottom row. 15.7 Complete the worksheet as described in steps 12 through 14. O O Issue 7 Rev. O
EPP/IP-2.6 TAB 7 Attachment 1 MONITOR CPM TO NOBLE GAS Cl/See
- p. Volume Control Tank Rupture i i
\.,_/ Monitor: RM-VS-107
.1 1 10 u . - . _ _ . - - -
100 g -. _ _,_..w _.-v , c .----.-4-_.--.j j -! j
- f. ,
i- j >
; ; lH i
- 4. f. -,.6., /
-9.=- Y-i-3 h [] ;
~~
1.
~~
--+ -- i ---/ , - - ,
t .f i S J- [ -
, j _, _ ';M__, . _y, ]@:-j :j.--:f' i[ l i j
. - . ;- - .~._. . ; ,
~
-- _.;_,, 3 n. ..
3_ i -*- . - , , 1 = L/." . .- f : ;;
- - - -- , , , , , ,,1 _.
. i i
~
, , , , _ , , -t-- ,
-- > c- q: : . p;_.]- ;- ,,
_jg5 gE ~
-rEa=== - :g M-j=#= ; W"i=f_i -
--+--t f - ---t ~~I1 ;i .t - ;T 8 f. a -. / t - ..- -r 1 m ,
.,z'- -
1 - Ig- - .p O,, n
~~{ -
. i
!,/
, ,/--*-*,' . _ . , *
;- ,: d j~}l 4,,
~ a s g
vW j , f .- } ~ . . ..".~.d.' , i
-i I--- t, -
, i ,
fi f- f , ,- -- - - -' f- -
,e- +
f ,
.f l- -t-t -
+-
f f f.,-/ /...-,---....-,-s
.,- -4 ++ 4 -
f.
, f f-f f : - - . - - . . - . e
- + - -
1
-f ~ I l .8 I [" , , i [. [ M ? - /* ""i - ' -- -' - f - t '
O t l l l l ; i' +- ; M / l : lft : / f' -/- ~-- l - +--" - --+ - m
.~a n R ; 4 __; ..!,__-]. ,;7~.-,.~.3I$.------~".".;*__,- _. g; n __,- .~... g.--
S 5 :.--s J - 3 _ .. +
.- ~g .-. , . - . . - -.+[. . - - j dj-.
s
.; .-l 1 -
..._ p. -._. .
g- f---t-----f--
-* a
- h -"~ t' :, 1: .1 ,/. .blY. M '
' - ~ " * * *
- -b- !N- -1bI^f'
.-w . .
.s-
_h g' +- ..--,- -. . - . .. r
-~ .
a i 1 1 1 n 1 _O ' Z. ., .l. 4 :' 3.
- 2 p% X .4-f
_. 1 a M b : -- 'A _.- - h m __. , _ _ _ _ -t- t . h. } -
,_ '. ,~
i _ . 5t M a 2 6 --! _ . . _ . _ .
. ; M" . 1 g
l[ (/
- i,/- l l--- .h1f5[
,f
,. ,_ , . - + 4--t - . -- -
,1 - #
y ._
. } ~. ._.. -
f f ,f' - 4
. . . - . . - - -~
. f.3- . --t. J.!t jf j -Q q- .
f ,
-- - l --* --
3
,,, e e t - - ; --+-- f , .f f--- ,; -f if ,
i --*'--- r~ t - i l ' .,;
, ~ .
f ,f f; f -/ -f---b-+--*-+---*_ m8 . _ _ . .____.. f.: ,
/ / - / -4/ :
--+-+---t-- --+ - t -e G *74 -+ - H.-- +. ; f: ; ; [e f // +-- i -- - t ~ f - - - t i 3
Le s
--5-.,4 l _ f. l f~-.fg 6jL/. --i- -t - - [-- 4 ---f - t --i i y,
w.
. . . . j- :2
- --- g-
-I . _ _- . ___; _,-7
. f .
f t __/_fi-
+ 1 -r
- -f
-- ,-.. - - +, . . - .
- i m =' n ;,=3. m;_;;D;.!.
N 7. :
. iY f. -.j_fd l ./.. -T ; +. - - --a. i-<~~~~a t'
1 - I ! .
;.=-!A m=Ef* MX# f,-.-. ....r ;
--~n J~IL .- W ,
_ "=hq;--W,-j.;;=_ j _J..g;l"r s i g- .--. .-- + : :- =r + - q. m - h l ;. 2 _ _ __ _._ x - : = -t
.. . . . . _ . . . . _ . . . _ . . . . - + - - ---
7~ !
, 1 -- - t g3
- i i
[f h,
'. ..C J " .: C ',' .. . ~~
w.
.[ ... .
g a _ , _-..I .. 4---
. -. - ~ ..~ ..h.
--. bt c,
J I '
...l 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91C 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 2 3 4 f '8 6
.0001 .001 .01 .1 RELEASE RATE, CURIES PER SECOND O
k = 6.19E-12 Ci/see-epm-cfm Issue 7 Rev. 0 l
1 EPP/IP-2.6 TAB 7 Attachment 2 l . g ~ MONITOR CPM TO NOBLE GAS Ci/See Gas Surge Tank Rupt- 1 Monitor: RM-VS !. 1
)
.1 1 i
r; .
- -- . 10 10 1 4_ ._. ~4.--....- . . . .f .
.~ -
---4 -f , -.4
,__.,...f..
1
; 4.
-.,.f4...i., .
-. 4- {
2
} ,
;-- ; .-y ./g 6
-----+-.t--__a-_.q,,_,
.-.__.u;,_
.= = : ~ -
l
._ , .--_ _ q f -4..
. _ f , } , ,, ; , . .f, g; -- 2. T- . - _ -
_-.-.c.-
- - - - ., = n n .. - :.--f. . - ::: ;! f. : . ,
n 1
+ ~ ~.~5' uf, _- := /- t::.= - 5 s.-l
- - - t
.a 1- ;--
_ _s ;. i. 1
\
/pg.r ,.-...1.~ p: -; :g] -l 4 ' ' ,
x 1
' 1 '
l .
-~ + - ,--< -
._=. ,_
~
,J;.:( : .=:==: / .l._-
s /
- =.f
/ _ s;/, f.
-s / ]
._.._.m..+... , - ./.= ; f.i / . / '
. a ,f ; ==f..-t:--/ . ~'f :, f. c, ~
m
-- - - { '.
o w
,' '- ]
,4-
-l 1
, ;j' t-
-~
" "t * .;
~
, .j . ,s ,
N .F
, . , . , ---,-. --y -- ,s e .*
e . , ,f
, .i..,.4
, i f . -.
,- f]
- 3. ..
y
' s. + -
en i .r, . . )..1. vJ.
/ / -
c. gg :---
--+ -,-.+- ~
+ .
f_-
/i f
/ / f./ .t f -. f. - f . . . , . _..
.r._I..;
1 ;. e
- - -i- ,--+-- -8
/._,4--y , '. .--y. . y . . , .. , a
; f-, , , f; '
,t--' / --, -- a . - - .
' t-- - - t-----+ l--f- H i l l ;
, -+-4 4 - - - - - - -
- ;- r--
/ - i- l ; / t-t-/ f-/ t---i- -- + i
, V^ - - - = 1~._u.- _g - s_
~
--:---..w-.- _f
---f:=n.g.-~W : :; s _--l
/:::y -1;= .;=, . --_.-,.g ;, _,5 , , ;.g. , ..g,g
-. ."-- f,
. .r- .<-
s _ A_"-4 -e- . -".~. , ;----* --- - -= 3_51. - :-_n; 3 ;. t ___ :__-f = . -- -- _r
, n.O -__-
?
- -4 ' J --+ ,
n
. e . e, 4
e ,--- -... _ .__4... ,.. . . . . , . . . - . .
- i E f f -,-f l- M... _ ,_.
,y # _
=D - - - _ .. -
- s - s_..s.
y _
._ w --
_ . -#- -._. / _f- .
;_ _ a =:r .--f :., m~-: .. . . .
-* - - + --- - .- - -
' -7/ - /
, -r
== - - t _2,%'
* . c,.
~/ - /-+/= _/ , - -
--J.=
=+ u. := -- -.: :.
.: -- ; _ -t .,t-1 ;, - ; -...s......
Qf@f'f. ff , i 1 ie - e y , 3, i i 1 i 1 i +-t
; . ; .1 M 7- y, .. ..!-. ,,, : -, .~. _
4 t- H, f,/t_.-
, 7._ pf3 i ?I 4 :
g
-+;.. - ..q' _-p-*--- . . .n* ,* . $, [e -j" --i -Y. ! [!- '
fi /.;.s y d ' g. , g..
.z ; m ! l !- c i-1-1 .'
d * [o +_ f f y-/
. .. . . s . . w G *, .-ki - - /> ; / ,'- ,'t ,' '-
- ,.. .. +..-.,.
n.~.-,--+..+, 4i.,
-s.. ,
g r;
-g .
.-.,---. .j f- ,
l f+---f
- y_-f-,f y- ;_,i . l ;. ; -4._.4_
jg
- - - - -/. .- -. - <--_y----- --
.-...~ ,r Ci- - -- - - ; -..- +. -- .. h~2
- _ f3- f_f' --f -
3:
,_.f, 4, 3-...
.d'E I'2d - ;E M. -_-,
. ill" .~l.i.Ii .1.t - t Ei
' ---.-.... ./-t _a .f cfU ;.2.
~ . . ,- -- - r; . ; - - - -- -- . i j --W - _. - 1. .._ i .m ! -h "w' . ' . ,,,- ,_ g. .t-f --- _
,'a ,,,_} _ ,
- ' ' "1 - 1 t '
.L
. ,. - _ a-. _. . ,
- t --_3,,,,g .a -. ._. t. -1 ".' _ -. a..i.
. > . 1,
- v. 2
----.-,f_.__.,],__., .. _
-- __ .g.;;
..__._,...m...t.....,._,i
.,e ____ . , . . . . . ,
_ _ _ :2 - - i
. ..W_.r=A.
= .,=
.- -f.. f..--f 2 wit.-.-- 2.
2
.- +
1 _r.=_ m = $= m at f
, - . . .;.. -.. ) - :
,.... ..T.,,... _.
q -
.p---t.-_.-.4y.
. . . j ..d. _ ..J...4
., i
,.9s cm o
_ _. . _7. ._. . -_ > I _.2._ -. . . _ ..
.w
. _ - . .../; _
}
- 4.- .~ ~ ..
.c
,-..,._ ._. . .,4
, , , . , . , . ,m , , . . . , . , , , , , . , , ,.:
.0001 001
.01 .1 RELEASE RATE, CURIES PER SECOND k = 6.13E-12 Ci/see-epm-cfm Issue 7 Rev. 0
i 1 EPP/IP-2.6 TAB 7 Attachment 3 MONITOR CPM TO NOBLE GAS Ci/Sec O Main Steam Line Break Monitor: RM-VS-107
.0001 .00 1;" ---_---...- , .-- f . . . . - . , ..--..f .../... , .-
. .--....n.., _ . , ,
.f . ./ . .. f ., . ,. .x C --
-- -t - :- --i ; '
, fr . . ,
fr--+-/. -fr .f, - : t l ; , ;;! l ; , , , l f; ' -/--t-f~/ -/ -+ -+ - L + H-556.=5.-~~l-h~*ii t3~ -i . =~'- W=l %^T^- ~/i! W ; V i / O 4l =i+.f 1:
.=:--r-- :- =r -<
- j. --+g pf.:<.:- .: .
.__ _:.a , --
. ;: y-a;.j: -:;:.: .
4
- , 5'
,y,-Q _'f;-...,
> 1
. ._ . 4. . _x9 21r,:,t-
- y _.:..t.--.l ._;...('..J_..i.,
__.__._i_ > i >
.==:.,
--:._= =- =T =- 3 == --+.'
= =1..: r - --._-g .s 1-
.2 =7 +- -, m w- f__/.=- -/_. {. .. ._- . <- .- ! . (:;.t r, _:. ,. _;!
~~-:r E- .-.-4 : ._-4 j 'I ,,'[.I ; ,,h_f_g'2 24--*
7 -h j~~[:Wi m o n
. -- - t- - - - -
j i i
,f_;.._y.!.-. -$ / --
g' , - e
- -y- - * - - - : l : : , i
--< -- t,- . - - , t-N o , ,
_; .f s , s lf / y /; f y -- , __ .a._.___.. .-.
.j . .2
-l v e .
;- --t--
, . f .f f ,- /
-j , 1w i . i fi i ,
e,
- .__ ; x.,f f f- _f _f
- , . - . _ _ , - . , 3- u _g._py .f f f_ f ; :_.___........ . ... ,
--i--.-+ ! _. _.tc? ,-p f- f,--fg , i_._.-_i_... .-.4_.
------t- 6 M; l #f I /---V-/ ; , i i i- ,
f - ---i - - - ' -+-+ - i- t -
- ~~~. Eul2ME._E.l""= ~= f- iM'/6/::7/ M -+ Gi- ---- "I= *=H3EL :b f 1i! - ' .
; _4 --t= ~7 7 -' ; ,-/ -ppf g g =j n ____.. =1==.g s _g j
,/4 . ;/l +g;-F- a Q-1
~~~
~ ~~12 1 --+-
..._a:.p...
=r;7
==~=a=;l-----
; g .- w=v.= . u. =
~- -
-3 ,? --:=; = /, = /= _4 / 1_===_ t = s .. * - 9. .- L=-r . .
=
4: . c:. _ . ._ :.._._/.. _.
, f -+g-r; - q-- f ,r g 1;r 2
f_:r_ _._ .__ .---t- =t= -
.--a.-. , , . -
y._'
, , , , , x
; --- t _... . - :4 q. - . : p ,
._e. ,.. .i._. ,
y '. q, g f-5-7,ryvr-,/ 5
< i i
+_ _ _L. . -.4.>.
,,, i
__y, _ . _ .o_
/
e_ .
/.-
/-t ,
i i 1 t_ 4_
--4---T. - ;-__j_ T_].rt. .
._i_4 7 if; 7, e f--
._,.-4-, _/,-_ - -,
_ l l l , l - i 4 - x8 ' /Q if f f_._4, . '
, p_.,- ..... ...,.,.# .
y -a ---4-fr---+f, --ft -f 4 - + - - , - - + - - - + - : + 4 - . i ---/- t-f-af.-y--+- l : -l l ;. 4 - - +- - .+ - - I -- +- -t - + - i . N[ - - E-;@f-i:95-%!-M:i u- -
+
2 ---l-E -~ Z .- __ _-~~~.M"i-EL --+4=M:-i i : E
/.=/:.;y/=-/r n_. .-. . _-t _. z - =+. :4 1.
8! '
=- . . - 2-.~_ i i- - __ _.. -- . h-- r = l = =__-r. e;.
_ . _ .; -M . . . __.f, -l 1 ;.:: y, . . _ _. .
. p _.j- , ,
-,_}.=. :::t . . . - 3,z.
-- . _ . . . . , t:::. g ] a t.-
. . ..l N _fbkk
_ ._. ._ - .2-+ --- ! b h f_^~N- N R 2 .i ^
.:1... f ='::$=. ;-$ = ---*1 4' - t - ' ;-*-' . L . =
* /r :/; ==t-d: .; -- :-i _
,. l.
_._.: --+ T- -- =(:... . f . t :^1-1-** , ^_i _ _1_j __ !=- =. rr-- "--t- =r j._+ - - - -
; 4 q._1- ;j -4. . :~ y { :J,]
m .
. _ _ . . . . .._ _ ._ _9 - . ...t,__......f.._ . . ~ . _ ' . - .
-l. .,
9
. - _. y '
C .-p ., C . - ~ . . . . . . _ . _ _
..~9..- . ..
j
.=e
. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 :C 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 91C 2 3 4 *f ? ! i
.001 .01 .1 1 RELEASE RATE, CURIES PER SECOND C).
k = 1.24E-11 Ci/sec-epm-cfm l l . Issue 7, Rev. 0 e- , , - , - - - _ . - - . - , - - - p .m
EPP/IP-2.6 TAS 7 ' Att:chment 4 MONITOR CPM TO NOBLE GAS Cl/See Fuel Handling Accid ( Monitor: RM-VS-1(. l l
. 0001 .00 r; - - .. . --. .- - ,.--..--..,.--,._.,..,
w . . - - - . - - - , - . . - . , -
/= / -,- y,..f .; . ..: .
o - e -. p , ,-f 4 /--./ . ./.. .. c
- -- ~ --i- ;
' +-+- ; i s
i , , l l , W/ ,. - ._ t-
.,A- /:--/ ,--~4 . ,
- =-d - ::n .{ / . -Zir/.._.-j/ :/. . .i ..i-
-- =. =r- - ----/_iii '
, ; =. _ .3 - -+ -- _.;: . r___ t--i --
f_---. -
,~ +- - :- ,s - ~. s ,: - d- -.; . . -&_ ;.u; .J.. , ,+ ,
,8 ,/ - /. . . . , . . 4 . . .
., . .-.-/ .
;y .. i . ,.
-p -. i
_ i _
~ ---+-
,fr
- i f ,f;
. . 4.
f / / j:_- .,~f. = ==q:_= t , ; q.. .i . i .
; - -.-, l
-- . ,! _y
,-f
/,'f~/_-" _n: t
,r 3.., -- ..-i-. . -. l ;s.;. .::
2 n - -
=- ; 1 y,
. z . 1 1 O
f- , __ __2 = n u:4 .m .
; --/ ., a.;~t d :? ..
N . _ _ ..e v v v 4 e
/-+/r-A-W. .l'#..; i-.L . .
i
;- ,./
N o,
~
--+-- 1 --2;p '/- /1--X W ;Vll 4
; l
- - --l- -!-@H,' t m-.--4.-.4-,...-+- .ei g-/ ,
, 4 -/--/-+ -,--, . -,-.....,....,-. - . . . -
---s -t , fr-thy'- :/ /--+ /+f ; , -, - .*.-' '. -
+
--- - + ---;
2.__==. . in - l .sYr--@f s' ;/ A-A '
; t--v - - ;-
_. . . :_ ->y/=,_ ,.--+,/==;---_ .
- f. ==f / --;
_ __m _ ._= = -d = n,
. . . , =
____.____......f_
- m .--
r af
;2/aqL.._,,-g
~
i =;<
~
= t - - L = . =_. . : .-
,f.._.. _ _ , . . . _ _ . _ .,- ..,.,-..,.,
y_ .-i__. 1_ .
-+- . , ,.. .
m ., m _
. . 1 1
= ..f,.,.
4.4 _f .-4.f ~,3,4,.5F-3 -
- _ _ . - . - . - . .,a -, e- - -. -- -
3._a EE _ _ _ - - _f_f _f f z fw
-.=:
. 3 ; f._.
-m 1:5 - s -_.-y y!z _ zq ,---/ ,e - .., . . . - - . . - ,..
--p.1:7.a r r-2 x _
r-
-g 4 .-. s6 .
_,71-,-/-+-v_. , , , , , ,
; - r :.u-- u .
- -f m-f a y r-- 1 J- . .
- s. s. 67 m .-
yo, g,a./,- ft
- , j .-
+
- p. _
.s y 4
. m.
+ l /_
-.-,A- H - __1,_:. .a _g :. _.. .m . :
- . -/ . . _, . i- ~, J : i ; : -
i . : -- x F,, , ---,--/- l: l-/; , n --*-- .4- s-s-<-* E .--* ---+ f . *--of - t-/--i f l-t-l , .-t -+ - " t - -i "t " o l-'
]d y *'
A-t-f -A-A j .;
-i l L l 4 i H!
+=-
+ i t - +-i H H 1
l = '
^ ---%:i:MEfif
== 21 =2i%! .#48 D; . /-
g: ~f4 /."e;:ny..r.rf _ y- t..
.; .4
!g---
+. . -.!1 7" ;ru je;-n 2 : it i '
-= 8
. 4 -.4 - 4 . a 9 ! - -- - "!" : *1
. . .... _ ..f_..{ 4 ;
2 . . . *-
._4 ,
- - .h. ......,.. . .- .4... .-....3t--.-- . 4- t .- .j ;,.
p,
. . 4 -., 4
, , y
- - l
! 4 . 4
% .0-/.; J -/. ; ', .; : ;.J .;.; - -* - -- ~-
fri-*- -
-f .. / / . = ; _- . .-- _4.4 . t . -.+.._4..
---*; j== T .4 -~ -- ~
-. . ' ' + -*
~~"3'
---"~1 .
W : * / f . i ! - * -:b. J'3 .6
.I..-
1
- f. ; / -f. t. . 4 ---
. 1 '-*.? ' .; j ., . .
i- - - - - - - - . . - - . ;4 - 4" .~~. ' ." 3 . ;- . l_ ' - ;, l l I [f. g ,;;j_.._;;,,; ..)! :- ;'j y.
...+ -j-f -4.2 j w..,- ..
._ _...__.. _.~. . -. . . . g.-p .. , _.._ t_. _ , _) .} . -- .- h+. .. ,.g. -. .. f, ..f.. f -
y , I .
;- -e , ,
. . . --( . .t..4 .t 3.
[. . -.4 . o
. . _ ~.
i
- .'.i.
{ I
~
. _ . . . . - .~
, { l .l - - . -- -l . 4
.-e
- ; 3 a 1 6 7 8 9 10 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 2 3 4 1 i * **
.001 .01 .1 1 RELEASE RATE, CURIES PER SECOND k = 1.47E-11 Cl/see-epm-cfm Issue 7 Rev. 0 1
o . . . . . . . . . _ .
.. , , _ _1 J .... . ; . : . I 0 '._
so e . .o y y eg . ..9 , \. i . i .. . . ,
,,, q
-g _.. . . . . ,
n g se w
.; q . , . .
q..
-x
- - -- ~
- a. s gm ,.. ...r 76- ., .I ._. . i . , .i :.; V dit " ' . ,m_,-.. ; - T -~ ~~ - -
Eo- . . .
, . \. -
....p l n. ::
1 .
.d
.. N
.; "::. T.
<o>.'.
*; W D 5,,
m - i.
.!!1;Fi H W; :ip; i + :" 9t .t
< ! :. T. ..M t, 'l " h. ' . .. @.. ri.tr. - :i . ir +! i,l.tf f i r -
- a. e i p. l.. i.T. n
- o !. l
. i gM g:s r vi : - 4 '. - .d -!!. i . . . i. .
F hp -4' i. L = k': ; n t e-
.- 1:: id dj ;l:- ;l? 1111 3-it--- ! ..~.
< w ,...; ii l : fi .:. ' ::' 6-m
' i . -llt t ; . :
i.g ; ;
'... i: .g..
;.1; j 'I; .
is e r.i ' f. ::: b", o ,$$ A ..ii 'i j i f T:. gd i ; -di i . '-l- i [, f i- H hi rg] !?, % 2 E! - -
.f b j,iN rtTE ~
- g. . :,. t . ,.1 9, ;. 3: : 3.- y- iI .: z
..'u o
_g %; - Z
.in, t.. i h,b ' @fi ;p. 33 p:4 o* 1
- 4 I
i .. i Jg i i i ...i ,i ,1 . iq g-
' g,i ll ! >
Q
' l l g
-- -f d I. - i H- a
{ s; - p 7' -
~
g ti bs s K lN 's i
]
jl [ I:t '. t I ' s j, f l -, - ~
}
+
o e i
- k. !
's d:;n I i d a o
o
~
r 4 r .d, s
$') Sj %r y.,r "H 1 e 1 l .l i : ,
g a z : p,[r. iJ N-h- -4 2 I, mr-t -if- t b :ttt r tt >< y 7, q., j r - n o s s r - - -- n,pt 'i t 2 s g -- . i~ i U lr o I r ~ [ - - r -s ---- - - s-g - -- ---- I -r i; i j w 2 _ . 7
\q-- 5sd s r
J -- - m
.y J ,
g __. _ . ,J. m {- . b n
-._u_A s
. t. N, & .
8
, _ _,_ .. ] . . . ___ , y il _ - ___
Ns hs i Nl I
- i i
El l k
)
g j 3 gA . p i . 7,. l
) g .N s _ __ 1. t 2 _
j {
%(.' 4l p s s
Ny s N s m
, s, (I ; g 3 h,
.. s % s -
g m s s l l, ,hj I i , o < N __
%. \. Nl ,'
- O* N
\7 7 ,
[ . g .. ._ __ . 3 a
; _}
) _4
.f _.
(; . 9-
,g s, . .
g ___ _ . [.. I - 4 z. .,_ K .
.n sTt; T. ._ i , ,i. -
+ 1 --gi i s
grit ip i. J,T 1 e q r;
~
; r "g
7 d' 3 n .- h i._ g j 1
- g 7_ r; ~r 1; a y
T n Tr
, ~~
~
i-
. 5 ._ ;. ! l L l '~ _4 i s 1 L I s M N' uj .! .d .
e n.
.T__ \. I i'" ;i s (!.1 Yl.l li T. . q!,
ll i 1 .
. .t i
i Y l I rlplj ri i i j {K l i '.- . o j -
}, l - -
r- ![-p-l j- f t j j i S;g ij[ '.i - 5 d i 1j 4 --.-- i;l i jp h ,i f ..
,[ ,
r- i
- j-p i y i. ,. { .;
i
~
o-e' l ! l i, . I '
, 0 e
, it . I
' .:l! I : \, ! .ll: W i:"i;! ..O' r ;d.i.l': l'
'll [i.'
~
,a
; 1 E!. 1 li h i; 1 1 i's N. T: \'.
I!, ,N, ! I T" . .' i 3,.. ; !
; I , i il! j.l. fi
.. .. I i. . l- g l.; Fli.: 6 i
o
- _ I!
l ! ! l l ' I ilIli h !l b!i h lll5 I. _k $ 2*OF** ' ~ 61 * * " * * ' ' * * ' 000i
,J 9 . . . I.(.jo2t *m *uwu" *
- E0PL 9V 54 ou s x c amemwxn 3,N .
O O O
. EPP/IP-2.6 TAB 7 Attachmtnt 6 MONITOR CPM T ' O NOBLE GAS Ci/See Waste Gas Decay Tank Relear Monitor: RM-GW-1 1
.1 1 10 10 - . . . .
100 g, .
. __. .--,...., ...,..f o +
+_....g-....,..v./..
..,_..,.if..,.,
s i , ! l l . l . . . . , i ; l4 l -
..m..._.. -_ _
_ _ . .,_. _. . . _-+. ,/- . -i + ,
, ~_-._._.---+_4.-,
=
, -- : = ~1,-;; : ,:,, : f . : 1., , ., y,
.. l
- ^^~" _. : 1 4 :-4 _-s _'zi_-i=f._;g.*i.t.y 4 ./. . _. , / {
i :/ .
' 1
. -_4 -H /._ . . .:_.1 . . .!
, , 1
;> 7. _. , ._._1 _ - j.;.
? Z
'-- = ,/ 8 """js)K.ij_'-/ h
-/ - :r : 7-/ ;.. - -
2
, f. _ . - -f..: .;t;/: #; 4/-.: r / lj m -
,,u o , , , , , _ . . ,
, 1 i ,
,/-,,
,.__...s._
_ _ _ _. . _ - . . J, . ,. V ;- ', e v
, ,' - 4 l-1
/ . _
l
-4..i u.,
, .m.
,f
,[---/. ---- -1. 4 -H4 i-t- 1 z
. f .. <
+.. . ; _, , , ' ;--;. j . 4 . . .s . .
, , ..._ f .../ . ... ..
/. '
, --/ . ./ . 4 .-. +- -- t H
t-= ' ' e _ . _ . .
-_.._.__.a.__.__
__',, l l : i ; / ; i
._,f_ '_ -_,/-i--/i--/..._;..,,,..
i _-- t - l -- : i
- - = - - - -
.y - _ . . . , .
- - - ~ :- : _ ,. ~7 - . - - 1 : a .1 :, ;3 4- f- '
i_. 5 ,. /2 :-/_: ._. ./:: . . .;. . .y. .---__q
.-.-.._..._n....- :;1.7
' _ RC - l .,", '
_-y-- m._o.
. . ,f _
--f. , , /-- /. ..
y ,- w -/
.---_]_........,-..,_ . g( . x.
, . ,. .-4-.._
3 ---
.e
_y v
, t--/. ,
i ,- t. v_
+
- m ~_}y._ ,e -, -
a ;7 S_ ;_ _
- f
- ; -_y. -.,..
- ---/
-.1-x-..m
= Jif" . .
2 ; <. . ? ,-s/ 2-:..4:_-.._._p--i:i(:
,f f__. f-; -',
_,-/-
- ,- &. -- -~t..-.i 4
..a m 1 < .
; + - w /4 --
i-. . .. _v . .t -4. .
~_
-=----+-
r_ g __.. _.. ._4 ..t g 3; ,f ,
,w/_ p- ..i .,
% .,. r. i -
%; e +,
~G - . . ,
,f ,
- f. . : .f
.f 4 ..
. -l .
--q, .
1-i -i- j,.p,
., . # ; / - ,' :y ._
as
- g --. , ..- ~ ./-,-. ; ,- ;; ..+..._,........o--.- - -,......"
rC* ** -* l - t---i , , ; s' ,
,' s't- , ' ' ,
e- -- .m --t - A . t . 4 ' d.
- t -i -- : : / l ;--
l ;: --. ..: .. = / .: /-+-/-/ . 1 ; ,o; , i - -i--H--.! -t- H _ . . y f ,e ~ y - - --- . __ . ;;.: ::
- ,4 .= = -a _. : ::t .; u.;1. isj ..
_ ~===1- --/ - ^
- Ti
- 8 c;. .. _. __ . . .W . .-~ . ~
- . . . . . ..* . .=_/: _.'_.._ ._ / r ; -f./--/
f.=; r* 1..!. 9.i i j ,
- a * .
.. .i : . . . . .i . .. -~Z. ,.f.::-1'-ii.i.f-i.:l .
-., y' ,
- - _ _ , ;,f
_ / : _- .. a -
.. . ....; .. . . . .. g ..
W ,1_-4 1
,1 V
3 _:. _ ._ . . ,9:_- '
.:3-- -#-
, _._/ >
4 -..t .. ._
...l. .J..J..
.: - : . r; +
r:-- ._ i :-/._::.:.t = " ---f *=-[3_.M- -
. .. i:-.=L:::t :- :h =h. ::-.l' ;. ; . I k ;
--_.-- -.. .- ---* - / 1
= . . _. ./i--====t . - .- t ;- - -
2 . -/ _.. / , d;.r.- - *
._-._-.... ..;q .=a : A;. ;=..:.-.p; - . .. !' : j ,- )
_[.
..-. I . ....
.. . _ .]
9 9- .. a . l . _ .o
, , , t....-.
j . . ._+f. , ., . y;
. 1] . ;..
H- _ 4-- M. "
~. 7_. _
..j . .(
e ._ ; __ _ ,, . , , . _ j ._ . . . . . . . . _ . _. , l g. - -+ --/- . , , -]_---
; l . ;^
g_ c:, w : .
. <n l 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 4 3 S 4 7 8 9 10 2 3 4 ! t
- f 9; l
.0001 '.001 .01 .1 p
RELEASE RATE CURIES PER SECOND ' -
- w. .
I k a 3.05E-10 CI/see-cpm-cfm . 1 . - Issue 7 Rev. O
EPP/D-2.6 TAB 7 Attachment 7 MONITOR CPM TO NOBLE GAS Ci/See A Volume Control Tank Rupture Monitor: RM-VS-112 Low Range 1
'o 10 100 .
10( 8' y,-- - .--__ - .. -. _ - -f..- . _.-./
, / , . . ,,f. f .. . f .-
g
.... _ _ s._ m ,
/s
- f. .
, , 1
- 7. - , ; . . .;. ,
, ; i -+-= ; l : ;. ; ;
. , : , /-
== zal=eH=L==i. ; x- -
- /:--/ -4/4 / e m_, e- .__q=fm..=1s;q ! f.ppi.y. i q. ! .
4 .. __..~ ; . 7.;-.=-.
..f.t._ / I .. /. :. r-:i n .;.n.;
.f ::-
. ./ .
_fy, ,f - ./ .= , --.. . . . ..... . . ..i... . . ..
- - -- - - _=s =: - = -----+
l=
-- T f( 5= g l =/ .: / 3 5 p g .ljj._ !.i
~ :
1
- . , ..s. ,/ ,f. = ,.
. .= .-. .__= w.=.,, =p. . .-m . =.
n - _- :
; _.. _3 ;
,/ ,,,:... . . .
,;. f .... __ ., .c 3 o.x
~
.,---.4-
, + . . . . . . .l..
. .=.. . - ,
f---[r_ so l l _. v i , l, r- ' - - ....
= . - N. ~ . --.. ..&_ _-A t C iw - i p t / f f -~~i o) e "
1 .
~-'
~ .-
.. .f ,. fo f f > -....
1
. a _t . . . . . {.
i {Jj
> r 3
_g_.. . 9 ..-- _.._.'-T-..,.- 2 -~
....=1 -
- 7 .-- .-- -s . . / .m r- - - L _g g,, - : =-, _ .j.. . ,
- s. : ;g . r. 1.
2i : / M --+-+- ' / f.O . - _ , - - . . _ . . _ . . . _. ,... w - ~
. _ , . c . -
+_. _.9.! _ i~- ._'~~r anE
-- : /. : / +-/---f ,f,
--e:- -
' , , , , -t- _..r.,
-f , :-f f _ f ._,' , ,
-n 3.__.,,___' _..,,__..e..
-.4
,, :; _.,___4.. ,f i <
-- j f_.
-i e- - . . .
d o, N-,
-O
, _ym ifi f ifif
,; f_ ,
i r - .1.~--t .-- . t 1- ~l -- l 3. -_1 g .- _;i:,
-f _f f f. f -a
=8 7o - -f - .--f f: y3 f r .... . . _ . . . . . . .-
? *' -ai ---./ -4 If --6-f f+-f+4 , , , a
;___.-.......-,-4..
-4
......# 9-,.t
! /t ---)/-+/t-/.-4 N. s ,- /, - ! ; ;
=+-+. + --t-t - '.
y , /. +-L- _. .y...y-
. --/- . _ ,= ~l'7 tz;r..,. f _, < - -
m .
- r .1
.\~_. . . ...'l 3 8! * .(-- = m-fr -fi-~ i? r h .+
2 . ..._ . . .. _.: _ -._.1
- --_ . .. ! ~.."-i = l . -
o 4 p ,, _. . . . . ,.,_.___ .:. . _4r. .- 4 4 , ,
- 1
; ; . ....._.t_,....
- r
- _ . . . . . . .4.,. . . . .....
- - .,..4.....
.m n /.:1:_/._-/s.-,
1
-tw - --- - - -
--_ 2_.. :.q==., :;-.= .: i . a .: 1._.l ; ,. . ..
. . z:=2 c __u-- _ . _ _ _ ,
. ~ ~- : : g;:- ..:.t
.,:;;, *_.n -+_:=1,. =1 - _ , , , _ ,
-~
-+
=- -
_ .==u.j ==:=x ==)n:: ;,--g t g-; r r=3:3. ... L :----+- 2 _ . . .
. .. ..f_.._. . . . _._
, ._ .. . ._. .. . . _... . .._.3 . . . .. ... . ... . .
. _ . . . . . . . . .4... .
- 1 .
..4-. . _
...a.m........
.. v * -
_-J__. . . ;_. ' -
.,g......._......,.....e t 7 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 IC 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910
.001 .01 2 3 8
- t ? c $'.
.1 1 p) \
RELEASE RATE. CURIES PER SECOND O k = 2.12E-8 Ci/see-epm-cfm Issue 7 Rev. O
EPP/IP'-2.6
. TAB 7 Attachment 8 MONITOR CPM TO NOBLE GAS Cf/See Gas Surge Tank Ruptur Monitor: RM-VS-112 Low Ran 1 10 to i....--. 100 IOC C.s-e, ._.. -
..._.....f ..
c' ..
-.-9...___,.f..,...,
,, ,. -f..,..4
. ; -4 , l l i..
../
' . , l ; ; l lll ; --fi - -v i - V- i
=- _ ,ysitz.ii ~ ' .- # ~ :~
- 2 - * - - =
_._ =p _---5/M.jj;fj.jj f
~ :1W.;;._.::
4-.f. . _t l.. .:. ... .:: . 1 - .........T tj
-*/ ""
g._, l , , .--"*'
~ , , , =- t' . . '_-l7.-,. 4, . ' .-y
-t
'[.=~:3 E M ~ M bi-[ j [.!
. - n :. ;, - - .r 2
3 i-co , f :r ..=1 -- . :: . .-- e:: -
, j _ ., f.
o,, m
. , , , _ f. ._. .. ., .. ,. .. ... .. , 2s.g .I.
r~. , ,,
,f - ,
,y t-
.........t y ,
,74
; j
,t J.._... M
, , , . . , , , -1 m-l- 1 a . ; ,. ./ , , r -f -
1- z
; _ _, --./-/-.-.............c t ,5 _ , : f _f. .f _f _..... ..... ,. .-
,u , ; -+ _ f . / -sf _ . 4 .. ,. ... .<. .
i- ;i ;
/1-+-+/
- - - - -= .- -;l -.- -- , - --l - - : ---v---_.
# . fi ; i z;
/-/1--e -- ---i-- i -i - i 4-'
&----/ -/.r. .=
_ /.: :y<=._u a .u 4=: =- : :::1. = , . . . . . .. .: :: = A , . . . r m --- -- .: r i g == f
~.=y---./ - . -
- -. . . = 2: .
r-.
- a. -- - - . . - - - . . . - .:=.=u= 3:. :.: .::=r . ; .. q, .
y - ~ - , _r,,y.._ ,
. g% __f.:,- ..a, - -
--,--.........}......t
,, . ... 4.-1, .
> x x, .-- 1,, ; --+
4 w -- -.
=z a;f.n.==w:=. u, =.& . : _ . =1 - .- .=.u._= m = a.: =:== - r:=m:. .
- - - z __y S,_-4r.
. - - a_ e _. .--. __ _.
w
- f :. r
- - _ . -_.=.-.-.-i...r : = .i n..z w .f fg, 'p_e .
1 g -, ; , ,v1 ,-
,1 ,
- -a - n- m _,3.. .- 3
,w_.
- u. . -.J .:*--:.
- a:. _o .<
7 >a ..g' w 4 y_ . y .; __.- i
/t- l ,
3.-_... ,s...L-i ... 2
., .a o t ! /.,fr-/-/', l#t --...,.M.....,
* ;m :
- .: : . ;-- /-
. ,! ~ ! 1- I t- ..
,S . , - ,
,1 : ,' .--......-.....v p* _-o ;a . i r j ;,; ' ,
f
,' f M <' _. ... _i p _- t -+- !
,t - l M
- l :,' .
,'-fi !
l l ll
. 1 1 -t-- l -- - t -
i ., --- eS.- - = : =--- ;- , - ;/_: .- _/d 7 _f =;r-
-2 _ _ =
- =-- - d_-- == _. h._
= .. 3.L=. . p: .,.a
_. y l8i * . _ . . . ._ . .-p -l ,-- . f.= r-y. .-v, r y- . - - p ..
.f-
. ; ,,-f -
4 _.- i . . e - I _=: .: 7... cu!. .. -- =l .=, :trn
.T .1. - , __ .. .. ... .. ..
.. i
<pf ~ > f, _ 1 1 : J.-$7i_,:y; >
- p. -- .4 .
_ . - ._4 =,= x== W..=1_A. . _ .. .
. m m-
=r ..r,6 u. - - .-.. - a m =_,=:.m ,= n =-t ..,.;d.
= - . n= = _. 4._g. yq-
\ . . = = _ _ , ,.
+ ,
_a - - ~ 2 . . .. = =.,: - . == =. q=- ; : ,m :. . .u
.' -.y- y' , . 3 .. , :
. _ p. e :
_. . - , .4 __f . - - # 1 3, ,
=t,.a.+.,_-. ..._ . "T. .. .. . . .. .1. .s.g.
.. . g , ,
- j. , . . .._ _
4. f.._..
.} .
3 j -j-
..g t ,
., l . - .
- 3. g . p 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 :C
.001 .01 2 ? 4 f t *7 9*
.1 '.
RELEASE RATE CURIES PER SECOND - k = 5.71E- 8 Cl/see-epm-cfm 1 1 Issue 7 Rev. 0
EPP/IP-2.6 TAB 7 Attachment 9 MONITOR CPM TO NOBLE G AS Cl/Sec [_s) Main Steam Line Break V , Monitor: RM-VS-112 Low Range i, .1 1 10 100 c' ..
. .f , y .y
........_..._r
.._f,._ .f , . f .-
ej, __....+.+..__,._; .._., 1
' _._ . rf .._.. __ . , ..f, . .f . g l ---4---t- i i '
r , , , , ; l l
- f::t5.d 5.;il-554-~E ? 5E ~ ~~"
/--+2sl-[.!Z[i --/ --- -f/ f[.
--4--- --
~ ~ ~ ~[5 t"T~L t:f E i / iE:-:
=::nh . .__i ___ . . . t : :t= '-i i- - -
= .
. _ . 2:1---
' g:: -y ;/:.././..
- ~ ~ - - - , - . - -
-- /-r n / ::f r f- t !
, - --/ i p 3
i
; ; , ; i
./-
2 _ . . . _ _ . ..1_ . n- ; , . a _ .. _ _ . . . 12 :==1 ==,=siE.P._. _ _ _ _ , _ , d,. ,+ ~ /_.4:_=.
--.--,---.---q- -- . J .d. I -[. , .t i :d -1 :-
.__..__i +--i - - _ i_._i
-f, f__ ;-f _-f__ --
I - f -I f' f :---/; d:n:.p .t.:. t . t . ' g -...]..__.'.
- f. 7 y[ _a_.. ..j
.; 1
; f_ 4 - ,lf ___ .. . .
. - .. .j
; p ,_ _ -
N 7 ; .f _ . _ _ _ .- .. e g i . - -
,f._ ; ,
. f. . 4. . _, , . _,
i .-
.j..t.,..
a t- , ~ -m '~~~ , ,f ,g , _
. . . }. q . t . j +t y , t
_,f._f_.... y, m 8
._4 .. _ .._3 f f
_._.f ., y _f _ if_ f .
; y
. -t - -s -
-? \_
_._...._4._._%.__,.
' :f -f,._.,_f g _f__. ._ _.4....._ ,_.4..
_.____.._..;__,.. p._ g ,;;;; s , _ _f ; f f_wft y. .....a_.._o.,., , [ i s- ._i _-E l s "_-iE:WE: . r J:1Elif = T:i-'~/ -~~ X.#T-Wii-- ~ ~ ~ ~--sThMl:'.:. .i.5',.
.. ; _ . . . _ . . ' ,i . T sfic . n-f._.1. . .. , _. ._,i=r _._., O. _=____f. . t- qM/ f-f~~ f =h.
, ___ __ ._, * . inc:=.4 i'.3 ~-2E-i ' .' . :
r ;p_ -j
)' [6. a p d $_ [ __ ;.. -: =.r::iEj . '.dp.._K. . 4i91 y- ;== 1.---
..n=.-.
1 sr. .. f' ' ,{ / h ; p..
. -s nr_. -s
-_ . . < .!.]
- ". i._ _ w . . __._i _- ._ p_ ,; == . w ---
@ .__ m /.?=t pf= :=/=-f.=.t _.w1_+ . ; =_ _ _ ,iT~: t-4_ =3:r.: =,:
, /pf -pf_._-f__f- _ g.
-..2,-__ f
_c -- : - _ _ _,..
.x
..______.a i-/ _:=mf. sSVg / . 4._ = d--- . { .:t-4 : e
- 5. 7 y __ ~ ._-
I.=.2- :- ' .
; ,f, 7,
; ; ,I_.~t7. ' g, ;
t _-T _n =.. ";r*r I;.
- __. . 4 ! -..[. . . 4._ .,Ti. _. , ,.:.
. 1
;7 .
; 1 i
1, , _M.
$; e 1 . _ % .. .'
c! -O [. - /
- s.a... .. T TI'.
r-w---4 .
,i /
f 4- fff ' /. f ,, ; j :- ---
--.p, t- j ,H -
_t i.-e.:. -+E i i . v __ ._ f. f 1 f .__.f _f d '
-O ~ - - -- / < - + ----+/ r l +-+/---/ ; --+
. _ _ _ . _ _ . . . . _ . .e g *' . a _ . . _-_.f -. _ >j f4_v._-f ;,
, t--1----..- .- -< n
; _. . . y _m . . . . . .. , ,...
p . - , . . .f.a.. ,. _.y , .y p ft-y ; ; l p
; ; p._.5....p ...t.._,..... i_t..
N ):5 I'=M:f--'::f--iV:E:Ejd5f4fM ^ ~ ~
---O ~ ~~ll:5!.-E N EllEMI @ jfi '
Si
~* '
W J-il='9i:= 74 df%rT r w . _ ._j _ Q . ___ _ ~ ~W -- ==P 4=l i '-
.1-~ ~-
i g --.a 4... L . . y, _.__.__....-; O' JJ ': i _'_T_..4._
;i
,.4
..^ C 1._T.
. ~.J. . .
. . 1,
.. . 'Ej
. .g "1,.!. .',
-~ 2-
- i[:lb h'I ri_ d. NI$k- ---------- 5 ~b _ .. b ~h i..$ -}-5 I ~t Il
_.: /:-/: .:.. r/ : :f- ./t.=3 g._w=2 r- - T= ;=:t- - =:: ;: -n:
- -- tn ! :-- : h ' ;* . t . :;
+
- n -
. f ..rf ::f.:1 - - 4 t-- 3. --* 4
..;r.}_.r'
; - L_.
1
,- ; . .-; .-: .t .- . . t :1 m ;
{ .. .. .. J 1.., _ . . , . . ._.. ._l. .
. . . ~ _ . ~ .p.
4.._ ._ _ , . . [. .g j. .
.j..._,._-
_..q.....
. .99
..{..,..t.C
.-s 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 tc 2 3 4 ? ?
- 6 6
.0001 .001 .01 .1
[G) RELEASE RATE, CURIES PER SECOND k = 3.17E-9 Ci/see-epm-efm Issue 7 Rev. O
'ao
' . , , gy(q sQ -
<+* 3 o,e g., o s
2ozboe oi :0 *8aw 0<m ge o :. 2E j = dj6L"o:ogf;. a" 2gsj ;O
- - o g y , j;i
! rll Ii.i: y- .(
,!i
, i t i ' N' ;. :1 ,N .
- it . _ I.l!i h' i r}
!:! .q{,.i 'o7 I,
~ - . _ -
- - - i iig ; ::. \ . N dq4.!
l i i l ii I l l 11i3 q l, It 1 p- r. [ jPlj hq. i \ 7 t [ . ' o
-):r[ s rTr
- tt l1d!7,.1 I,
I p - -: - h-N 4j o j-s'.lh ' 2 .Y 2: tI _ - - - s qp: ._. !Q . .I.I., A
. ~
. ~ '
i:p g f ng Y!', I ,. rli.
.l f .gN.-
r_.\,l , .I"%\,.- .. "; [ i, . 1q !] q
~" [i :
c
- r. -s
. t
-- 2
>g, lsiy . !
7.- o ~ 3$r 7 - l u j iIF - _ .~s
~
~
', i le .+,.;
- j -
- 1 ,
3'
- s J-lU: i1-,. : ,
u.i s
\ j Ny' s ,i1
. - _ - j.
o . g i. - _ s 71 p. s y<_. _ 0.
- .i,
_1 i,,j l; q s s ssi! ,; 1 s'jYfgj!,I I
'7 N -
_. !! . I .;.7 .
, .h ; , :,
l; . yl[dlj .!+i 1i . -.,
. l - . .
. s _
.- 7 f T.I: i. - - .
q, . N'+ d" '-i l i la (i \ il i l' L;i : T
, '/g i f .,
. ii ull .l! li l i,r ,;, , .;7 s,,N, '4
. W,npi:j N ,; l',I ji l
l ' . 7 h ss'-
- 1) i. l i i ip'ilr,1-.q .
, is ?
e s i:
.i' m i' i:r
~
f .
- .I' M..yI ,
s t ; .n r-1 1
@p ,pc - _
i i - (. . I O
- j;. -
s kq t, s ,. g
,1m',,l';;
i, . l a . p j. L,..s i 7 l.
,j ;q. '
% i Ri.,pi . In. ;
i
-T -
-1 R ij .iHr ..;,i L.t.
i oE
~ i ,
! j.
F , N' f
,. 1j .Irlg , : .
M sp :.- r_j,! 5 .
)
.IN
_l IMll":, . l .J a -\ N.Af . ' m.. R' .p.!' I. } s r Tll:ri, Tj_ .. s '- :.
-w r,.
X 1 4 . - \ q- Ngc.N' s _ - m.lt3i i j
- , r .__.1 m..g - : -
M' .ji s s
. : ii r ,s sy,lh s s q,h , it. ,;1 .. _ .5 - iIi-i.- 7 .
i\ .,q
\
.,[i.
> s r g-ThI
- ' .1i: - - .
s T ,-
... .~ T .
3 ' I. iT '-. 7 7_
, . . ~ %y.p[j!
. ; b, l
m Il . , J' y"1,:t- I/
. i h} 'i n ' - '
p
-lI' l .!:iq, n;7 -
,..j.
;' il .
, l2 '~ T, 'I .
- -7 -. .
- ,5ls y),((
di,wt4: l4:'ng', h
- r l ,:.
1c a ',
~ - 'F 'l l i
fT.r i . l9i -T ; , : , rr
+:r sr.,
o - 4 l
- r. .
i
;K;. ,i
-!i i t:i i .
hi nh _ l l
,i,.@gPnr
- t jiI ia? p .l.:fp 'i i
.t- i :::,
i, , i. Ny.;cg. i; lRgt ,!!! !
. i4 v .i;,, i . n..
i;.di T .i . ll . : j'!!! ,
. . nr -
l i l : ,
.]
h, - r n :.. :. ,. rr I i _ - l.!, . . .
. ~ - ~
E t
. j -.
r1TTt , :. r _ l ! - I
~, 7;t
?
g,5. , ,IL ' . ~ e 0
, i ~
rIijI '.1.
! j '. : .
- . i . i L
, ~
' lc i
[! 3 i :. i..
~ ~ . : ~ 2 - .'.
3o ,'**2
.O o - - o -
" geooRoopeye .
#mN8'mgN***W Unm mmm,m UUzo gO
~a :3 ,g l
*a.n *_t o7. .
t@ .- s yf oc.E,g . ,,. O2DOMU,ap R z W O<m g0eo 5 3@ cacscEubgj.,<og0c,,
.-doy ggo, t
n
- o f.jl, i 0 -i
.'4 N'\
- l
- t 0 '
. i :,f I! ' 1 -!!i i -
0 !f,
- r. !
"T -
f - - t! i k .7 :\ . ;y lJ
! f :T!1i if " Z _. - -
W,i!if,.l ,
~
_ ~ - - - i N T- :4 ,\ M !, ;; ;5h' !i -
@i} n. b, p r I, ,i t.
ih y" N filh'y[,,.Ii. f}
,I i{, j r ;. ! ,
. l i
'!.l hi'
- l Il '
t,l -i
!l?lf "-.
. t --
Il- I
- s j
.'i !
- j
-{
l T-
~T
- - ht .
?
~ pt\.siinm} .
l,
- - - s
~ :i
~
[hl:,i;..j! l
,j Iig fq g fp
-I l ~ ;
g!! ,je+' I ! l! '
- f. , !:l l l.
i i l:I l( l ,
" -:'7
\' N Nd
~ .
C hI i l rli!l i,
!'i_
,"b :h23 'n.
=
r ' O V L i[li j ',, t i h, _ u N r. g l
'.,-7 l
ii!T4 ~ q
\
;l ~
9 P ; l_ ii
~
N . ;
.;'ijii,TT.e.
chNln!Y[- T t j~ 0 l
,j:,
0' l
%c - N -
- I ;;i-T' ,.1
!i
~t
- I I - s. .
i ss !ii j :
~
tl
.T :
Ii1'riIJ'f}f 7 (,}s! ! i iii .; lI*- ;. l
^
I~. ii, i _ s - f .s}\i\ li r
; ;: 3; .
II 1 l!-
!"i Tf h. -
}\ rsl!, fi ,jITi7 l]~ T '.
':E ,I ,
,1,' .I
},, aI'lI3.
l lI t . ! , i l li
? q,t i s
, i l b+89ll c ! % n:i i
;T L. n-
[ *b,.
,t T'[ b -
sl7, f'~- li ir,j,,! n -
, j' :t
- u +~i 7, t H. .
dh:k '~hii -; 1 .;
~
I; 3ii , ij! -l;- lHl t ". hki! Yr9h s.l l t t +l : f
?b
!2j
~ g '- : r .; .
'rtfHi- 3f l!;4,~ : -i
~-
l .
~
[ l' c . '
'a '
l 7 y. rj l - . .,
;l'iFti I.Ir l fb U
$pgnii, Ml}l l
nl1; ;tgI j;- 4;; .t h,,, i i I .: i
, i :
T ! ' j l j hg,: .; '.y.t,.r,.:
. l !
i O, l, J'^} g ' i l
'l' i'j
[
^k
'g !
~
4l4F s"
%b Il
.I*
*2I l
' i
\
s
'\
tl r int
! 4 i1 i- ..7 !, . ' 1, 3
- h. ; ; ,.
7;._. ;. t TT b s s d
$f -
', ,.i_; q ,._
E ! , s- l - il r .
-l
@Il l- '
!7_ Tr L,\ s y_
s' rh 7_.t1
't.
E O' a r J}5 - i . c ! ! iIIs s s j% T
- 0 :l Y i
\N -(( -I I
i t ..:. ' i E S. '
] '- !\-1l]- . !3
- - 1'T ;7 j. : . T:
!i
! ~\ *i \ f \ _
tlY h $. T
. t
'7 J * ! ',
's hij:;; 1'gfk, i- .l.
.,r.
E. f b h~.it'l j 4l ] . i; 1, C' r : i p, . .
.r j
ll j 1 t'-
~t. '..
- ' . !' il 7j]p {,;ih, e . ,}- rte 7--
h I II.h+}}!R 7, N",
'~! -l pis
, 1j;hi m: jHi i'. -n..
3* ,
.T, .. /' ~
i T}
~
Tt d. . l i: : imr:.l S7Th
- 't
~
l ! tl ,l,
%{ {;,1,,
s i 1p : b7h:h-
'i,
!' ' '"ds:Ni Ii L !I iI r
~
U
'. [
l Ii i i
}7 4 }~ dl $n:- ;
,! R , :! '
[li 1 i [Nii . r-i
;ly i
;7 l , l;;ln '
- - - ~:- 7n.r
- l4 -t -
f), i
- ~l l !
f . l. lmll l !,
. il 3
> i
, '-j !. ,
.0
'r.
. l!,
I~
;{
- 1
, - - ' * 'e , ,
* - -
- e ~ ~ - , - - J 8g 8o g- o-ad M<h M,[ yoOza bmio UD b RYE '
"m o ~ 5o
EPP/D-2.6 TAB 7 Attachm:nt 12 MONITOR CPM TO NOBLE GAS C'/See Waste Gas Decay Tank Relee Monitor: RM-GW-110 Low Rar(,_ se .1 1 10
-. 100
; - /. ./ . s. f.
c, - - * - *-'
;-l - <- - ~ ~ / ~ ~/ -/ - /-
c ------_.m--.-.,- --,- + , 4 , ,
..; . 4 ._./. f .,7 ,
i i , ; .; ; : : : i : ; +/ +/-+/ -+/ y .4 . -
=---==_.'=---y==s-=-=.=.,=_
- - - - - ~
- y. ---
- - - - ~- .
./.u.=wfa - =/. :: e ../.. ..a ..1.,
, :=:
E
==_T >
+--Z$ ; ;
/~"i % M :% ?rs!II:rj
,, , , ,6 ..
,,i 4 ~. .. 4........
-- , . 2 --
,. 1, ,/
, ...4..... . .<. ...
t. _ .: .,;y..:,,, ,4 - . ,;
-...=.w---,
e ; f : =.t- = _:t .d ; .
.1
- .e ,xi f.
-~
,- g .. .
- - - - ___ i-~~ ~ }- /~ -~* -f ^ f--g/ - d-g* ---]i-gg , j ;} . j g - -
- e' /' /W' ; ,=a . run4 T'a .i.1. .
g : e t
/- .,',--f-r.4l , ,- 1 a j j , f,.+-./
e, ,
-- l .:._.;.L.,.g
+..- -a -Q.1 J
i , x s
'/ ;
/ AJA s
;_,/.-/.
; i. .
+--t - r
. -+.--,-x.
,s ; ;-.f- /..
s g j j ,4__ f g,_,,,
' ;,,,,,,,,_,,,,,_.,4,_,,,,
6
- t- , l i r
. Fr-+A$7 t/ ;,'~+/-+/s -+ -i- H - - s - + - -- + * + ,
v.: j.
-- - = = :=: : = :- 3. ._ - . ;-i-. ;_l , .
- - ::;._= . . :i .._2 ___ --- .
m _ ,7 - y, .=.::.--
- = . . .: a : - :
- .--; _ ry
=.p . . G f- -
j ._.,f - -
; -y : :. -.:-t----*-
'- t :1 ,, * '
-(
!--4 1 m/
! .---+-/ : YY -eg/ C,, -i 2
--+
3 g /.
!/ :
A y.. -- l' 4
* ~ ]2'~.-4~--@[~ 4 m ._._..._.=-- --:- ..f--.__f ,., v_ += =: - ; :: z,:. ==:2-!
. . c .,. .. .._'.
.f: / .f /
J
=Q ; ;L
/ . :.: =:.: r. J.. g 2 .,.,;,__ , , _f. ;f j j
'. .:-. . :1. a);; -
. a./..
1 _m 1 " e: _._. ; ,^ ; /:et./ 1
.-.- .-.--t_._:. =,. .t..- p - .. .c 1
- d. : 8- .-. Y. W -+/ Y.a_. Y , >
.w ,
_tb2y i-t--+ 1 ".- . :' si. _? "_.,--A--i -._--.,A 74-A-N .
- .-y -
1 .l l l C . ?i-
-- t+1 i L x8 To _f ___ _f .f _y._y.
y ',
*}}